Top
Derbyshire�Community�Health�Services
Board
Board�Meeting�-�Public�Session�-�January�2015
29�January�2015�-�09:00
Committee�Room,�Walton�Hospital,�Whitecotes�Lane,�Chesterfield,�S40�3HW
AGENDA
1 PART�1�–�Public�Session
2 INTRODUCTORY�ITEMS
3 Introductions�and�WelcomeOwner:�Chairman
Verbal
4 Apologies�for�AbsenceOwner:�Chairman
Kirsteen�Farrar
5 Declarations�of�InterestOwner:�Chairman
Verbal
6 Questions�from�the�PublicOwner:�Chairman
Verbal�
6.1 Questions�from�the�Public:�Matter�arisingOwner:�Chairman
Paper�for�Information
6.1�Response�re�DCHS�FT�Policy�on�e�cigarettes 7
Top
7 Carer’s�StoryOwner:�Carolyn�White
Paper�for�Information
7�Carers�Story 13
8 Draft�Minutes�of�the�meeting�held�on�18�December�2014Owner:�Chairman
Paper�for�Decision
8�Minutes�-�December�2014 17
9 Matters�ArisingOwner:�Chairman
Verbal
10 Actions�MatrixOwner:�Chairman
Paper�for�Information
10�Actions�Matrix�-�public�session 28
11 Chairman’s�ReportOwner:�Chairman
Verbal
12 QUALITY�AND�GOVERNANCE
13 Audit�and�Assurance�Committee�Summary�ReportOwner:�Nigel�Smith
Paper�for�Assurance
13�AAC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015 30
14 Quality�Service�Committee�Summary�ReportOwner:�Chris�Bentley
Paper�for�Assurance
14�QSC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015 35
15 Quality�People�Committee�Summary�ReportOwner:�Barbara-Anne�Walker
Paper�for�Assurance
15�QPC�Summary�Report�Dec�2014 42
Top
16 Charitable�Funds�Committee�Summary�ReportOwner:�Tony�Okotie
Paper�for�Assurance
16�CFC�Summary�Report�Dec�2014 48
17 Quality�ReportOwner:�Carolyn�White
Paper�for�Assurance�and�Information�
17�Quality�Report 50
18 Monitor�Quality�Governance�Assurance�Framework�–�Self�AssessmentUpdateOwner:�Carolyn�White
Paper�for�Assurance�and�Decision
18�Monitor�QGAF�Self�Assessment�Update 8619 Fit�and�Proper�Persons
Owner:�Amanda�Rawlings
Paper�for�Information�and�Assurance
19�Fit�and�Proper�Persons 99
20 Board�Assurance�Framework�Quarter�3�ReportOwner:�Melanie�Curd
Paper�for�Assurance�and�Decision
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q3 107
21 STRATEGY
22 Chief�Executive’s�ReportOwner:�Tracy�Allen
Paper�for�Information�
22�Chief�Executive�Report 175
23 PERFORMANCE
24 Quality�Business�Committee�Summary�ReportOwner:�Tony�Okotie
Paper�for�Assurance
24�QBC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015 182
Top
25 Performance�Framework�ReviewOwner:�Chris�Sands
Paper�for�Decision
25�Performance�Framework�Review 187
26 Performance�ReportOwner:�Chris�Sands/�Amanda�Rawlings/�Carolyn�White/�William�Jones
Paper�for�Assurance
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015 197
27 Financial�Performance�ReportOwner:�Chris�Sands
Paper�for�Assurance
27�Financial�Performance�Report 243
28 Monitor�Self-Certification�–�Q3Owner:�Melanie�Curd
Paper�for�Decision
28�Monitor�Self-Certification�Q3 256
29 CONCLUDING�ITEMS
30 Any�Other�Urgent�BusinessOwner:�Chairman
Verbal
31 Review�of�the�Meeting�and�OutcomesOwner:�Chairman
Verbal
32 Date�of�Next�Meeting�–Owner:�Chairman
Thursday�26�February�2015�in�Committee�Room,�Walton�Hospital,�Whitecoates�Lane,Chesterfield,�S40�3HW.��The�Public�Session�will�commence�at�9.00am�and�following�completion�ofbusiness�on�the�public�agenda�the�Board�will�move�to�a�Private�Session
Top
33 Coffee�Break,�during�which�the�Chair,�Chief�Executive�and�Trust�Secretarywill�answer�any�questions�regarding�issues�discussed�during�the�meetingOwner:�Chairman
Verbal
AttendeesPrem�Singh�(PS) UnconfirmedChairmanTracy�Allen�(TA) UnconfirmedChief�ExecutiveProf�Chris�Bentley�(CB)� UnconfirmedNon-Executive�Director�Tim�Broadley�(TB) UnconfirmedActing�Director�of�StrategyKirsteen�Farrar�(KF)� UnconfirmedTrust�SecretaryWilliam�Jones�(WJ)� UnconfirmedDirector�of�OperationsRick�Meredith�(RM)� UnconfirmedActing�Medical�Director�Tony�Okotie�(TO)� UnconfirmedNon-Executive�DirectorAmanda�Rawlings�(AR) UnconfirmedDirector�of�People�&�Organisational�Effectiveness�Chris�Sands�(CS) UnconfirmedDirector�of�Finance,�Performance�&�Information�Nigel�Smith�(NS) UnconfirmedNon-Executive�DirectorBarbara-Anne�Walker�(BAW) UnconfirmedNon-Executive�Director�Carolyn�White�(CW)� UnconfirmedDirector�of�Quality�and�Chief�NurseIn�Attendance Unconfirmed.Melanie�Curd�(MC)� UnconfirmedDeputy�Trust�Secretary�Lynn�Booth�(LB) UnconfirmedPartnership/Locality�LeadNicky�Owen�(NO) UnconfirmedHead�of�Staff�Partnership
Top
Index6.1�Response�re�DCHS�FT�Policy�on�e�cigarettes.pdf..............................................................7
7�Carers�Story.docx................................................................................................................ 13
8�Minutes�-�December�2014.docx...........................................................................................17
10�Actions�Matrix�-�public�session.docx..................................................................................28
13�AAC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015.docx...............................................................................30
14�QSC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015.docx...............................................................................35
15�QPC�Summary�Report�Dec�2014.docx..............................................................................42
16�CFC�Summary�Report�Dec�2014.docx.............................................................................. 48
17�Quality�Report.docx........................................................................................................... 50
18�Monitor�QGAF�Self�Assessment�Update.docx...................................................................86
19�Fit�and�Proper�Persons.pdf................................................................................................99
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q3.pdf...............................................................................107
22�Chief�Executive�Report.pdf.............................................................................................. 175
24�QBC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015.docx.............................................................................182
25�Performance�Framework�Review.docx............................................................................187
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015.pdf...................................................................................197
27�Financial�Performance�Report.pdf................................................................................... 243
28�Monitor�Self-Certification�Q3.docx................................................................................... 256
TRUST BOARD Document Title: Response to Question regarding Derbyshire Community
Health Services Foundation Trust Policy on E Cigarette Use
Presenter/Title:
Contents of Paper were previously discussed by:
Question raised at DCHSFT Board Meeting on 18 December 2014
Author/Title: Jayne Needham, Assistant Director Health Wellbeing and Inclusion Tina Jones, Tobacco Control Programme Manager
Contact Email and Telephone Number: [email protected]
Date of Meeting: 29 January 2015 Agenda Item No: 6/15
No of pages inc. this one: 6
Document is for: (indicate with an “x” – you can populate more than one box)
Information X Decision Assurance
Purpose of Paper
The purpose of the paper is to inform Board members of the response to the query from the member of the public at the December 2014 meeting regarding the DCHSFT policy on E Cigarettes.
Recommendations
The contents of the report be noted
Board Assurance Framework Risk Reference
N/A
Financial Impact
None
Further Information and Appendices
The following question was asked at the December 2014 DCHSFT Board meeting: “The banning of cigarette smoking in confined public areas has been surprisingly accepted & dramatically successful. This success is risked by the increasing use of e-cigarettes that are (mainly) nicotine containing & often look like cigarettes. Do NHS bodies intend to adopt a policy towards them?”
6.1�Response�re�DCHS�FT�Policy
Top
Overall�Page�7�of�264Page�1�of�6
The response to this query is attached as Appendix A
Monitoring Information Brief Summary and References
Are there Governor Involvement implications?
Are there Equality and Diversity implications?
Are there Patient, Public and Stakeholder Involvement implications?
Risk Register
Is the issue on the current Risk Register? Yes No N/A X
Risk Number on Register
Does this update recommend a change in the current risk score? (If so, please provide your rationale below) Yes No N/A
6.1�Response�re�DCHS�FT�Policy
Top
Overall�Page�8�of�264Page�2�of�6
Chief Executive Tracy Allen Chair Prem Singh
Babington Hospital Derby Road
Belper Derbyshire DE56 1WH
Tel: 01773 599474 Fax: 01773 525115
www.dchs.nhs.uk
8 January 2015 Dear Sir Re: Question to Derbyshire Community Health Services FT board re use of e-cigarettes I am writing in response to the written question which was discussed at the DCHSFT Board meeting on 18 December 2014: “The banning of cigarette smoking in confined public areas has been surprisingly accepted & dramatically successful. This success is risked by the increasing use of e-cigarettes that are (mainly) nicotine containing & often look like cigarettes. Do NHS bodies intend to adopt a policy towards them?” The current position is that the DCHSFT Smoking Policy already covers the use of Electronic cigarettes (electronic nicotine delivery systems, ENDS) on DCHSFT premises and asks that staff, patients, visitors and others do not use them in either the buildings or grounds. There are currently no plans to change the policy to allow the use of e cigarettes on DCHSFT premises, however, if they become a licensed smoking cessation aid supported by Public Health and Medicines Management to be included in the Derbyshire Formulary and used by the Live Life Better Derbyshire Stop Smoking Service, then the policy can be adjusted to reflect this. Background and National View: Electronic cigarettes are designed to provide inhaled doses of vaporised nicotine. They use heat to vaporise a liquid-based solution usually containing nicotine, into an aerosol mist referred to as vapour. These devices are subject to minimal regulation, and are not licensed as a medicine or currently recommended as an aid to smoking cessation. They are of concern from a tobacco control and regulation stance for three main reasonsi:
• Concerns about the relationship between smoking and the use of electronic cigarettes • Regulatory control over advertising and promotion of e cigarettes • Involvement of the tobacco industry
APPENDIX A
6.1�Response�re�DCHS�FT�Policy
Top
Overall�Page�9�of�264Page�3�of�6
Chief Executive Tracy Allen Chair Prem Singh
The concern is that ENDS may be a “gateway” to smoking and could promote the uptake of smoking and nicotine addiction, particularly in young people. Data around these claims is inconclusive and often contradictory. A recent survey found that 6% of 10-11 year olds in Wales claimed to have tried an ENDS, as opposed to only 2% who had tried a conventional tobacco cigarette. The report stated that children who tried an ENDS are up to seven times more likely to start to smoke cigarettes within 2 yearsii. However, a briefing by ASH on ENDSiii suggests that they do not act as a gateway to cigarette smoking and that current use is confined almost entirely to those who have already tried smokingiv. Further concern is that as ENDS can resemble cigarette smoking, they may renormalize smoking in public places where it is banned and undermine the efforts and excellent compliance with the legislation around smoking in public placesv. Considerable concern exists over their advertising and promotion. A code of practice for the advertising of ENDS has recently been published and several complaints have already been received and investigated under these new rules. ENDS were originally developed and marketed independently from the Tobacco Industry, however all four large tobacco companies currently own at least one ENDS product, or have competitor products in development. Given the ethical record of the tobacco industry in the promotion and defence of smoked tobacco products, there is a key argument for regulation to prevent abuse of the ENDS market. It is important to consider the known health risks regarding smoking; traditional cigarettes deliver nicotine in conjunction with a wide range of carcinogens and other toxins. In contrast, ENDS do not burn tobacco. Their main component other than nicotine is propylene glycol, which is not known to have adverse effects on the lungvi. Some manufacturers claim that ENDS are harmless, however, there is evidence that they contain toxic substances including small amounts of formaldehyde and acetaldehyde, which are carcinogenic to humans and that in some cases vapour contains small traces of toxic metals such a cadmium, nickel and leadvii . Although levels of these substances are much lower than those in conventional cigarettes, regular exposure over many years is likely to present some degree of a health hazard and despite the levels being lower they are still of concern to some non-smokers. It is important to note that because ENDS are a very new product there have not been any tests that replicate the repeated inhalation, to determine what harm if any, sustained use over many years may cause. The view of Public Health England is “Millions of smokers alive today will die prematurely from their smoking unless they quit. Preventing this death and disability requires measures that help as many of today’s smokers to quit as possible. The option of switching to an ENDS as an alternative and much safer source of nicotine, as a personal lifestyle choice rather than medical service, has enormous potential to reach smokers currently unwilling to try existing approaches. The emergence of ENDS and the likely arrival of more effective nicotine-containing devices currently in development provides a radical alternative to tobacco, and evidence to date suggests that smokers are willing to use these products in substantial numbers. ENDS, and other nicotine devices, therefore offer vast potential
6.1�Response�re�DCHS�FT�Policy
Top
Overall�Page�10�of�264Page�4�of�6
Chief Executive Tracy Allen Chair Prem Singh
health benefits, but maximising those benefits while minimising harms and risks to society requires appropriate regulation, careful monitoring, and risk management. However the opportunity to harness this potential into public health policy, complementing existing comprehensive tobacco control policies, should not be missed.” i The Derbyshire position The Derbyshire Tobacco Control Alliance has identified the development of a Derbyshire wide stance on ENDS and their use, as a priority action in its Tobacco Control Action Plan. This will be discussed at February 2015 meeting of the Alliance. Within the DCHSFT Integrated Wellbeing service, the Live Life Better Derbyshire Stop Smoking Service does support a very small number of clients to stop smoking who are already using an ENDS and who do not wish to use a licensed Nicotine Replacement Product. The Service adheres to NICE Guidance on Harm Reductionviii and a very clear protocol is adhered to by all Advisers when supporting clients who are using ENDS. This includes the requirement that in order to be supported a client must have smoked tobacco within 48 hours of their quit date, are motivated to stop using nicotine completely (including the use of the ENDS) and will attend behavioural support sessions weekly. In summary, there is still considerable debate around the use of ENDS and new evidence both for and against their use is emerging on a frequent basis. It is clear that a number of recognised health professionals agree that the use of ENDS may be an effective harm reduction intervention, and some promote them as a useful aid for quitting the use of nicotine completely. The current research indicates that they are likely to be a safer alternative to traditional cigarettes for those who wish to continue to use nicotine long term, however there is still a need for further research before these products can be considered safe and recommended by the NHS as an alternative to tobacco use. In the meantime, as stated earlier, DCHSFT have adopted a precautionary approach, pending stronger evidence based advice. Yours sincerely Jayne Needham Assistant Director; Health, Wellbeing and Inclusion Derbyshire Community Health Services NHS Foundation Trust Email: [email protected] Tel: 01773 599474 i Public Health England May 2014 ;Electronic cigarettes: A report commissioned by Public Health England: Professor John Britten and Dr Ilze Bodanovica. ii CHETS Wales (2014) Exposure to secondhand smoke in cars and homes, and e-cigarette use among 10-11 year old children in Wales: (Graham Moore, Centre for the Development and Evaluation of Complex Interventions for Public Health Improvement (DECIPHer), Cardiff University) iii ASH (2014) Electronic Cigarettes (also known as vaporisers). iv Dockrell M et al ( 2013) E-cigarettes: Prevalence and attitudes in Great Britain: Nicotine and Tobacco Research DOI 10. 1093/ntr/ntt057
6.1�Response�re�DCHS�FT�Policy
Top
Overall�Page�11�of�264Page�5�of�6
Chief Executive Tracy Allen Chair Prem Singh
v Fairchild, A.L et al (2013) The Renormalisation of smoking? E cigarettes and the tobacco “Endgame”. N Engl J Med vi United States Environmental Protection Agency.( 2006) Registration eligibility decision for propylene glycol and dipropylene glycol. vii Goniewicz, ML et al (2013) Levels of selected carcinogens and toxicants in vapour from electronic cigarettes. Tob Control. viii NICE (2013) Guidance on Harm Reduction Approaches to Smoking PH 45
6.1�Response�re�DCHS�FT�Policy
Top
Overall�Page�12�of�264Page�6�of�6
TRUST BOARD
Document Title: Carer’s Story
Presenter/Title: Mrs Pamela Wood, Main Carer for Jason Wood Peter Happe, Patient Safety Facilitator
Contents of Paper were previously discussed by:
Author/Title: Lee Allen, Public and Patient Involvement Officer
Contact Email and Telephone Number:
01773 525119
Date of Meeting: 29 January 2015 Agenda Item No: 7/15
No of pages inc. this one: 4
Document is for: (indicate with an “x” – you can populate more than one box)
Information X Decision Assurance X
Purpose of Paper
To share the experience of being a full-time carer for a gentleman who has a learning difficulty and is registered blind (partially sighted). Family carers of people with learning disabilities are often unique amongst carers. It can also mean that family carers may have decades of experience: Carer’s Trust 2012. To highlight the experience of Mrs Pamela Wood and Mr Jason Wood during Jason’s admission to Rowsley Ward, Newholme Hospital in February 2013. To highlight the experience of Mrs Pamela Wood and Mr Jason Wood in relation to the Complaints process.
Recommendations
It is recommended that the Board note the following;
The challenges faced by family carers.
The experience of making a complaint in Derbyshire Community Health Services Foundation Trust.
That lessons have been learned from the direct experience of Mr Wood and Mrs Wood, and that a range of improvements have been made to ensure we routinely consider the additional needs of our patients, and their carers.
Board Assurance Framework Risk Reference
1.3.1 Key Quality priorities: getting the basics right, placing the patient at the centre of everything we do.
7�Carers�Story.docx
Top
Overall�Page�13�of�264Page�1�of�4
Financial Impact
None identified
Further Information and Appendices
What has been the experience of being the main carer for your son (Jason) through the years into adulthood? “Being a carer for Jason has had a huge effect on my life. A carer is not the career I would have chosen, it’s the career that’s been chosen for me. My main focus and attention has to be on Jason all the time. My life has never been my own. You have to consider him first before planning anything. Jason and I are part of the same package. As well as being a full time carer, I am a wife, a mother to two more sons, born as twins when Jason was 5 years old, a mother-in-law and more recently I have become a grandmother. My whole family does not get my full attention as I would wish to give them sometimes when they are in need of help or support. I can’t just drop everything to go to be with them, I always have to consider Jason’s needs first, before I can do anything. I have to be with him to support him with his daily living activities”. Following recent cuts to Jason’s personal welfare care budget, Mrs Wood has been forced to give up her part-time job in a local Dental Practice to become Jason’s fulltime carer. Mrs Wood has recently turned 65 years young; she should be really looking forward and planning her retirement with her husband. Mrs Wood describes how she misses the loss of the social interaction, the connection, the nice people - the reward and overall well-being she got from her working role is truly felt. Mrs Wood has a lifetime of experience and knowledge in caring for Jason, she knows him like no other. She knows when he’s not well. On this occasion she instinctively knew something was wrong with Jason. She believed that the health care staff would look after him and provide the right type of care for him to meet his additional needs. The whole family wanted Jason to be well again following an accident and the resulting need for surgery. What are the reasons felt the need to make a complaint? “Lots of reasons too many things that were just not right! The standard of care for Jason on Rowsley Ward in my view was very poor right from the very beginning! Jason first transferred from Chesterfield Royal Hospital to Newholme Hospital for rehabilitation care following surgery to his hip in February 2013. “When we visited Jason it was clearly visible there was something not right. One of the other visitors to the ward stated “he’s not a well man” ” Mrs Wood raised her concerns for Jason with a staff member; their response was “he’s not settled on the ward, we may be looking to discharge him tomorrow”. Again during the visit she went to the nurse’s station to raise her concerns; and again when Mr and Mrs Wood left the ward to return home they raised their further concerns stating something was wrong, their son was not well, he was not himself! “Our anxiety levels were so high we could not relax that evening. At 9.45pm we rang the ward to check on Jason. This time we spoke to a Nurse Practitioner who carried out observations on
7�Carers�Story.docx
Top
Overall�Page�14�of�264Page�2�of�4
Jason. She reported Jason had a high temperature and a racing heartbeat. She stated that she didn’t know whether to ring 999 or not, she asked for Mr Wood’s advice.” 999 was called and Jason was admitted to the Emergency Department at Chesterfield Royal. Jason was then diagnosed with a water infection and commenced treatment for this. This would later explain why Jason had been hallucinating, being irrational, contacting family in Australia on his mobile on numerous occasions, saying that people were watching him, ringing the police, shouting out things - whilst on the ward at Newholme and when Jason was admit ed to the Chesterfield Royal. His conduct and behaviour were totally out of character for Jason. This is what Mrs Wood was trying to relay to the various ward staff at Newholme. She felt the water infection should have been detected from tests made on Jason during his admission. Jason began to recover and returned to Rowsley Ward a second time as an inpatient for rehabilitation. In her complaint, Mrs Wood raised concerns about the lack of physiotherapy before he was discharged home. Mrs Wood describes the other concerns that formed part of her complaint relating to Jason’s second inpatient stay. These include the identification of pressure sores, the bed he was given and the attitude of one particular staff member. One night Jason told a staff member he was feeling cold; the staff member pushed his bed close to a radiator but the draft from the window above the radiator made Jason feel even colder. Another instance when Jason asked to be taken to the toilet, he was given a bottle to urinate in; Jason felt very undignified doing this on the ward in front of other patients. Mrs Wood had to request a shower; Jason had not been washed for days and was beginning to smell. On Jason’s discharge his warfarin medication amount was not clear. Mrs Wood had to contact the ward and ask for advice. The staff member responded in a condescending manner, this left Mrs Wood feeling more concerned by the lack of caring empathy portrayed to her. Jason’s accident and resulting injury has left him with one leg shorter that his other. He cannot fully rotate his left ankle and suffers with a severe limp as a result. Jason progressed on to his outpatient physiotherapy treatment at Stanton Day Unit. Jason was told to keep putting his heel down to the floor and practice walking upstairs. He could not achieve either of these two tasks without the support of his mother. Jason was given a walking stick and discharged by the service. Mrs Wood felt this was very premature and there was a lack of communication with her as the carer for Jason. This is a summary of Mrs Wood’s complaint in respect of the poor level of care and attention provided to Jason. Mrs Wood felt that the staff on the ward were not fully equipped or trained to deal with Jason’s needs. He was a person with an underlying learning disability with an acute deterioration in his condition. What was your experience of making the complaint? Originally Mrs Wood contacted Rowsley Ward by telephone to make her complaint. She raised her concerns this way as she did not fully understand, or know the correct procedure; in terms of who and where to send it took for the appropriate action to be taken. The member of staff informed her that they had taken note of her concerns and they would look into them. They later
7�Carers�Story.docx
Top
Overall�Page�15�of�264Page�3�of�4
responded in writing stating their investigations found that Jason had been given the appropriate care, and there was nothing to answer to. Mrs Wood feels this was very unprofessional, she felt she was invading their time and they just couldn’t be bothered to look into her concerns. Mrs Wood then sent a copy of complaint to Mr Derek Bray, Area Team Director for NHS England Derbyshire / Nottinghamshire. This was then forwarded on to the Patient Experience Team at Derbyshire Community Health Services. An investigation was carried out on receipt of the complaint. At this point both Mrs Wood and Jason were also invited to a meeting to understand more about their experiences. This provided more information on which a range of improvements, led by Tina Sullivan and James Thompson, were based. A further meeting with Mary Heritage, Assistant Director of Quality, Tina Sulllivan, Matron, and James Thompson, Integrated Community Team Leader, and some further discussions with David Brewin, Head of Patient and Family Centred Care provided the final resolution of all the issues raised during 2014. Upon Mrs Wood’s complaint reaching the Patient Experience Team, she described the experience of making her complaint as ‘very professional’. She feels her concerns have been taken on board in a non-judgmental way. They have been listened to and fully acknowledged; things could and should have been done better. She and Jason have both attended a meeting where they were able to voice and share their thoughts and feelings surrounding the complaint. Actions have been taken to avoid any future negative experiences for similar patients. Lessons have been learned.
Monitoring Information Brief Summary and References
Are there Governor Involvement implications?
N/A
Are there Equality and Diversity implications?
Jason has learning disabilities as well as physical and sensory disabilities.
Are there Patient, Public and Stakeholder Involvement implications?
Listening to the experiences of patients and involving them in identifying improvements is an important tool in quality improvement.
Risk Register
Is the issue on the current Risk Register? No
Risk Number on Register
Does this update recommend a change in the current risk score? (If so, please provide your rationale below)
No
7�Carers�Story.docx
Top
Overall�Page�16�of�264Page�4�of�4
Minutes of the DCHS Board Meeting held on 18th December 2014 Farnah Room – Babington Hospital
Present Name Initials Job Title
Prem Singh PS Chairman
Tracy Allen TA Chief Executive
Prof Chris Bentley CB Non-Executive Director
Tim Broadley TB Acting Director of Strategy
Kirsteen Farrar KF Trust Secretary
William Jones WJ Director of Operations
Rick Meredith RM Medical Director
Tony Okotie TO Non-Executive Director
Amanda Rawlings AR Director of People & Organisational Effectiveness
Chris Sands CS Director of Finance, Performance & Information
Nigel Smith NS Non-Executive Director
Barbara-Anne Walker BAW Non-Executive Director
Carolyn White CW Director of Quality and Chief Nurse
Apologies Barry Steans BS Non-Executive Director
In Attendance David Boddy DB Corporate Governance Manager
Lynn Booth LB Head of Staff Partnership
Mary Heritage MH Assistant Director of Quality (left after agenda item 347/14)
Nicky Owen NO Partnership/ Locality Lead
Andrew Slater
AS Patient (left after agenda item 347/14)
Eleanor Stout ES Speech and Language Therapist (left after agenda item 347/14)
Item Description Action
341/14 PART 1 – Public Session
342/14 INTRODUCTORY ITEMS
343/14 Introductions and Welcome PS opened the meeting and welcomed all the observers.
344/14 Apologies for Absence Apologies were noted as above.
8�Minutes�-�December�2014.docx
Top
Overall�Page�17�of�264Page�1�of�11
Item Description Action
345/14 Declarations of Interest WJ declared an interest as a non-paid surveyor for a QFI Trent Accredited organisation for a group of doctors from Sheffield University.
346/14 Questions from the Public PS advised that a question had been received from John Morrissey, a member of the public, regarding DCHS’s intentions for a policy regarding e-cigarettes. PS confirmed that the organisation would provide a reply to Mr Morrissey and also make the response available at the next Public Board meeting. KF will co-ordinate the response.
KF
347/14 Service User’s Story Andrew, supported by MH and ES, talked about the progress he has made through the help and support from the adult Speech and Language therapy (SLT) service, and ES in particular. The service is commissioned for adults with acquired conditions affecting communication and swallowing. Andrew talked about the positive impact of SLT on his ability to participate in social, family and working activities. Flexible access to the SLT service enabled him to access a diagnosis, physiotherapy and access to potentially beneficial pharmaceutical intervention. SLTs and Young People’s Physiotherapy teams in Erewash have provided some targeted interventions aimed at improving Andrew’s intelligibility and core strength. He talked about how much it had improved his self-confidence. The Board thanked Andrew for telling his story. To aid him, AR offered the support of her staff with interview technique coaching to help him achieve his ambition to get a job.
AR
348/14 Draft Minutes of the meeting held on 27th November The minutes were agreed with the exception of:
319/14 – Chairman’s Report – amend wording in third paragraph from “how we may be able to work” to “how we are able to work”
334/14 – Performance Report - reference to Delayed Transfers of Care. The words after “Monitor compliance target” to be deleted
DB
349/14 Matters Arising
325/14 – Quality Report - reference to provision of Phlebotomy at Buxton to be discussed at the Quality Assurance Group. CW confirmed that this item has now been resolved following secured agreement for investment
AR updated the Board that 62% of staff had completed their staff surveys. This was the best performance by a Community Trust in the country
8�Minutes�-�December�2014.docx
Top
Overall�Page�18�of�264Page�2�of�11
Item Description Action
350/14 Actions Matrix The following updates were noted: 334/14 – communication to staff that have not had their flu jab. A letter has now been sent out to 2,000 staff. AR updated the Board that 1,930 staff have received their jabs which is 45% of the staff (compared to the national figure of 36.8% and DCHS’s own 2013 achievement of 36%). Efforts continue with the vaccination programme.
351/14 Chairman’s Report PS talked about the DCHS strategic theme of promoting equitable and inclusive services. In June 2014 the Board approved our Equality, Diversity and Inclusion strategy. The Public Board meeting today heard Andrew’s story and at lunchtime, the BSL Charter, demonstrating our commitment to meeting the needs of deaf people would be signed. PS reported on the very positive recent South Derbyshire Leadership Group meeting. This focussed on stepping up our leadership roles to deliver substantial and significant transformational change in delivering services and integrated organisational models. A longer, time out session in the new year will reflect more deeply on the barriers and opportunities that need to be addressed collectively. The next Operational Plan is being developed and there have been several Board discussions to reflect and plan for our journey ahead, now that we are an FT. A full day Board time out session is being planned in the new year. PS chaired the full Council of Governors (CoG) meeting as well as the Nominations Committee where they discussed the process for recruitment of our Non-Executive Director vacancy left by Barry Steans. Barry Steans was unable to attend the Board meeting and had sent his apologies. On behalf of the board PS thanked Barry for his contributions to DCHS over the last 3 years. PS was invited by the Foundation Trust Network to lead a session on sharing the experiences of our FT journey to provide a platform for learning and reflection. This reinforced the enormous work we have undertaken. .
8�Minutes�-�December�2014.docx
Top
Overall�Page�19�of�264Page�3�of�11
Item Description Action
PS reflected on the many DCHS achievements in 2014 including:
The very strong ethos and value set with excellent staff engagement and an embedded DCHS Way
Delivery of high quality services – we have augmented our quality assurance approach to be more coherent, comprehensive and inclusive, involving our Governors and Board colleagues
Delivery on most of the CQC report actions in a sustainable way
A strong track record of Financial performance, with a continued challenging focus on Cost Improvement Programme delivery, Staffing for Quality and securing income (having won all of our Health and Wellbeing tenders thus far)
Engaging fully with our CoG, developing the Board, supporting the Executive team and re-engaging successfully with Monitor
Engaging with our communities, along with our Clinical Commissioning Group partners in shaping services fit for the future; continuing to improve and refurbish our premises so that we can provide modern, safe care; launching Caring Always: continuing to innovate in service developments to bring care closer to/or at home and playing an active role in supporting a resilient wider system
PS reflected on external endorsements such as:
The CQC commented that our staff are caring and compassionate, as reported by patients. They observed that the DCHS way is established and embedded and that we have a culture of openness and continuous improvement. They found DCHS a well led organisation with a senior team that is visible and proactive and an informed Board, aware of the challenges and dealing with them
PS said that following a revisit, the CQC had just announced that we are now fully compliant
Our Monitor authorisation underpins that we are not only delivering high quality services but are legally constituted, financially viable and well led – the first of only two specialist community FTs in the country.
We were shortlisted for the HSJ Provider Trust of the Year; won HR Director of the Year; HR Team of the year and also for our Leadership development programme; and included in the Top 100 organisations to work in;
We have had huge support from the Trust Development Authority (and the wider system), including a visit from David Flory, endorsing our service innovations highlighted above. We will continue to build strategic partnerships locally, regionally and nationally.
The achievements were possible because of the talents, dedication and commitment of the staff who work tirelessly to meet the needs of our patients and communities. PS thanked all our staff, the Board and Governor colleagues and wished everyone a very Merry Christmas and a Happy New Year. 2015 promises to be an even better and challenging year. PS said that our track record shows DCHS are up to it. The Board received the Chairman’s report.
8�Minutes�-�December�2014.docx
Top
Overall�Page�20�of�264Page�4�of�11
Item Description Action
352/14 QUALITY, GOVERNANCE & SAFETY
353/14
Quality Service Committee (QSC) Summary Report CB presented the Summary Report from the meeting dated 16th December 2014. Care Quality Commission (CQC) Progress Report - QSC were briefed on the changes of the Essential Standards to the Fundamental Standards (April 2015), and the introduction of the ‘Fit and proper person’ and ‘Duty of Candour’ regulations for Directors, which came into effect November 2014. Information Governance - training is currently behind target. Work is to be undertaken to refresh the training package and make it more attractive. Clinical Effectiveness – QSC were updated on implementation work regarding NICE. The work is considering integrated care work. Work is behind schedule on the implementation of the 360 Assurance Internal Audit actions. Efforts are underway to get back on track. Equality, Diversity and Inclusion - QSC were updated regarding the progress to achieve the actions in the Equalities Action Plan and work to achieve the Healthcare For All objectives. Quality Always - the Committee were updated regarding the good progress of the Quality Always initiative in this quarter: Validation of Deprivation of Liberty Safeguards (DoLS) - QSC discussed the risk posed to DCHS by the Best Interest Decisions – the Supervisory body (Derbyshire County Council) failing to meet their timescales. CW has taken the issue to the Quality Assurance Group and has a meeting arranged with the Adult Social Care Lead at Derbyshire County Council (DCC). CB asked that consideration be given to quality assurance governance arrangements regarding supply chains and integrated care teams. CS said that the Management Executive had discussed the matter and work was ongoing to put controls in place. TB said this would be discussed as part of the work on contracts. PS acknowledged that this was a complex area and thought the Clinical Commissioning Groups (CCGs) had a duty of care regarding the quality of integrated services. The Board received the Summary Report and the assurance it provided.
8�Minutes�-�December�2014.docx
Top
Overall�Page�21�of�264Page�5�of�11
Item Description Action
354/14
Council of Governors Summary Report PS presented the Summary Report from the meeting dated 11th December 2014. This was the first CoG meeting as a Foundation Trust. As part of Non-Executive Director (NED) accountability the CoG received presentations from BS and BAW regarding Quality Business Committee and the role of the Senior Independent Director. The key matters of the meeting included approval of:
The Nominations and Remuneration Committee formation and Terms of Reference
The appointment of the Chair and NEDs
The tenure of the Chair and NEDs
The recommended remuneration for the Chair and NEDs
The process for succession planning
An extension to the appointment of KPMG as External Auditors to complete the Foundation Trust part year accounts 2014/15
3 Governors to be nominated to work with the Audit Committee Chair and Director of Finance, Performance and Information to progress the tender for External Audit contract from 2015/16
An increase in the frequency of CoG meetings from 4 to 6 per year
To form a task and finish subgroup to work on potential improvements for the CoG meetings
The Changes in the membership of the Council over the quarter were noted. The Board received the Summary Report
355/14
Quality Report CW presented the Quality Report and reported that as part of Monitor’s governance arrangements DCHS is required to report on a range of quality metrics. Whilst the metrics reported may not reflect DCHS’s greatest clinical risks, we are required to monitor our performance against them and consistent failure to achieve the metrics may result in Monitor intervention. CW discussed exception reporting regarding:
Delayed Transfers of Care in OPMH services
Incidences of Clostridium difficile (CDiff) infection - 2 additional CDiff incidents have been added which brings the cumulative total to 9 placing the trust slightly ahead of its reduction trajectory. Indications are that the patients may have been admitted with the infection and are therefore not attributable to DCHS
CS said the Monitor targets relate principally to acute providers, not community services. CS is taking a consultation through Audit Committee in January in order to meet with Monitor to request the targets are reshaped and made more appropriate for community foundation trust activity.
8�Minutes�-�December�2014.docx
Top
Overall�Page�22�of�264Page�6�of�11
Item Description Action
PS acknowledged that the small numbers involved can make for a distorted report. RM said that the numbers were made proportionately bigger by the patients that DCHS receives with acquired brain injuries. The Board discussed Pressure Ulcer performance:
Work is required to improve Pressure Ulcer data to support our understanding. CB said that QSC agreed this needed expert analytical support. TA said care should be taken not to lose the energy invested in supporting our frontline staff to deliver care
Discussions will be held with Medequip to supply improved equipment for patients. The CCGs have a role here in supporting the procurement of appropriate equipment.
CW updated the Board regarding feedback from the CQC that confirmed DCHS is fully compliant. CW also reported on improvement in Staffing for Quality. NHS England
have supplied a report that ranks organisations in relation to staffing levels
for the period May to September 2014. From the information provided,
DHCS is currently ranked 2nd out of 72 organisations for the “fill rate” of
Registered Nurse for Day shifts and 66th for Registered Nurses on Night
shifts. There is an upward trend for both.
The Board received the Quality Report and the assurance it provided.
356/14
Quality Always Update CW updated the Board regarding progress made and that the project is now back on target. This included work undertaken in developing a robust clinical leadership development assessment centre and progress on baseline ward inspections. QSC and TME discussed the RAG ratings applied to the performances. It was emphasised that red ratings should not cause anxiety because the thresholds are very low. TA said that the ratings should be seen in context because the Quality Always ratings are about achieving sustained excellence. The Board agreed that, in order to support colleagues, work should be done to improve the presentation of ratings PS was pleased to see the report and the efforts coming to fruition. He suggested that the Board receive analysis from the Quality visits.
The Board received the Quality Always Update and the assurance it
provided.
CW
8�Minutes�-�December�2014.docx
Top
Overall�Page�23�of�264Page�7�of�11
Item Description Action
357/14
Mental Health Act Committee (MHAC) Summary Report BAW presented the highlights from the first MHAC report to Board including:
The Mental Capacity Act audit showed that a reasonable amount of assurance can be taken that staff do understand assessment of capacity
Verbal Feedback on the CQC follow-up visit focused primarily on Melbourne and Linacre Wards. Inspectors said they were made to feel welcome on the wards and the staff were very co-operative. Patients looked incredibly well cared for. Inspectors saw that progress had been made since the last inspection.
Section 5 (2) Occurrences Audit - concluded that although the figure of Section 5(2)s on the MHA Activity for Older People’s Mental Health and Learning Disability Services reported in November may seem high, it was entirely appropriate.
The Board welcomed information regarding the Associate Mental Health Act Managers (AMHAM) visits. TA undertook a visit and found it a very informative experience. The Board further discussed the delays experienced by DCHS with the validation of DoLS by DCC. Although DCC have reported that they found our DoLs assessments were good, the Board were concerned that owing to the delays, our staff may find themselves in challenging positons. CW said that our staff were experienced and very careful not to follow unlawful processes. In the interim period, while CW is resolving the matter with DCC, PS asked that we build in an audit. The Board received the Summary Report and the assurance it
provided.
358/14 STRATEGY
359/14
Chief Executive’s Report TA presented her report and highlighted the publication of the Dalton Review and the Five Year Review. The Board will consider these in detail including the challenges they present to how we review the services we provide. A local government review of the Health and Wellbeing Board recommended a refocus on what it can achieve in order to make an impact. TA updated the Board regarding partnerships set up across the Mental Health Crisis Care Concordat for people in crisis with mental health problems. DCHS Executives are now working closely with Chesterfield Royal Hospital Executives. A benefit has been the joint tenders that we have won.
8�Minutes�-�December�2014.docx
Top
Overall�Page�24�of�264Page�8�of�11
Item Description Action
In partnership with Royal Derby Hospital GUM department, DCHS have won a tender to provide sexual health across Derby City. High winter pressures have been experienced across Derbyshire. We are holding joint daily conference calls to manage the situation. The staff were thanked for their hard work to meet this high demand. The Board discussed the importance of getting the message across to use our Minor Injuries Units more. WJ said he would talk to our partners about how to expand the support services at DCHS, such as x-ray, to help keep our services open beyond 5pm. The Board received the Chief Executive’s Report.
360/14
Memorandum of Understanding in Relation to a Strategic Partnership with Chesterfield Royal Hospital NHS FT The Board approved the Memorandum of Understanding which will underpin the good working relationship with Chesterfield Royal Hospital. This is subject to minor amendments to sections 1.5 and 1.6.
TB
361/14 PERFORMANCE
362/14
Derbyshire Community Health Services Charitable Trust – Approval of 2013/14 Annual Report and Accounts The Board, as Trustees, were updated regarding the independent examination of the Annual Report and Accounts by KPMG LLP. NS challenged the large amount of monies held in cash at the bank not earning interest. CS will review this matter. The Board, as Trustees, agreed to adopt the 2013-14 Annual Accounts and Report for the Charity as presented along with the delegated authority for signing off the Accounts to the Chair and Director of Finance, Performance and Information, and authority for signing the Letter of Representation to the Chair.
8�Minutes�-�December�2014.docx
Top
Overall�Page�25�of�264Page�9�of�11
Item Description Action
363/14
Performance Report CS described the new Risk Assessment Framework and the quarterly declarations against it. It was requested that the Monitor Quality Risk Assurance Framework Indicators dashboard is included in the report going forward. This will be helpful in giving sight to areas of focus such as RTT, Cdiff and Delayed Transfers of Care. The Board discussed the implications of underperformance against targets. AR reported the Quality people headlines including decreasing Attendance in November to 95.92%. The Attendance Management Group meets on a monthly basis to address these issues. WJ reported on action with respect to:
Referral to Treatment (RTT) waiting time scorecards
QSC to receive reports regarding the performance of the Breastfeeding and Chlamydia screening services
QSC will be asked to receive a “deep dive” report into the reasons for the underperformance against target for antenatal Health Visits
The Board received the Performance Report and the assurance it provided.
364/14
Financial Performance Report CS reported a surplus position of £1.26m at month 8, which represents a £0.43m adverse variance against the planned surplus of £1.69m. A year end forecast surplus of £1.6m is now expected due to delays in delivering the Cost Improvement Plan and increased pressures within the Clinical Services. The reduction in the year-end forecast surplus is a reflection of the increased financial pressures being experienced driven by overspending within Integrated Care Based Services (ICBS) and non-achievement of CIP plans. It also reflects the increased financial risk as we enter the winter period. The Trust is forecasting that it will meet all its statutory financial duties for the year. NS asked about the £0.4m overspend on transport costs. CS reported that a report will be presented to the January Quality Business Committee meeting. The Board received the Financial Performance Report and the assurance it provided.
365/14 CONCLUDING ITEMS
366/14 Any Other Urgent Business There were no items of any other urgent business.
367/14
Review of the Meeting and Outcomes The Board agreed that it had been a good meeting. It was also agreed that arrangements would be considered for future meetings where the public and speakers were waiting prior to the meeting.
8�Minutes�-�December�2014.docx
Top
Overall�Page�26�of�264Page�10�of�11
Item Description Action
368/14
Date of Next Meeting Thursday 29 January 2015 in Committee Room, Walton Hospital, Whitecotes lane, Chesterfield, S40 3HW. The Public Session will commence at 9.00am and following completion of business on the public agenda the Board will move to a Private Session.
369/14 Coffee Break
8�Minutes�-�December�2014.docx
Top
Overall�Page�27�of�264Page�11�of�11
CURRENT Actions Matrix Page 1 of 2
P
DCHS BOARD – ACTIONS MATRIX DATE: January 2015 – Public Session
Date/Item No:
Item/subject: Decision taken and/or action required:
Progress: Responsible Person:
Deadline: Outcome:
180/14 Chairman’s Report
Carer’s story to be bought to a Board meeting in the next few months
Carolyn White January 2015 *Changed from December 2014
Agenda Item at January 2015 Board
360/14 Memorandum of Understanding in Relation to a Strategic Partnership with Chesterfield Royal Hospital NHS FT (CRHFT)
Minor amendments to sections 1.5 and 1.6
Tim Broadley January 2015 Complete - the revised version has been shared with CRHFT who will be considering it at their January Board meeting
347/14 Service User’s Story
AR offered the support of her staff with interview technique coaching to help Andrew achieve his ambition to get a job
Jen Guiver to make initial contact with Andrew and following that it will be decided who can best support him within the team
Amanda Rawlings
February 2015
356/14 Quality Always Update
Work to be done to improve the presentation of the Quality Audit ratings
Carolyn White February 2015
10�Actions�Matrix�-�public�ses
Top
Overall�Page�28�of�264Page�1�of�2
CURRENT Actions Matrix Page 2 of 2
Date/Item No:
Item/subject: Decision taken and/or action required:
Progress: Responsible Person:
Deadline: Outcome:
332/14 QBC Summary Report
An overall Cost Improvement Plan for 2015/16 to be presented to QBC in January and, following that to Board
Chris Sands February 2015
334/47 Performance Report
CW and RM to write a personal letter to staff who have not yet had their flu jab and a lessons learned review to be discussed at QPC.
A letter has been sent out to 2,000 staff. 1,930 staff have received their jabs which is 45%.
Carolyn White/ Rick Meredith
February 2015 Complete
192/14 DCHS’ new Equalities Strategy, 2014 – 16
A further Board Development session is being scheduled on Equality and Diversity and AR is considering inviting an external facilitator to challenge the Board
It was agreed that AR should ask Sally Edwards and the Network Group Chairs to facilitate the session and use the Equality Diversity System (Version 2) self-assessment as the basis for the discussion
Amanda Rawlings
April 2015
10�Actions�Matrix�-�public�ses
Top
Overall�Page�29�of�264Page�2�of�2
Audit and Assurance Committee Summary Report
Report To: Board
Date: 29 January 2015
Name of Reporting Committee / Group: Audit and Assurance Committee
Date of Meeting: 16 January 2015
Presenter: Nigel Smith, Non-Executive Director
Author: David Boddy, Corporate Governance Manager
Key Issues
6/15 Quality Committee presentation – Business - the Committee considered the two Red Risks which are:
3.1.3 Delivery to the IBP due to change in commissioner priorities. In January QBC will consider whether to include national guidelines in this risk
3.2.3 Inability to meet financial targets The meeting reviewed the 12 Amber Risks including:
3.1.2 Competitive environment. CS updated the Committee regarding DCHS success with tenders
3.1.4 Impact of funding cuts on social services. The extent of impact of this risk is still not fully known. CS said that the risk may also need to be debated by the Quality Service Committee (QSC) as risks emerge
3.2.1 Poor estate. The score of 12 may be reviewed once the risks in this area are fully known
CS reviewed the key issues including the impact of emerging national guidance and the forthcoming General Election on healthcare delivery. DCHS will test its plans to check they are consistent with emerging issues. The Committee also discussed the issue of information sharing with regard to IT governance compliance and the potential risk around delivery of care. CW said that there is further work across internal teams. JC thought that patients considered data sharing to be with the organisation and not just with the individual clinician in the organisation. CS will ask Alvaro Pancisi to seek guidance to get clarity. The meeting considered the risk scores in the QBC Board Assurance Framework in comparison to Quality People Committee and QSC. KF said that the Executives routinely challenge the risk across the committees to ensure consistent scoring. JC thought that the scoring was appropriate. The Committee took assurance from the presentation. 7/15 Board Assurance Framework Quarterly Review - the Committee discussed the risks and:
Agreed that the Mental Health risks should be moved to the Quality Governance section
Two risks regarding the Foundation Trust application are no long relevant and are
13�AAC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�30�of�264Page�1�of�5
removed
A helpful meeting between KF, CS and SG has generated some changes to Key Performance Indicators that will be discussed by the Executives
Work will be undertaken to map the operational risk register to the strategic risks and vice versa
The Committee took assurance from the report. 8/15 Data Quality Update - CS updated the Committee regarding the current status of data quality for DCHS. 360 Assurance have been invited to review the development of a new control system to collect Key Performance Information. CS said the big issues for DCHS regarding data quality were:
Where services do not currently have electronic systems
Once all services are on electronic systems then we will have a control system in place An example was given regarding TPP not yet fully rolled out in the north of the county for Community Nursing. SG asked that a coverage measure be considered for the data quality section of the BAF. The Committee took limited assurance from the update. The Committee acknowledged that this is a large project which will take a period of time to be completed. SG said that DCHS should take some assurance from the importance it places on improving data quality. 9/15 Clinical Priority Audit Update including CEG Proposals - SB and LB presented on work to strengthen quality through renewed focus on Clinical Effectiveness. The audit work will be in partnership with clinicians with focus on their preferred outcomes for patients. It would move away from an administrative process towards a more meaningful cycle of improvement. NS thought the positioning of the approach was good because it was not just ticking boxes. However, the new approach is still at the process stage and does not yet demonstrate outcomes. SB acknowledged that the initial work has been to agree the direction of the programme. The Committee noted that the top priority audits have all been linked to Quality Service risks and will provide assurance for the BAF. NS acknowledged the quality of work completed so far to agree the “direction of travel” and noted the work that is now to be undertaken. 10/15 Care Quality Commission (CQC) Licence - The Committee were assured that the trust is licenced in accordance with CQC regulations. 11/15 Safeguarding Group Update - CW updated the Committee about the actions taken to strengthen the focus and function of the Safeguarding Governance Group and the assurance that this group provides across the safeguarding agenda. The Committee noted the steps taken to date. CW considered that the work would be completed
13�AAC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�31�of�264Page�2�of�5
in a further 3 months. KF discussed further areas where the group could improve its work. KF has suggested to the group how they should strengthen their ties with the Safeguarding Board. The Committee took limited assurance from the report. 12/15 Review of Audit Committee Handbook - the Committee reviewed the Trust’s position against the NHS Audit Committee Handbook Self-Assessment Checklist. JC commented that the review was a fair assessment of the Committee. The Committee took assurance from the report. 14/15 Part Year NHS trust Accounts - CB provided an update regarding the draft Accounts that have been prepared covering the Trust’s final period as an NHS Trust i.e. 1st April 2014 to 31st October 2014. The draft Accounts were submitted to KPMG at the end of December 2014 and will be subject to a full audit review during January 2015. Due to the nature of some of the disclosures required in the Annual Accounts, it is not possible to provide this information part way through the financial year. These issues were discussed with KPMG at an early stage. The accounts will not be fully signed off and submitted to the Department of Health and the Trust Development Agency until the end of the financial year and in line with the national timescales. The Committee noted the draft Accounts position for the first seven months of the financial year. The Committee took assurance from the report and thanked the staff involved for the extra work that they have undertaken. 15/15 Annual Financial Accounts Progress Report (Including Changes to Accounting Policies) - due to the Trust’s authorisation as an NHS Foundation Trust with effect from 1st November 2014, there is a requirement for two sets of Accounts to be produced this financial year. The first covering the final period as an NHS Trust and the second set to cover the first period as an NHS Foundation Trust. CB discussed the key differences regarding disclosure requirements; the timeframes and timetable to deliver by the deadline and the accounting policies. The Committee took assurance from progress made and noted the expectation of a change in the meeting date of Audit Committee to sign off the accounts in May. 16/15 Planning for Year End Statutory Submissions - CB provided an update regarding progress to date and planning that is in place to ensure that the Trust is able to meet the deadlines set by Monitor in respect of the Annual Report, the Quality Account and the Annual Accounts. The Committee took assurance from the progress that has been made and the detailed plans in place to meet the national deadlines for the submissions. 17/15 Quality Account Update - the Committee discussed the importance of achieving the twin goals of accuracy and timeliness for delivering the Quality Account.
13�AAC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�32�of�264Page�3�of�5
The Committee noted the lack of clarity regarding Monitor’s requirements for a Community Foundation Trust to provide a Quality Account. It was agreed that we will proceed to produce one. The Committee also agreed to ask the Council of Governors to nominate 2 governors to join the editorial board to be involved in the production process. The Committee took assurance from the progress with regard to production the 2014/15 Quality Account. 18/15 Compliance with Governance Arrangements - KF reported internal assurance that the Trust is complying with its governance requirements and arrangements. KF confirmed that the Whistleblowing Policy is not yet approved. A meeting is arranged with “staff side” to agree issues. An annual report will also be produced and will be positioned to be staff facing. The Committee took assurance from the report. 20/15 Internal Audit Progress Report - significant assurance was found in the audits of Working Capital Management, Equality and Diversity Review, Complaints, Health Care Records Management, Expenses Review, Patient Experience The Committee discussed the limited assurance reports:
Mobile Working Benefits Realisation – CS said that AP is to provide a report to QBC
Disciplinary, Grievances and Dignity at Work Case Review – SG said that AR will be taking the report to QPC
The Committee took assurance with respect to delivery of the plan. The Committee also agreed that the process to develop the Audit Plan for 2015/16 should follow the same process as previous years. 23/15 Audit Progress Report - JC updated the Committee that:
Following Audit Commission advice received this week the fee for the first part of the year’s accounts will be £42,000. A draft audit plan will be circulated to members following the meeting
JC will discuss the audit for the second part of the year with CS
The audit of the Charitable Funds account has been completed. No issues were found. The audit will be reported to the Board
The Committee took assurance from the report. 26/15 Self-Certification – Governance - KF updated the Committee on the monthly self-certification position approved by the Board during Quarter 3 and the future reporting requirements now we are a Foundation Trust. The Committee considered the detail of information that is reported to Board and concluded there were no significant gaps. The Committee took assurance from the paper.
13�AAC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�33�of�264Page�4�of�5
Items of Limited/Negative Assurance
32/15 Board Assurance Framework, Risk and Self-Certification Issues - the meeting discussed and recorded assurance taken with respect to each appropriate paper as well as an evaluation of all risks discussed. Papers with limited or no assurance were: 8/15 Data Quality Update 11/15 Safeguarding Group Update
Indicate any new risks identified during meeting
None
Decisions Made (including policies approved)
25/15 Draft Response to Consultation on Risk Assessment Framework - the Committee discussed and approved the Trust’s draft response to the Monitor consultation on updates to the Risk Assessment Framework Recommendations. 27/15 Self-Certification – Finance - the meeting reviewed and approved the finance declaration under the Provider License.
Items/issues referred to another Committee
None.
In Attendance
Nigel Smith NS Non-Executive Director (Chair)
Tony Okotie TO Non-Executive Director
Barbara-Anne Walker BAW Non-Executive Director
Sarah Banks SB Head of Quality Governance
Lisa Barrett LB Clinical Effectiveness and Audit Lead
Cath Benfield CB Head of Finance
David Boddy DB Corporate Governance Manager (minute taker)
John Cornett JC Director, KPMG
Kirsteen Farrar KF Trust Secretary
Simon Gascoigne SG Associate Director, 360 Assurance
Rick Meredith RM Medical Director
Chris Sands CS Director of Finance, Performance & Information
Carolyn White CW Chief Nurse/Director of Quality
Lynne Backhouse LBa Administration Officer (observer)
13�AAC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�34�of�264Page�5�of�5
Quality Service Committee Summary Report to Board
Report To: Trust Board
Date: 29 January 2015
Name of Reporting Committee / Group: Quality Service Committee
Date of Meeting: 20 January 2015
Presenter: Chris Bentley, Chair
Author: David Boddy, Corporate Governance Manager
Key Issues
4/15 Patient Story - AS presented a story showing the work done by the Health Visitor in delivering the healthy child core programme to a family, and how information shared regarding infant brain development and parental investment in a child’s development was taken on board by the parents, and led to a home video being taken, viewed by the committee, evidencing the value of parental interaction with a child. TA said that the Patient Story was a great reminder of the difference made to families by AS and her colleagues. The Committee thanked AS for her presentation.
8/15 Care Quality Commission (CQC) Progress Report - the Committee were updated regarding the current position of the CQC action plan, proposals for on-going management of the assurance framework and the findings of the draft CQC unannounced inspection report. SB also updated the Committee that the CQC had completed a Mental Health service inspectionthe previous day. The Committee took assurance from the update.
10/15 Quality Report - the Committee reviewed the report. Highlights included:
The proportion of patients with ‘No New Harms’ for December was 98.56%, the best score since this indicator was introduced to the Safety Thermometer in December 2013
The Community Nursing Harm Free Care (HFC) score (94.64%) was above the National District Nursing benchmark of 93.87%
There was a decrease in the prevalence of Pressure Ulcers reported in December’s survey (5.5% down from 6.08% in November)
The Medication PGDs are now up to date
The Committee discussed:
The stepped improvement through 2014 of the DCHS and the DCHS District Nursing HFC scores
The introduction of red wrist bands as a tool to help in the initiative of working with vulnerable patients who might fall
There will be some timing differences in the Monitor Risk Assurance Framework data received by QSC and the Board when the Board receives the quarterly report
14�QSC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�35�of�264Page�1�of�7
Quality Visits – CW will meet with the Non-Executive Directors to discuss regarding the goals and the arrangements of the visits and the role of the NEDs in the activity. Feedback will also be presented to the Council of Governors regarding the impact of making a late cancellation
Pressure Ulcers MO reviewed the Pressure Ulcer performance in December and highlighted the main trends: where a number of teams are involved in shared care; delays in pain management leading to reduced mobility; and the volume of incidents and prioritizing the STEIS reportable incidents to ensure compliance with Commissioner deadlines. The Committee discussed the challenges to producing meaningful and relevant data such as by number of contacts or patients on caseloads. The Committee took limited assurance from the Pressure Ulcer performance.
11/15 Risk Management Report - JH reported that there were no new high or medium risks and there had been a reduction in the number of overdue risks. The Committee discussed the new risks in detail including:
Risk 2820 reduction in the allocation of funding for training – this risk relates to some challenging central funding arrangements and not within DCHS
Risk 2824 – the Committee encouraged JH to challenge individual risks which would be better placed in relevant broader risks
The Committee took assurance from the report.
12/15 Clinical Safety Group Summary Report - some of the papers that the group had taken assurance from were:
Pressure Area Care data analysis
Safe Care Priority Group Medicines (MOST) - the safe management of medication incidents
IP&C Committee Summary Report regarding: improvements to the Synergy Contract
Bariatric Bed Audit Report The group had also taken limited assurance from:
Legionella management at the Community Dental Sites in Leicestershire - limited evidence of the monitoring processes. Estates are working on the issue to provide effective assurance going forwards. A risk assessment is taking place. This issue may require further escalation.
The Committee took limited assurance from the Legionella management issue.
13/15 Safeguarding Safeguarding Governance Group Summary Report - highlights from the report included:
Safeguarding Training Update provided limited assurance although it was acknowledged that actions are in place
Counter Terrorism Strategy – was discussed by the group
A paper outlining the national mandatory reporting framework for Female Genital Mutilation. The group took limited assurance but it was acknowledged that additional bespoke training would be made available for MIU and sexual health staff
14�QSC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�36�of�264Page�2�of�7
Safeguarding Service Update Report - JH updated the Committee regarding the DCHS Safeguarding Service activity from July to December 2014:
DCHS Safeguarding Adult Assessment Framework follow up visit November 2014. DCHS received a positive inspection report from Derbyshire Clinical Commissioning Group Safeguarding Leads in November 2014
Completion of the CQC Inspection of Safeguarding and Children in Care Services (August 2013) Action Plan
Safeguarding Adult and Children Training 2015
The Committee took assurance from the report. Feedback from Children and Young People - the Committee reviewed the approach to capturing feedback from children and young people. The Committee asked if a Patient Story might be available from the school nursing service. The Committee took assurance from the reports. 15/15 Clinical Effectiveness Clinical Effectiveness Group (CEG) Summary Report SB updated the Committee regarding assurance taken from the dissemination and integration of NICE publications. Although it was acknowledged that work is still required, less but more pertinent information is now being disseminated. The group discussed Clinical Records Audit (CRA) developments, but took limited assurance from the IT constraint. QSC noted the progress in the Quality Always update. SB will take a request to the Steering Group for a change in how performance is coded (currently RAG, potentially gold, silver and bronze).
360 Tracker QSC were updated regarding the allocation of accountable leads for all actions on the 360 Tracker. The Committee discussed the “double reds” in respect of completion of actions – CB asked for a mitigation plan that included new completion dates as well as the names of owners of the actions. How Personal is DCHS Care SB presented the results from a review of current processes where personalised care is currently captured. A review of the existing Root Cause Analysis (RCA), Clinical Records Audit and newly introduced Clinical Assessment and Accreditation System (CAAS) has been undertaken. The Committee considered the report very interesting and said that Quality Always provided a good platform of information. TA said SB should feedback information to frontline colleagues so they can see the benefit of review work. The Committee took assurance from the reports.
14�QSC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�37�of�264Page�3�of�7
16/15 Wheelchair Update - RM updated the Committee regarding the waiting time performance of the Wheelchair service along with the clinical risk for wheelchair waiting times and the work on service development and commissioner specification development. The Committee reviewed the current performance including the increased levels of referrals and the number of complaints relating to access and waiting times, a number of which have been escalated. There is continued pressure on the service and the service demand has shifted to include meeting more complex patient needs in a timelier manner and to meet both health and social care needs. CW said that some patient needs are very complicated. The service has established an internal service development project group. DCHS have also agreed to undertake with the commissioners a service specification review. This will be discussed with the Contract Commissioning Group. The review will be led by Gareth Harry (Chief Commissioning Officer for Hardwick CCG).
The Committee were advised that although the risk had reduced, the capacity of the service will not change until the CCG led review. TA commented that there was variation in performance between the north and the south of the county. QSC took limited assurance from the report but noted the progress to date. The Committee were informed of the constraints of the data presented in the report. TA recommended that Board discuss how to influence the availability of IT capacity to support work. 17/15 Dissemination Learning - MH considered the challenges of how we share information effectively across such a large and diverse organisation. The Committee noted the sequence involved in learning from events and making sustainable improvements across the organisation in response to that learning. QSC noted that the Learning the Lessons Group is well placed to overcome some of the barriers. KF was invited to attend one of the meetings of the group to support their governance processes. The Group will review their Terms of Reference to include dissemination activity. The paper was taken for information.
19/15 Patient Experience Patient Experience and Engagement Group (PEEG) Summary Report Highlights from the Summary Report included:
Community Nursing Complaints – PEEG has requested that a detailed breakdown be presented to the group.
Patient Experience Team performance indicators – MH is to review performance of the team
Friends and Family Test score for the month increased to 89.5. When converted to the new scoring this was 98% (recommending DCHS services) which was the highest score this year
Review of 2014 Development Plan (Patient Experience and Involvement Strategy: 2013-16) Complaints Project The Committee were updated regarding progress with improving complaints handling.
14�QSC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�38�of�264Page�4�of�7
The Complaints Project Task and Finish Group that oversees developments in relation to complaints handling in the Trust has been meeting on a monthly basis and has a new project lead in place. Following the December meeting, DCHS received feedback and an action plan from the Patients Association following Review Panels held with North Derbyshire CCG and Chesterfield Royal Hospital. The report is encouraging, highlighting our strengths and how we can be even better. The report states: “It is exceptional that Derbyshire Community Services NHS Trust demonstrated satisfactory practice or above for all six complaints”. A further Review Panel is planned for February to increase the number of cases reviewed. The Committee took assurance from the report. 20/15 Healthcare for All - Compliance Update - the Committee considered the proposed “DCHS Healthcare for All Assurance Framework” and the ‘key lines of enquiry’ within and the level of assurance presented. The Committee agreed to confirm to the Board that Healthcare for All is compliant with the Monitor Risk Assessment Framework. AR and CW reflected on the recent independent checks such as by the CQC who have reported positive assurance about DCHS. However, the Committee agreed that there is more to be achieved for Healthcare for All by DCHS’s own high standards. It was acknowledged that the Equality Strategy and the Carers Strategy are key initiatives linked to the Healthcare for All work. The Committee agreed the four green RAG rated criteria and the two amber criteria and requested that :
Amber RAG rated criteria - DM and MH to provide an action plan that includes individual actions, names for those responsible for the actions and deadlines
Information available in “easy read” –. DM to test if it is in our core service leaflets
QSC will be updated regarding progress to complete actions. Work will also be reported to QSC in the Summary Reports from the Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Forum, Quality Always and PEEG
An appendix to be added with detailed distinctive characteristics for people with Learning Disabilities
The Committee took limited assurance regarding the progress of the work within the Quality Schedule 2014/15. 21/15 Legal Issues Report - MC updated the Committee of the effective arrangements in place for managing Claims and Coroner’s inquests/investigations during Quarter 3 2014. The Committee also considered details of any Court of Protection cases. The Committee reviewed the 16 clinical and 9 non-clinical claims being handled within DCHS. In addition there are 40 potential clinical claims at the disclosure of records stage or where an extension
14�QSC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�39�of�264Page�5�of�7
to the limitation period has been granted. Three new requests for information have been received from the Coroner this quarter although one has already been closed. The Committee discussed the ongoing cases. The Committee also reviewed the trends across each quarter. The Committee took assurance that these areas are being managed appropriately.
27/15 Matters Referred from Other Committees - the Committee had received two referrals from the Board:
Healthcare for All – QSC was to consider and make a recommendation to the Board regarding compliance. This was discussed in agenda item 20/15.
Antenatal Visit performance - this is scheduled to be discussed at the February QSC meeting.
Items of Limited/Negative Assurance
32/15 Board Assurance Framework, Risk and Self-Certification Issues The meeting discussed and recorded assurance taken with respect to each appropriate paper as well as an evaluation of all risks discussed. Papers with elements of limited assurance were: 10/15 Clinical Quality Report – Pressure Ulcers 12/15 Clinical Safety Group Summary Report - Legionella management at the Community Dental Sites in Leicestershire 16/15 Wheelchair Update 20/15 Healthcare for All - Compliance Update
Indicate any new risks identified during meeting
The Committee asked for consideration to be given to again raising the risk regarding Legionella in Leicester Dental services.
Decisions Made (including policies approved)
19/15 Complaints – Financial remedy QSC were asked to provide direction for the approval of the Financial Remedy paper which explained the duty to provide financial remedy to complainants and for a new process for DCHS.
The Committee agreed the principles of when to consider financial remedy, the process for agreeing to make a payment and how much will be paid and monitoring and audit arrangements. 23/15 Claims Handling Policy - the Committee approved the policy.
14�QSC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�40�of�264Page�6�of�7
Items/issues referred to another Committee
28/15 Issues Arising from Meeting for Board Briefing - the Committee requested that the Board discuss how to influence the availability of IT capacity to support work that features in several reports to QSC. 29/15 Issues for Governor Briefing - Quality Visits – CW will provide feedback to the Council of Governors regarding the impact of making late cancellations.
In Attendance
Tracy Allen TA Chief Executive
Jim Austin JA Salford Royal NHS FT (observer)
Chris Bentley CB Non-Executive Director (Chair)
Sarah Banks SB Head of Quality Governance
Lisa Barrett LB Clinical Effectiveness & Audit Lead
Kirsteen Farrar KF Trust Secretary
Mary Heritage MH Associate Director of Quality and Professional Lead for Therapies
Jo Hunter JH Deputy Chief Nurse
Rick Meredith RM Acting Medical Director
David Muir DM Head of Pathway and Outcome Development
Bola Owolabi BO General Practitioner in Quality
Michelle O’Connor MO Senior Matron Clinical Quality & Professional standards
Amanda Rawlings AR Director of People and Organisational Effectiveness (POE)
Gary Roe GR Compliance Manager
Alexandra Sullivan AS Health Visitor
Carolyn White CW Chief Nurse and Director of Quality
David Boddy DB Corporate Governance Manager (minute taker)
14�QSC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�41�of�264Page�7�of�7
Quality People Committee Summary Report to Board
Report To: Trust Board
Date: 29 January 2015
Name of Reporting Committee / Group: Quality People Committee
Date of Meeting: 22 December 2014
Presenter: Barbara-Anne Walker, Chair
Author: David Boddy, Corporate Governance Manager
Key Issues
Owing to an unavoidable work requirement WJ left the meeting following discussion of 195/14 to 209/14 and 215/14 and 220/14. The meeting was not quorate from 210/14. 200/14 Actions Matrix - 129/14 Response to Jimmy Savile Inquiry – QPC agreed that DCHS should be proactive regarding our response, and not wait for the NHS Employers Report. 201/14 Staff Story – Impact of the Making Every Contact Count (MECC) Training - JJ and CJ showcased the impact of training our staff in Making Every Contact Counts (MECC) by:
Presenting a patient story showing how MECC is embedded in practice resulting in a positive outcome for a client.
Presenting a summary of the work of our Workplace Health Champions who are key to implementing Making Every Staff Contact Count
The programme has trained 3,405 staff and there are 80 workplace health champions in place. The Committee heard about one champion, Hazel Lea, and the positive impact she has had in her workplace to support staff to lose weight and do more exercise. CB said healthy staff project a positive image to patients. JG talked about the work to improve the Health and Wellbeing offer to staff - a strategy will be presented to QPC in 2015. The DCHS website and The Voice will used as communication channels to influence our staff. Our Making Every Staff Contact Count programme was recently shortlisted for a Nursing Times Award in the category of ‘Excellence in Staff Health and Wellbeing’. The Committee took assurance from the success of the MECC programme and the impact it has on patients and staff alike. QPC supported the continuation of the MECC training programme so that all staff are trained to ‘make every contact count’ with patients, clients, carers, families, friends and colleagues. 203/14 Board Assurance Framework (BAF) Quarterly Review - The BAF was presented one month early to allow QPC to review it prior to being discussed at the January Audit Committee. The Committee considered the level of risk assigned to each of the 8 strategic risks and considered if there were any further gaps in assurance or control.
15�QPC�Summary�Report�Dec�2014
Top
Overall�Page�42�of�264Page�1�of�6
During the quarter KF met with Simon Gascoigne of 360 Assurance to see how the BAF may be enhanced. Ideas will be discussed by the Executives in January. WJ asked the Committee to consider whether there should be a new risk for where a member of staff might by their own actions cause disruption and risk the reputation of DCHS. KF will respond to WJ. The Committee took assurance from the report. 204/14 Strategic Workforce Report - JG updated the Committee regarding:
Industrial Action – further action is planned for January 29 (12 hour walkout), January 30 to February 24 (work to rule) and 25 February (24 hour walkout). Planning is underway to manage services through this period.
Pension Changes – sessions to support staff affected by the Pension Choice 2 changes have been very successful.
National Staff Survey and Friends and Family Test – the final completion rate for DCHS was 62.1% which was the best performing Community Health Service trust in the country. The Committee was very pleased with the result and considered what could be done to support our part time staff when they have little time available to complete the survey. Detailed results of the survey will be available in the New Year.
DCHS Flu Campaign – 1,930 staff and 45% of frontline staff have received their jab (compared to 36% in 2013). Work continues to maintain the momentum
DCHS Extra Mile Awards – 300 nominations have been received compared to 226 in 2013. An event has been organised in March and a good deal of sponsorship has been raised for the event.
The Committee took assurance from the report. 205/14 Recruitment and Attraction Strategy - the proposed strategy document stimulated good debate and was well received. The Committee requested that the document include reference to equality beyond disability. An improved paper will be presented to the February QPC. 207/14 Quality People Performance Report and Priority Areas of Focus - highlights included::
Attendance had decreased slightly but the trend has remained stable. It was noted that DCHS is performing well against national and regional benchmarking. The paper set out the work undertaken by the Attendance Management Group to impact on the performance. This included the involvement of Occupational Health with absent staff. The Committee looked forward to continuing improvement
A deep dive report into overpayments was discussed. The Committee looked at the process, the reasons for them happening and the work underway to recover them. QPC will receive regular progress updates in the Performance Report
Core Essential Learning – the trend is improving. QPC discussed action undertaken to further improve the performance
Appraisal Completion remains at a level of 82%. Some appraisals have been completed but not fully uploaded to the ESR system. Letters have been sent to managers. The Committee discussed how managers should be held to account for the completion of staff appraisals
Safeguarding training – a deep dive report will be presented to the February QPC meeting. Staff may be targeted to prioritise their training
15�QPC�Summary�Report�Dec�2014
Top
Overall�Page�43�of�264Page�2�of�6
The assurance taken by the Committee was limited by the current position over outstanding overpayments, Essential Learning and Appraisal Completions. It was noted that the limited assurance did not diminish how hard our staff are working. 208/14 People Services and Employee Relations Report - the Committee discussed the Bank and Agency spending in detail and the impact on the DCHS financial position. The Committee noted the reduction in agency spending October 2013 to October 2014. The committee were surprised by the reduction of staff currently affected by organisational change as at 30th November 2014 as they expected this to be higher given the tender work which is ongoing. JG agreed to check the detail reported in the Redeployment paragraph with respect to planned change programmes to ensure this was accurate. The Committee took assurance from the report. 209/14 Staffing for Quality Report - KS reported that NHS England ranked DCHS 2nd out of 72 organisations for fill rate of Registered Nurse for day shifts and 66th for Registered Nurses on night shift. This was an improving rate. The Committee were updated regarding improvement in staffing night shifts in particular locations such as St Oswald’s. Work to include Community Nursing is underway. It is expected that Community Nursing will be included in 18 months. The Committee also discussed the amount of time required of front line staff to complete documentation because this reduces the amount of time with their patients. The importance of systems, software and clerical staff was noted. The Committee took assurance from the data. 210/14 Staff Partnership Committee (SPC) Summary Report - highlights from the November and December meetings included:
Support was given for the Recruitment and Attraction Policy
The Long Service Awards Policy will be brought forward
Assurance was taken by SPC regarding the People Performance Report and the People Services and Employee Relations Report
A Credit Union scheme will be launched in February 2015
Quality Always – work is undertaken to find an appropriate grading system The Committee noted the work SPC have undertaken. 211/14 Staff Health Wellbeing & Safety Group Summary Report - the Committee reviewed the Summary Report and noted the work undertaken. 212/14 Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Leadership Forum (EDILF) Summary Report
The Committee noted that EDILF took limited assurance from the outstanding red RAG rated actions in the 2014/15 Equalities Action Plan
Assurance was taken that DCHS is in a strong position to implement the requirements of the EDS2
Healthcare for All - the assurance process for HC4A is changing now that DCHS had become a Foundation Trust. Further information will be provided to the Forum in due course.
British Sign Language Charter – DCHS signed the British Deaf Association’s (BDA’s) BSL
15�QPC�Summary�Report�Dec�2014
Top
Overall�Page�44�of�264Page�3�of�6
(British Sign Language) Charter in December. 360 Assurance Audit Report – QPC noted the work being undertaken to progress the equalities agenda within the organisation and DCHS is fulfilling its legal duties under equalities legislation and the requirements of EDS2. There are some outstanding actions to be undertaken. There followed a broader discussion of 360 Assurance reports and actions. CB told the Committee that QSC had found “double red” actions in a 360 Assurance review Actions of Clinical Quality and Effectiveness DCHS 14-15 where the actions had become out of time. JG asked that any “People” related actions be referred to her for action. The Committee noted the Workforce Equality Data and Analysis Report. A deeper dive report will be provided to the February QPC meeting. 213/14 Workforce Planning and Development (WFPD) Subgroup Summary Report - the Committee discussed the areas of the report where the group had taken little or no assurance:
Appraisals - there are areas in in Health Wellbeing and Inclusion (HWBI) where managers, due to management of change, have not pursued their staff to have their appraisal. QPC discussed whether these staff groups in HWBI should be excluded from the compliance report and the baseline adjusted accordingly. It was agreed that the targets should not be amended and instead commentary should be provided in a text box in association with the performances
Fundamentals in Care for Bank Staff – the Committee were informed that the cost of paying bank staff to become accredited was being looked at. QPC will be updated in February.
The Committee received the information provided by the report. 214/14 Workforce Planning 360 Audit - QPC were updated on the actions implemented following the audit by 360 Assurance and the outstanding areas where action is ongoing. Significant progress has been made. Two actions are outstanding and these are being worked on. The Committee received the information provided by the update. 216/14 Recent Employment Tribunal: Lessons Learnt - the Committee discussed the learning points following a recent Employment Tribunal which considered a claim by an ex-employee for unfair dismissal. A new Disciplinary Policy will be drafted for agreement as a result of some of these learning points. This will come through the normal Policy route so QPC will receive it. It was discussed that the Executive Team raised concerns over the line management time given to staff who only work nights. It was agreed that QPC would like to receive a further report from Jo Furley in February regarding manager interaction with night only staff, to include how interaction is planned, maintained, and how night only staff ensure they are up to date with current practice. The Committee noted the lessons learnt. 217/14 Annual Review of all QPC Sub-Committees including Terms of Reference - the Committee received presentations on performance, including the main achievements, of Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Leadership Forum, Staff Partnership Committee, Workforce Planning and Development and Staff Health Wellbeing and Safety Groups over the past year. The Committee noted the annual review of each QPC subgroup. QPC asked that KF review the Terms of Reference and confirm to BAW whether she supports them.
15�QPC�Summary�Report�Dec�2014
Top
Overall�Page�45�of�264Page�4�of�6
218/14 Health and Safety Update - JG provided further information relating to the Staff Health and Safety Annual Report regarding the reduction in injuries taking into account the loss of the Leicestershire services. The total number of work related injuries was not thought to be significant this year. The Committee received the paper for information and asked that a paper be provided to the February QPC with up to date figures because it was not sure whether the data in the current paper was correct. The Health and Safety risk has been reviewed to ensure it is appropriately worded. 227/14 Committee Meeting Self-assessment - the Committee agreed that there had been a number of important topics discussed. The quoracy of the meeting had been affected by an unusual number of apologies owing to illness and other commitments.
Items of Limited/Negative Assurance
228/14 Board Assurance Framework, Risk and Self Certification issues – QPC took limited assurance from: 207/14 Quality People Performance Report and Priority Areas of Focus
Indicate any new risks identified during meeting
No new risks were identified.
Decisions Made (including policies approved)
215/14 Update Report on Clinical Essential Training, to include Safeguarding Training Update - CWi updated QPC regarding the progress of:
Current training review
Safeguarding Training compliance for DCHS and
An associated action plan for the provision of Safeguarding training. Following a workshop in January, the Committee will be updated on progress in February. The Committee took assurance from the paper and supported the re- classification of Statutory and Mandatory training. 220/14 Addendum to Family Leave Policy to include shared statutory parental leave - QPC approved the addendum and took assurance that policy development and creation is occurring across DCHS for HR related polices.
Items/issues referred to another Committee
None.
In Attendance
Barbara-Anne Walker BAW (Chair)
Chris Bentley CB Non-Executive Director
Lynn Booth LB Head of Staff Partnership
Jennifer Guiver JG Deputy Director of People and Organisational Effectiveness
William Jones WJ Director of Operations
15�QPC�Summary�Report�Dec�2014
Top
Overall�Page�46�of�264Page�5�of�6
Christine Wint CWi Head of Workforce Development and Education
Sally Edwards SE Head of Equality, Diversity and Inclusion
Catherine Johnson CJ Workforce Health and Wellbeing Co-ordinator
Jennifer Jones JJ Integrated Community Team Leader
Karen Scott KS Lead for Workforce Planning
David Boddy DB Corporate Governance Manager (minute taker)
15�QPC�Summary�Report�Dec�2014
Top
Overall�Page�47�of�264Page�6�of�6
Charitable Funds Committee Summary Report
Report To: Trust Board
Date: 29 January 2015
Name of Reporting Committee:
Charitable Funds Committee
Date of Meeting: 11 December 2014
Presenter: Tony Okotie: Non-Executive Director
Author: Cath Benfield: Head of Finance David Russell: Patients’ Monies and Charitable Funds Manager
Key Issues
The Charitable Funds Committee held a specially convened telephone conference on 11 December 2014 to specifically discuss the following two issues:- Finance and Governance Matters Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14 The Committee were informed that the Annual Report and Accounts had been examined by KPMG LLP. After discussion the Committee resolved to recommend the Annual Report and Accounts to the Trustee for formal adoption prior to lodgment with the Charity Commission. Rhoslan, Lime Avenue, Ripley – Business Case The Committee discussed the draft letter to the Charity Commission received as amended by the solicitors, Browne Jacobson LLP, in respect of the disposal of the above property. After discussion it was agreed that the subject should be placed on the agenda of the DCHS Planning and Capital meeting in order to ascertain some level of commitment regarding the level of financial contribution from the Trust in the event of any shortfall in proceeds from the sale of the property alone compared to its combined value to the Charity.
Items of Limited/Negative Assurance
None
Indicate any new risks identified during meeting
None
16�CFC�Summary�Report�Dec�2014
Top
Overall�Page�48�of�264Page�1�of�2
Decisions Made (including policies approved)
The Committee approved the 2013/14 Annual Report and Accounts and agreed to recommend them to the Trust Board for formal adoption prior to submission to the Charity Commission. The Committee agreed to recommend to the Trustees that the authority for signing off the Accounts is delegated to the Chair and Director of Finance, Performance and Information, and furthermore the authority for signing the Letter of Representation is delegated to the Chair.
Items/issues referred to another Committee
None
Present
Name Job Title
Tony Okotie Non-Executive Director, DCHS – Chair
Barry Steans Non Executive Director, DCHS
William Jones Director of Operations, DCHS
Cath Benfield Head of Finance, DCHS
David Russell Charitable Funds and Patient Monies Manager, DCHS
Tika Khan Deputy Chief Finance Officer, Southern Derbyshire CCG
Emma McFee Senior Financial Accountant, Southern Derbyshire CCG
Stacey Forbes Financial Controller, Derbyshire Healthcare Foundation Trust
Kirsteen Farrar Trust Secretary, DCHS
By Invitation Ian Murray Capital and Estates Programme Manager
Minutes David Russell Charitable Funds and Patient Monies Manager, DCHS
16�CFC�Summary�Report�Dec�2014
Top
Overall�Page�49�of�264Page�2�of�2
TRUST BOARD
Document Title: Quality Report
Presenter/Title: Carolyn White, Director of Quality / Chief Nurse
Contents of Paper were previously discussed by:
The core contents of this paper are updated on a monthly basis and are a summary of Quality Group Reports
Author/Title:
Jo Hunter, Deputy Chief Nurse Michelle O’Connor, Senior Matron Clinical Quality & Professional Standards Contributions from Subject Specialists form the body of the report
Contact Email and Telephone Number:
Jo Hunter – 0797 067 0726 [email protected] Michelle O’Connor – 07887530317michelle.o’[email protected]
Date of Meeting: 29 January 2015 Agenda Item No: 17/15
No of pages Inc. this one: 36
Document is for: (indicate with an “x” – you can populate more than one box)
Information x Decision Assurance X
Purpose of Paper
The paper is presented to Directors to provide an assurance report against a range of quality indicators and work streams in place across DCHS. The report is presented using the five domains by the Care Quality Commission (CQC) as part of its revised health inspections regime. (These sections continue to represent the Trusts focus on quality i.e. patient safety, clinical effectiveness and patient experience):
1. Safe Care 2. Effective Care 3. Responsive 4. Well led 5. Caring 6. Staffing for Quality
Recommendations
The Board is asked to receive and discuss the report and agree the levels of assurance provided across the areas of the Quality agenda covered by this report.
Board Assurance Framework Risk Reference
1.1.1 - There is a risk to patients due to exposure to unsafe care resulting in harm (Risk Reg ID - 2357) 1.2.1 - There is a risk to patients due to failure to provide services that are clinically effective and
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�50�of�264Page�1�of�36
of high quality resulting in patient harm or resulting in no benefit (Risk Reg ID – 1996) 1.2.2 - There is a risk that patients do not get optimal care due to the Priority Clinical Audit Programme for the Trust not being appropriately focused and effective at driving service improvements in priority clinical areas and the effect to delivery of good patient outcomes and organisational learning. 1.2.4 - There is a risk to the organisation due to implementation of changes to our Quality Assurance processes resulting in ineffective reporting and assurance on quality 1.3.1 - There is a risk to patients due to the failure to learn lessons from patients feedback and experiences resulting in negative effect on patient care (Risk Reg ID - 2361) 1.3.2 - There is a risk to the organisation due to patient and public non-engagement and involvement in service improvements resulting in reputational harm (Risk Reg ID - 2362)
Financial Impact
There are no direct financial implications to this report, although some Serious Incidents may result in a claim being made with increased litigation and financial sanctions for not managing patient care and other key functions appropriately
Further Information and Appendices:
Key Messages The proportion of patients with ‘No New Harms’ for December is 98.56% which is an
improvement from 97.27% in November. This is the best score since this indicator was introduced to the Safety Thermometer in December 2013
For the second time in this financial year the Community Nursing Harm Free Care (HFC) score (94.64%) is above the National District Nursing benchmark of 93.87% (Dec 2014)
There has been a decrease in the prevalence of Pressure Ulcer’s reported on December’s survey (5.5% down from 6.08% in November)
1. Safe Care 1.1 Safety Thermometer The NHS Safety Thermometer is a national tool designed to be used locally for measuring, monitoring and analysing patient harms and ‘harm free’ care. Prevalence data is collected once monthly on a set day to provide the data into the national system. The tool measure 4 aspects of care Falls, Venous Thromboembolism (VTE). Catheter Acquired Urinary Tract Infections (CAUTI) and Pressure Ulceration. Patient safety is a top priority for DCHS and the results from this toolkit continue to be used to improve practice across the organisation. The graph below illustrates DCHS’s position compared with the National District Nursing HFC benchmark and demonstrates that in December DCHS was marginally above the internal HFC target for 2014/15 - 93%. The DCHS score 93.78% in December (Nov 92.37%, Oct 93.2%, Sept 91.59%, Aug 93.25%, July 90.96%) was above this target of 93%. There has been a decrease in the prevalence of Pressure Ulcer’s reported on December’s survey (5.5% down from 6.08% in November). It should be noted that for the second time in this financial year the Community Nursing HFC score (94.64%) is above the National District Nursing benchmark of 93.87%
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�51�of�264Page�2�of�36
Rehab Wards December HFC – 85.54% down from 90.18% in November (December breakdown-22 PUs of which 6 were new, 0 fall, 2 CAUTI, 0 new VTE) – Sample - 166 OPMH December HFC – 94.0% up from 93.75% in November (December breakdown - 1 Old PU, 1 fall, 0 CAUTI, 1 new VTE) – Sample - 50 DN Teams December HFC – 94.64% up from 92.45% in November (December breakdown-69 PUs of which 8 were new, 7 falls, 1 CAUTI, 0 new VTE) – Sample - 1436 LDS Teams December HFC – 100% remains at 100%
New Harm Rate The proportion of patients with ‘No New Harms’ for December is 98.56% which is an improvement from 97.27% in November. This is the best score since this indicator was introduced to the Safety thermometer in December 2013. 1.2 Falls The Safety Thermometer data (prevalence data) re falls with harm rate for December was 0.48% compared withNovember’s performance of 1.43%. The incident data however demonstrates an increase in reported falls in December (Incident data taken from DATIX aligned with bed occupancy data from PAS).
Consideration of the incident data held on DATIX has shown two wards as outliers:
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
% o
f p
atie
nts
re
ceiv
ing
Har
m F
ree
ca
re
DCHS Harm FreeCare Score (HFC)
DCHS Target (HFC)
DCHS DistrictNursing (HFC)
National DistrictNursing (HFC)
0.00
2.00
4.00
6.00
8.00
10.00
12.00
Nu
mb
er
of
Inci
de
nts
Month/Year
Rate of Injurious Falls per 1,000 Occupied Bed Days April 2013 to Dec 2014
DCHS All InjuriousInpatient Falls
Benchmarking Target
Benchmarking Average(12MTH YTD)
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�52�of�264Page�3�of�36
Melbourne ward reported 16 falls in total (including no harm) in the month, 5 repeat fallers accounted for 13 of these. Of the 9 injurious falls 8 recorded minor or no injury and there was 1 which caused significant harm (fractured Neck of Femur). This patient had 3 falls in the month and the incident is currently subject to a RCA.
Fenton ward reported 11 falls in total, with 1 patient accounting for 5 of these. Of the 4 injurious falls, 2 of these were the same patient, but all 4 were reported as causing minor harm.
The Patient Safety and Safe Care team are working with these wards to understand the factors behind the falls. The Quality Directorate are currently recruiting a falls prevention facilitator to work with ward teams when they have patients who have multiple falls to ensure that effective prevention plans are in place. 1.3 Pressure Ulcers The prevalence for this key KPI for December was 5.5% demonstrating an improvement against Novembers performance. (November was 6.08%). ‘New PU’ prevalence for December is 0.84% (November was 1.3%). The data for December demonstrates a small increase in the total number of pressure ulcers reported, and continues to demonstrate early recognition of this damage. The incidence of Grade 3 damage remains relatively static since May 2014 across all pressure ulcer incidents ranging from 31-41 incidents per month (average 35). The data for December relating to pressure damage developing or deteriorating within DCHS services demonstrates a 7% increase in the number of incidents, from 113 in November to 122 in December. The data however, supports the earlier observation that staff are recognising pressure damage earlier with 93 patients i.e. 76% of the incidents relating to Grade 2 damage. It should also be noted that activity was considerably higher in month.
Chesterfield community locality has consistently been reported as one of the outlying teams in terms of poor performance but in month data for this locality demonstrates a significant reduction
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
Ap
ril
May
Au
g
Sep
t
Oct
No
v
De
c
Jan
Feb
Mar
Nu
mb
er
of
Pre
ssu
re U
lce
rs
Month 2014-15
All Developed/Deterioriated Pressure Ulcers 2014-15
Potential Grade 3
Multiple Pressure Ulcers (highestgrade is either 3 or 4)
Multiple Pressure Ulcers (highestgrade is either 1 or 2)
Grade 4
Grade 3
Grade 2
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�53�of�264Page�4�of�36
(33%) in their incidence rate, equivalent to 9 fewer patients reported as acquiring pressure damage from this locality for December. Bolsover & North East has shown a slight increase but generally the data shows an increase in incidence throughout all localities. Amber valley was found to have increased by 41% (12 patients) and there was a 50% (5 patients) increase in High Peak as well as inpatient areas. It should also be noted that in December Amber Valley Community teams saw 341 more patients than in the previous month and High Peak teams 317 whilst other teams saw a stable number of patients. It is thought that this increase in incidence may be attributed to the bad weather spell as well as increased episodes of flu and chest infections within the general population. It is recognised that such conditions can adversely impact on the patient’s mobility, nutrition, hydration, motivation and mood, and consequently affects the skin condition. The Tissue Viability team will continue to monitor the impact of winter pressures on the incidence of pressure ulcers. The data relating to the Tissue Viability team activity continues to be monitored and demonstrates an ongoing increase in equipment authorisation evidencing that staff are actively assessing patient needs and putting in place prevention plans. The revised pressure relieving equipment guide has been ratified by Safe Care Priority Group and Clinical Safety Group and Medequip has agreed to source the new additions as requested in readiness for January/ February 2015. The trends within the inherited data outlined in Appendix 2 remain the same. Although there has been a decrease in the percentage of inherited incidents since August (51% to 41%), the actual number of incidents has remained within a constant (range 140 - 150). 1.3.2 Avoidable pressure damage The graph below provides the total number of avoidable pressure ulcers verified during December.
It should be noted that this data relates to the month the avoidability was verified and not the month the incident was reported.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
Ap
r
May Jun
Jul
Au
g
Sep
t
Oct
No
v
De
c
Jan
Feb
MarN
o. o
f A
void
able
Pre
ssu
re U
lce
rs
2014-15
Total number of Avoidable Pressure Ulcers by Community Services or Hospital 2014-15
Community Hospitals
Community Services
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�54�of�264Page�5�of�36
Trends from RCA investigations indicate that poor management in relation to pain control resulted in reduced mobility, low mood and motivation to follow pressure ulcer interventions. There were delays in escalation of pain management and appropriate referral to specialists The second RCA investigation involved a number of disciplines providing shared care. There was a lack of regular documented assessments and timely reviews of the patient. It was apparent from the investigation that no individual agency/ discipline took the lead in ensuring that all aspects of care were coordinated, planned and delivered as required to meet this patient’s needs. 1.3.3 Themes identified in December 2014 The main themes within the 12 RCA reports completed during December relate to:
Patients following repositioning advice. 1 patient was visiting friend and did not take the pressure relieving equipment with them, 1 related to the family who were the main care providers lack of acceptance of how unwell the patient was, 1 related to the patient declining to follow advice and 1 related to the patient being unable to tolerate laying on side due to a chest infection and difficulty with breathing when in this position.
5 incidents related to a deterioration in the patients general condition either an acute episode (urine or chest infection) or an expected deterioration in an underlying medical condition (cancer, multiple sclerosis)
There was evidence that staff did not always identify when a patient’s general condition was deteriorating so did not meet the changing needs of the patient e.g. by increasing visits
Lack of joined up working where more than one service or agency is involved is an increasing trend with the complex patients in the community setting
Lack of effective pain management affecting the patient’s ability to follow pressure ulcer prevention advice or affecting the patient’s mobility is also an increasing trend.
These issues have been addressed with the services involved with the relevant patient care and will continue to be monitored via the Safe Care Priority Group. The summaries of these RCA reports are shared at this group to enable lessons to be learnt across the organisation. 1.4 Catheter Acquired Infections (CAUTI) The CAUTI rate has improved in December to 0.18% from 0.37% in November.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
2 3 4 Multiple1/2
Multiple3/4
No
. of
Pre
ssu
re U
lce
rs
Grade of Pressure Ulcer
Number of Avoidable Pressure Ulcers by Grade 2014-15
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�55�of�264Page�6�of�36
Safety Thermometer Overall DCHS
Catheter and New UTI Catheter and UTI
0 6= 0.37%
Community Hospital Catheter and UTI 1
District Nursing Catheter and UTI 5
Catheter in situ 7.25%
Datix for CAUTI Overall DCHS
CAUTI 3 All of which were unavoidable
Hospital
Community 3
It remains positive that from the Safety Express and Datix data collection that CAUTI rates are low overall and within agreed parameters. The numbers of patients with a catheter is also remaining stable. Analysis of the incident data on DATIX shows slightly increased levels of CAUTI were reported in December with 4 from the North and 2 were from the South of the County. The level of reporting on DATIX has increased following work by the continence team across ICBS. All incident reports for CAUTI were verified as unavoidable as all correct measures were in place. Constructive feedback is provided from the Continence Service for every incident reviewed to ensure that best practice is promoted.
In order to help to reduce CAUTI and improve catheter care and communication the Continence Team have devised a ‘catheter passport’ which is distributed to patients with an indwelling catheter. The catheter passports provide lots of useful advice and information for patients and their relatives / carers and they also help with communication from one area of care to another. 1.5 Venous Thromboembolism (VTE) The New VTE rate has deteriorated in December to 0.06% from 0% in November. There was a single VTE reported on Spencer ward, the symptoms were quickly identified and the patient received appropriate medical treatment. This incident was not reported on DATIX, an omission which has now been rectified and an RCA has commenced. The incident has been reported late onto STEIS due to the initial failure to report onto DATIX. The Matron has ensured that the ward team are reminded of the need to report VTE onto DATIX as well as the Safety Thermometer so that an RCA can be undertaken to understand the factors behind the development. 1.6 Infection Prevention & Control Clostridium difficile infections A review has been undertaken during January 2015 of the data to ensure that it reflects the national reporting requirements. All Clostridium difficile positive stool sample results are reported on the National HCAI Database. To date there have been 12 positive results reported for DCHS. Provider Organisations are then expected to complete a Root Cause Analysis (RCA) to identify any lapses in care. The criteria for lapses in care have been agreed with the lead commissioners and the provider organisation and include the following:
1. Evidence of cross infection 2. Antibiotic prescribing pre C difficile diagnosis not in line with formulary 3. Delay in isolation of patient and relevant actions not taken 4. No evidence of increased cleaning 5. Lack of appropriate and prompt referral of patient to IP&C team 6. Delay in prescribing C difficile treatment
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�56�of�264Page�7�of�36
7. Lack of medication review 8. Patient reviews not in line with policy
Completed RCAs are sent to the CCG quality team who independently assess lapses in care. Clostridium difficile is one of the key performance indicators used by Monitor to assess performance, however, only cases which are deemed as lapses in care are required to be reported. To date, only one of the 12 positive Clostridium difficle cases has been assessed as a lapse in care. The table below provides a breakdown of the Clostridium difficile positive cases taking into account the above. The table also identifies whether the diagnosis occurred within 72 hours of the patient being admitted to DCHS services. If a positive Clostridium difficile result is obtained within 72 hours of the patient’s admission to DCHS care, it is unlikely that the cause of the infection is the result of the care provided by DCHS. This would be confirmed/challenged within the RCA process.
Month National HACI Database
Pre-72 hour diagnosis
Post-72 hour diagnosis
Lapses in Care agreed with Commissioners
April 2014 2 1 1 0
May 2014 1 0 1 0
June 2014 3 3 0 1 (*2 RCAs in progress)
July 2014 2 0 2 (relapse) (*1 RCA in progress)
August 2014 0 0 0 0
September 2014
1 1 0 0
October 2014 0 0 0 0
November 2014
0 0 0 0
December 2014
3 1 2 (*3 RCAs in progress)
January 2015
February 2015
March 2015
Total 12 6 6 1 (*6 RCAs in progress)
*N.B RCAs in progress and awaiting validation by IP&C Committee and lead commissioner.
During the review of the data, it has become evident that DCHS requires access to the National HCAI Database to validate the Clostridium difficile samples attributed to DCHS. Currently DCHS relies on each of the CCGs to provide the data. The IP&C Matron will be approaching Public Health England to identify whether DCHS is able to have administration rights to view the database. If this is not forthcoming the issue will be appropriately escalated. Lapse in Care Future Dashboard reports will include a summary of the RCAs where a lapse in care has been identified. The chief Nurse will review all RCAs were a positive specimen has been identified post 72 hours of admission. MRSA Screening The MRSA screening score for December was 100%
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�57�of�264Page�8�of�36
1.7 Medication Safety The new system for the authorisation and sign-off of Patient Group Directions (PGDs) is now well established with the admin support to the PGD steering group having a face-to face meeting with the Medical Director, Chief Nurse and Head of Medicines Management, at which all new or reviewed PGDs that have been agreed by the PGD Steering group are discussed. As a result of these meetings, all PGDs are now up to date on SharePoint and the process is running about 3 months in advance of forthcoming PGD expiry dates. An amended version of the ‘5 Rights of Medicines Administration’ has been devised specifically for the administration of insulin injections. This has now been agreed by the Clinical Safety group and will be distributed to all appropriate clinical staff. A medication incident report that was submitted onto Datix in November with a clinical rating of having caused ‘significant harm’ to the patient was reviewed thoroughly. As a result of this, the clinical significance was downgraded to having caused ‘minor injury’ to the patient, due to the patient’s pre-existing medical condition. 1.8 STEIS reportable incidents There was 1 STEIS reportable incident reported in December which falls outside the Harm Free Care Agenda (Falls, Pressure ulcers, VTE, CAUTI and for the purpose of this report Medication incidents). This is classed as a missed diagnosis but refers to data collection issues identified within the Chlamydia Screening Outreach Programme.
2.0 Clinically Effective 2.1 Priority Audit Programme- status report Planning continues to meet the commitments for the National audits. Frail Elderly – Outline plan for a care planning outcomes audit has been agreed, awaiting confirmation of the commencement of phase 2 of the pilot site before this can be finalised. Diabetes and Pressure Ulcer Management – Further discussions with the Specialist Nurses are planned to develop audit plans for 2015/16. Identification of LD Patients now has a detailed plan and is due to collect data in quarter 4. Medicines Management Treatment Cards, Medicines Management Omitted Doses – Planned reports for Q2 have not been received. Agreement with Malcolm Stuart that the reports will be completed for the CEG meeting in February. The Antipsychotic Audit Data collection to begin in January. The Sentinel Stroke National Audit is now recruiting community services. Teams will need to be informed to assist their participation in the study. The National Diabetes Foot Care Audit is still being scoped, and some locality podiatry services have already registered for this audit. In the final stages of planning. The NCEPOD Sepsis Audit – Planning in place. Not yet clear when national results will be available.
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�58�of�264Page�9�of�36
National COPD Audit . DCHS is registered for participation, commences in 01/15. The number of services in DCHS due to participate is under review and will be finalised shortly. The National Parkinson’s Audit will be taking registrations in 01/15 but not commencing till the next financial year. Liaison with the relevant DCHS clinical specialists to participate is underway, and this year the audit will include a patient experience measure. National PROMs – Q1 results have been shared with teams. Results are being analysed and action plans developed. The National Audit of Intermediate Care - The national and local results are now available. Results to be analysed and action plan developed. Outcomes: Mental Capacity Audits (Records, DoLs, Carers and AMCAT) – Action plan and re-audit planned for the clinical record audit following completion of the baseline audit in OPMH and LD wards and residential services, and now needs rollout plan to further services. IP&C Antimicrobial – The Q2 report showed an improvement on past results. IP&C Hand Hygiene – The Q2 result is 99.2% against target of 100%, (the same as the Q1 result). A significant number of teams are not submitting returns and there is a plan for improving this, including addressing the turnover of Hand-washing Champions. IP&C Isolation – The Q2 result of 87% compliance with 2 hour target for isolation of patients with suspected infectious diarrhoea is an improvement over Q1. Clinical Records - Q2 sustains the Q1 improvement by a further 2% in overall scores to 76%. The rollout of electronic records is thought to have contributed to this sustained improvement.
3.0 Responsive 3.1 Friends and Family Test result The graph below gives a breakdown of the current FFT score by Division together with the new percentage of respondents that would recommend our services to friends and family (which is the new way of reporting data from 1 January 2015 and is identified by the black line). Both the overall Trust score (91) and the percentage recommending (97.7) are the highest this year percentage recommending (97.7) are the highest this year.
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�59�of�264Page�10�of�36
3.2 Complaints
Complaints Level
1 Level
2 Level
3 Level
4
Enquiries & Other Activity
Total Activity
% of all concerns resolved at Level 1
Apr-14 26 3 2 0 31 62 84
May-14 13 5 3 0 21 42 62
Jun-14 28 9 6 0 24 67 65
Jul-14 10 6 3 0 31 50 53
Aug-14 10 5 4 0 25 44 53
Sep-14 16 10 4 0 18 48 53
Oct-14 14 8 3 0 27 52 56
Nov-14 14 9 8 0 14 45 45
Dec-14 16 5 2 0 27 50 70
TOTAL 2014/15 147 60 35 0 218 460 61
Level 1 Green resolved complaints that have been resolved by the end of the next working day
Level 2 Yellow low level complaints that are investigated under the NHS Complaints process
Level 3 Amber medium level complaints that are investigated under the NHS Complaints process
Level 4 Red high level complaints that are investigated under the NHS Complaints process
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�60�of�264Page�11�of�36
Complaints in December decreased to 23 from 31 in November. Of these, 16 were quickly and informally resolved as level 1’s and 7 will be investigated fully through our complaints process. 70% of complaints were resolved by the end of the next working day (ie at Level 1) which is a significant improvement.
4.0 Well led
4.1 Board Quality Visits QSC discussed the Quality Visits and concerns raised by the Non-Executive Directors regarding the process. It was agreed that further discussion regarding the process is required and will be addressed at a future NED meeting. There were 14 Quality visits planned for the period 17th November 2014 to 17th December 2014 inclusively; out of the 14 visits that were planned 10 were completed and 4 were cancelled.
Learning from visits included the impact on ambulance waiting times for patients within MIU.
Need for MPVA training for relief staff before working within high risk areas such as OPMH
Improvements in personalised care planning
Effectiveness of team work and support in high stress environments
The value patients and carers place on DCHS services
Need to continue to reiterate the importance and options for clinical supervision
5.0 Caring
5.1 6C’s and Care Makers The Chief Nurse England is reviewing progress against the ambitions identified within her strategy document. Work is ongoing nationally to evaluate progress to date and a team has been established to reenergise the work nationally. DCHS has a number of care makers who are working with Charlotte Miller from the FLCC a key component of this work is DCHS’s adoption of #Hello My Name Is…. As part of its CQuIN objectives for 2015/16 DCHS will be asked to address a target related to patient and compassion. Patient experience and engagement team are considering how this can be managed. 5.2 Patient Feedback (see Appendix 1 for detailed results) Under new guidance from NHS England we are changing the way we report on Friends and Family Test from the ‘net promoter’ score to a percentage recommending our services. Both are provided in this month’s report. The format of the FFT cards has changed and will include demographic monitoring questions as well as an option for respondents to select and not have their comments made public. The new cards will be distributed during January and will replace the current format with immediate effect. An article for Our Voice to raise awareness of these changes is in preparation. We are now required to ensure that the FFT includes everyone using our services. An alternative version of the FFT card is being piloted for children aged 3-11 during January. We will also develop an alternative version of the test for children and adults with learning difficulties. DCHS staff should not help patients to complete the test, and this may be a way that volunteers can support patient experience data collection in future. This will be piloted within the Home from Hospital volunteer project initially. We are still actively working towards a trial of the use of iPads in various services as an alternative to the ‘comment cards’.
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�61�of�264Page�12�of�36
We are piloting new ways to collect patient feedback. In Quarter 3 the electronic kiosk in MIU at Ilkeston provided 42 returns on the FFT. Further work is planned to understand how we can increase the number of patients choosing to provide feedback this way.
Patient opinion/ NHS choices – patient feedback provided online
There has been a small increase in feedback online so far this year, and we need to consider how
we can ensure best value from our subscription to Patient Opinion. A meeting in January with
Patient Opinion will identify what steps we can take to increase this route for patient feedback.
We would anticipate that this will be an increasingly popular option for patients and their families
in the future. Other social media (eg Twitter) are also used to provide feedback, but still in very
small numbers.
6.0 Staffing for Quality Staffing Levels by Ward December 2014
This graph by Hospital site and ward area demonstrates the percentage of actual staff on duty against that which was the planned staffing level; we have two shifts, one which covers the day
Sept Oct Nov Dec
Kiosk 54 21 17 4
FFT Cards 82 75 52 51
54
21 17
4
82 75
52 51
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
FFT Cards V Kiosk at Ilkeston Hospital MIU (Sept to Dec 14)
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�62�of�264Page�13�of�36
and one which covers the night time. The planned level of staff is based upon how many beds we have on each wards. Sometimes the number of staff who are actually working will change as this is reviewed by the Matron and Ward Manager depending on the care needs of patients. This is advised by registered nursing workforce (blue bar) and non- registered nursing workforce (red bar) and also by total number of all staff (green bar.) To note that this includes all registered staff and all non-registered staff including those obtained through Bank or Agency routes. Every ward has a Ward Manager who usually works Monday to Friday 9-5pm with global management responsibilities and on occasion they provide clinical care so may be included in the actual staffing numbers.
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�63�of�264Page�14�of�36
Ash Green
Hillside Ward
Hillside
Early Late Night
RN 2 2 1
HCA 4 3 2
111%
100%
94%
68%
61%
100%
70% 70%
98%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
Early Late Night
Hillside Ward - 1st to 31st December 2014 % staffing against agreed staffing levels
Registered Staff % Non-registered % Overall %
8
5
0
2
4
6
8
10
Hillside
Hillside Bed Occupancy December 2014 - 63%
Available Beds
Average OccupiedBeds
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�64�of�264Page�15�of�36
Valley View Ward
Valley View
Early Late Night
RN 1 1 0
HCA 3 3 2
100% 100%
1100%
61% 54% 89% 71% 65%
105%
Early Late Night
Valley View Ward - 1st to 31st December 2014 % staffing against agreed staffing levels
Registered Staff % Non-registered % Overall %
5
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Valley View
Valley View Bed Occupancy November 2014 - 60%
Available Beds
Average OccupiedBeds
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�65�of�264Page�16�of�36
Ash Green Hospital –Combined staffing
Ash Green
Early Late Night
RN 3 3 1
HCA 7 6 4
108%
100%
129%
66% 59%
94%
76% 69%
101%
Early Late Night
Ash Green Site LD - 1st to 31st December 2014 % staffing against agreed staffing levels
Registered Staff % Non-registered % Non-registered %
13
10
0
5
10
15
Ash Green
Ash Green Bed Occupancy December - 69%
Available Beds
Average OccupiedBeds
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�66�of�264Page�17�of�36
Babington Hospital
Baron
Early Late Night
RN 2 2 2
HCA 3 2 2
Budgetted
Early Late Night
RN 3 2 2
HCA 3 3 2
119%
102% 100%
110%
124%
100%
114% 113%
100%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
140%
Early Late Night
Baron Ward - 1st to 31st December 2014 % staffing against agreed staffing levels*
Registered Staff % Non-registered % Overall %
20
14
0
10
20
30
Baron
Baron Bed Occupancy December 2014 - 70%
*BI stating 15 beds
Available Beds
AverageOccupied Beds
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�67�of�264Page�18�of�36
Bolsover Hospital
Linden Ward
Linden
Early Late Night
RN 2 2 2
HCA 3 2 1
100% 103%
97% 100%
97% 97% 100% 100%
97%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
Early Late Night
Linden Ward - 1st to 31st December 2014 % staffing against agreed staffing levels
Registered Staff % Non-registered % Overall %
16 14
0
5
10
15
20
Linden
Linden Bed Occupancy December 2014 - 88%
Available Beds
Average OccupiedBeds
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�68�of�264Page�19�of�36
Rowan Ward
Rowan
Early Late Night
RN 2 2 2
HCA 3 2 1
95% 95% 97% 100% 100% 100% 98% 98% 98%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
Early Late Night
Rowan Ward - 1st to 31st December 2014 % staffing against agreed staffing levels
Registered Staff % Non-registered % Overall %
16 14
0
5
10
15
20
Rowan
Rowan Bed Occupancy December 2014 - 88%
Available Beds
Average OccupiedBeds
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�69�of�264Page�20�of�36
Cavendish Hospital
Fenton Ward
Fenton
Early Late Night
RN 2 2 2
HCA 3 2 1
102% 102% 97% 99%
102% 106%
100% 102% 100%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
Early Late Night
Fenton Ward - 1st to 31st December 2014 % staffing against agreed staffing levels
Registered Staff % Non-registered % Overall %
18
15
0
5
10
15
20
Fenton
Fenton Bed Occupancy December 2014 - 83%
Available Beds
Average OccupiedBeds
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�70�of�264Page�21�of�36
Spencer Ward;
Registered Nurse level is at one night staff rather than the planned two (this remains within safe staffing guidance of 1 RN to 11 patients on nights due to reduced bed occupancy)
Spencer
Early Late Night
RN 2 2 1
HCA 2 2 2
Budgetted RN Early Late Night
HCA 2 2 2
2 2 1
100% 102%
116%
108% 105%
89%
104% 103% 98%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
140%
Early Late Night
Spencer Ward - 1st to 31st December 2014 % staffing against agreed staffing levels*
Registered Staff % Non-registered % Overall %
12 9
0
5
10
15
Spencer
Spencer Bed Occupancy December 2014 - 75%
* BI stating 10 beds
Available Beds
AverageOccupied Beds
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�71�of�264Page�22�of�36
Clay Cross Hospital
Alton Ward
Alton
Early Late Night
RN 2 2 2
HCA 3 2 2
100% 100% 100%
106% 102%
98% 104%
101% 99%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
Early Late Night
Alton Ward - 1st to 31st December 2014 % staffing against agreed staffing levels
Registered % Unregistered % Overall %
17
14
0
5
10
15
20
Alton
Alton Bed Occupancy December 2014 - 82%
Available Beds
Average bednumbers for month
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�72�of�264Page�23�of�36
Ilkeston Hospital
Heanor Ward
Heanor
Early Late Night
RN 2 2 1
HCA 3 2 2
Budgetted
Early Late Night
RN 2 2 2
HCA 3 2 1
106% 103% 103%
91%
105%
113%
97% 104%
110%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
Early Late Night
Heanor Ward - 1st to 31st December 2014 % staffing against agreed staffing levels*
Registered Staff % Non-registered % Overall %
16 15
0
5
10
15
20
Heanor
Heanor Bed Occupancy December 2014 - 94%
Available Beds
AverageOccupied Beds
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�73�of�264Page�24�of�36
Hopewell Ward
Hopewell
Early Late Night
RN 2 2 2
HCA 3 2 1
Budgetted
Early Late Night
RN 3 2 2
HCA 3 2 1
129%
110%
98% 106%
135%
103%
115% 123%
100%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
140%
160%
Early Late Night
Hopewell Ward - 1st to 31st December 2014 % staffing against agreed staffing levels*
Registered Staff % Non-registered % Overall %
20 18
0
5
10
15
20
25
Hopewell
Hopewell Bed Occupancy December 2014 - 90%
Available Beds
Average OccupiedBeds
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�74�of�264Page�25�of�36
Ilkeston Hospital; Combined staffing
Ilkeston Site
Early Late Night
RN 4 4 3
HCA 6 4 3
118%
106% 100% 99%
120%
110% 106%
113%
105%
Early Late Night
Ilkeston Site - 1st to 31st December 2014 % staffing against agreed staffing levels
Registered Staff % Non-registered % Overall %
36 33
0
10
20
30
40
Ilkeston Site
Ilkeston Site Bed Occupancy December 2014 - 83%
Available max
Average bednumbers formonth
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�75�of�264Page�26�of�36
Newholme Hospital
Riverside Ward: Registered Nurse level is at one night staff rather than the planned two (this remains within safe staffing guidance of 1 RN to 11 patients on nights due to reduced bed occupancy.) There is to be review of non-registered staffing on the ward to consider conversion of existing posts into non-registered nursing workforce.
Riverside
Early Late Night
RN 2 2 1
HCA 2 2 2
Budgetted
Early Late Night
RN 3 2 2
HCA 4 4 2
100% 98% 97%
61%
85%
100%
81%
92% 99%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
Early Late Night
Riverside Ward - 1st 31st December 2014 % staffing against agreed staffing levels*
Registered Staff % Non-registered % Overall %
18
9
0
10
20
Riverside
Riverside Bed Occupancy …
Available Beds
AverageOccupied Beds
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�76�of�264Page�27�of�36
Rowsley Ward;
In December staffing levels for Registered nurses and non-registered staff have fell below that which was planned as during this time building work occurred reducing bed occupancy by 50%
Rowsley
Early Late Night
RN 2 2 2
HCA 3 2 1
94%
84% 77% 75%
90%
139%
83% 87%
98%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
140%
160%
Early Late Night
Rowsley Ward - 1st to 31st December 2014 % staffing against agreed staffing levels
Registered Staff % Non-registered % Overall %
18
9
0
5
10
15
20
Rowsley
Rowsley Bed Occupancy December 2014 - 50%
*BI Stating 16 beds
Available Beds
Average OccupiedBeds
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�77�of�264Page�28�of�36
Ripley Hospital
Butterley Ward
Butterley
Early Late Night
RN 2 2 2
HCA 3 3 2
Budgetted
Early Late Night
RN 3 2 2
HCA 2 3 2
134%
108% 102%
90% 95%
102% 108%
100% 102%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
140%
160%
Early Late Night
Butterley Ward -1st to 31st December 2014 % staffing against agreed staffing levels*
Registered Staff % Non-registered % Overall %
20 18
0
5
10
15
20
25
Butterley
Butterley Bed Occupancy December 2014 - 90%
Available Beds
Average OccupiedBeds
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�78�of�264Page�29�of�36
St Oswald’s Hospital
Okeover Ward;
In December the actual staffing levels increased to that which was planned however Registered nurse levels on night shifts remain at one rather than the planned two. Recruitment to posts has occurred with staff commencing in January.
Okeover
Early Late Night
RN 3 2 2
HCA 3 3 2
118%
135%
52%
116%
92% 98%
117% 110%
75%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
140%
160%
Early Late Night
Okeover Ward - 1st to 31st December 2014 % staffing against agreed staffing levels
Registered Staff % Non-registered % Overall %
24
13
0
10
20
30
Okeover
Okeover Bed Occupancy December 2014 - 54%
Available Beds
Average OccupiedBeds
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�79�of�264Page�30�of�36
Walton Hospital
Linacre Ward, during December RN levels on nights fell thus at times there has only been two RN across the site rather than the planned three.
Linacre
Early Late Night
RN 2 2 2
HCA 4 4 3
Budgetted
Early Late Night
RN 3 2 2
HCA 5 5 4
123%
111%
68%
102% 106%
98%
109% 108%
86%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
140%
Early Late Night
Linacre Ward - 1st to 31st December 2014 % staffing against agreed staffing levels*
Registered Staff % Non-registered % Overall %
24 15
0
20
40
Linacre
Linacre Bed Occupancy December 2014 - 63%
* BI stating 16 beds
Available Beds
Average OccupiedBeds
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�80�of�264Page�31�of�36
Melbourne Ward
Melbourne
Early Late Night
RN 2 2 1
HCA 4 4 3
Budgetted
Early Late Night
RN 3 3 2
HCA 5 5 4
113% 106%
113% 108%
116%
133%
110% 113%
128%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
140%
Early Late Night
Melbourne Ward - 1st to 31st December 2014 % staffing against agreed staffing levels*
Registered Staff % Non-registered % Overall %
24
15
0
10
20
30
Melbourne
Melbourne Bed Occupancy December 2014 - 63%
*BI stating 16 beds
Available beds
Average OccupiedBeds
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�81�of�264Page�32�of�36
Walton Hospital: Combined Staffing
Walton Site
Early Late Night
RN 4 4 3
HCA 8 8 6
118%
109%
83%
105% 111%
116% 109% 110%
105%
Early Late Night
Walton Site - 1st to 31st December 2014 % staffing against agreed staffing levels
Registered Staff % Non-registered % Overall %
48
30
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
Walton Site
Walton Site Bed Occupancy December 2014 - 63%
Available max
Average bednumbers formonth
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�82�of�264Page�33�of�36
Whitworth Hospital
Oker Ward
Oker
Early Late Night
RN 3 2 2
HCA 3 3 2
98%
106% 105%
97% 99% 100% 97%
102% 102%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
Early Late Night
Oker Ward - 1st to 31st December 2014 % staffing against agreed staffing levels
Registered Staff % Non-registered % Overall %
22 21
0
5
10
15
20
25
Oker
Oker Bed Occupancy December 2014 - 95%
Available Beds
Average OccupiedBeds
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�83�of�264Page�34�of�36
Appendix 1 Friends and Family Results December 2014
North South Community MIU
Trajected
ReturnsN/A 1236 815 510 x 2739
Returns 66 61 256 339 1071 753 x 2546
F&F
Score77 92 95 89 75 90 x 84
Trajected
ReturnsN/A 1368 1071 510 x 3127
Returns 72 71 212 411 500 543 x 1809
F&F
Score96 87 96 90 86 91 x 90
Trajected
ReturnsN/A 1330 550 510 x 2568
Returns 113 70 157 428 697 710 x 2175
F&F
Score94.7 91.4 94.9 93.0 82.4 91.5 x 89
Trajected
ReturnsN/A 1576 550 510 x 2814
Returns 90 50 201 585 746 619 x 2291
F&F
Score91.5 96.0 90.0 90.9 79.9 96.6 x 89
Trajected
ReturnsN/A 1406 550 510 x 2644
Returns 69 46 212 541 701 602 x 2171
F&F
Score91.3 91.3 93.3 93.1 76.0 89.4 x 87
Trajected
ReturnsN/A 1261 550 510 x 2499
Returns 60 64 216 435 331 767 x 1873
F&F
Score96.7 92.2 90.3 92.9 84.9 92.2 x 91
Trajected
ReturnsN/A 1201 550 510 x 2439
Returns 86 72 250 618 654 762 x 2442
F&F
Score91.9 100.0 88.8 91.1 84.4 84.9 x 87
Trajected
ReturnsN/A 1126 550 510 x 2364
Returns 98 38 228 305 539 621 16 1845
F&F
Score89.8 94.4 85.1 95.4 81.4 94.4 87.5 89
Trajected
ReturnsN/A 1114 550 510 x 2352
Returns 59 37 197 422 368 609 5 1697
F&F
Score94.9 75.5 91.9 94.8 87.2 90.8 80.0 91
Dec
178
Nov
178
Jun
178
May
July
178
Oct
178
Aug
178
Sept
178
Friends and
Family Test
Scores 2014/15
Overall
DCHS
returns/
F&F Score
Integrated Community Based
Service - Community
NB MIU separated out from
IBS Community in October
forward
Integrated Community Based
Services (Inpatients excluding
Learning Disabilities and
Older Peoples Mental Health)
NB Services split into North &
South in September forward
Health
Wellbeing
and Inclusion
Planned
Care
Commissioned
Services
178
Apr
178
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�84�of�264Page�35�of�36
Risk Register
Is the issue on the current Risk Register? Yes No N/A
Risk Number on Register
Falls Risk - Reg 2463 Pressure Ulcers Risk - Reg 2473 Medication Risk – Reg 2577 Nice Guidance Risk - 2718
Does this update recommend a change in the current risk score? (If so, please provide your rationale below)
No No N/A
A number of aspects of this report feature on the risk register, these risks will be reviewed in light of any discussions and recommendations from QSC.
Monitoring Information Brief Summary and References
Are there Governor Involvement implications?
Training is being provided to Governors who have indicated that they are willing to join the Quality visits
Are there Equality & Diversity implications?
This report includes issues related to patients with protected characteristics
Are there Patient, Public and Stakeholder Involvement implications?
17�Quality�Report.docx
Top
Overall�Page�85�of�264Page�36�of�36
TRUST BOARD
Document Title: Monitor Quality Governance Assurance Framework – Self-Assessment Update
Presenter/Title: Carolyn White, Chief Nurse /Director of Quality
Contents of Paper were previously discussed by:
Trust Board - September 2014
Author/Title: Carolyn White, Chief Nurse/ Director of Quality
Contact Email and Telephone Number:
Date of Meeting: 29 January 2015 Agenda Item No: 18/15
No of pages inc. this one: 16
Document is for: (indicate with an “x” – you can populate more than one box)
Information Decision x Assurance x
Purpose of Paper
This paper is to support the review of the Trust self-assessment against the Monitor Quality Governance Assessment Framework (QGAF). It builds upon the previous assessments and papers providing assurance presented through the governance system especially the Quality Committees and Board meetings. Due to the distributed nature of its services DCHS takes its responsibilities for assuring and improving quality extremely seriously. The evidence previously submitted to its Board sub-committees and directly to the Board of Directors has been used to support the evidence required to demonstrate compliance with Monitor’s QGAF self-assessment process and the trust’s ongoing pursuance of robust quality assurance. This paper:
- reiterates previous evidence against the standards which has been reviewed and where appropriate brought up-to-date
- states the assurance against each standard provided by KPMG in their independent review in July 2014 and follows up recommended actions
- provides updated evidence of assurance taken from Board sub committees and Board reports and external assurance where possible
- identifies areas for further improvement
The Board is asked to review the assurance provided and consider the current status of our self-assessed position. This report provides a further update to the paper presented in September 2014 at this time the Trust’s self-assessed score was 2.5 and the Board are asked to consider and agree the current score based on the information shared and against any evidence of progress.
Recommendations
The Board are asked to:
18�Monitor�QGAF�Self�Assessmen
Top
Overall�Page�86�of�264Page�1�of�13
- Consider the evidence provided and assess whether this alters the current rating against each criteria
- Consider what other evidence could be submitted as assurance - Consider what additional actions could improve the trusts QGAF status further - Consider the frequency of future assessments
Board Assurance Framework Risk Reference
4.1.1 - There is a risk to the organisation due to not having strong corporate governance systems in place resulting in Trust vision not being delivered
Financial Impact
None
Further Information and Appendices
Report attached
Monitoring Information Brief Summary and References
Are there Governor Involvement implications?
Yes Governors will seek assurance of our governance systems
Are there Equality and Diversity implications?
Yes Provision of robust quality services requires equality and diversity to be considered at all levels
Are there Patient, Public and Stakeholder Involvement implications?
Yes Stakeholders will seek assurance that we provide quality services
Risk Register
Is the issue on the current Risk Register? No
Risk Number on Register
Does this update recommend a change in the current risk score? (If so, please provide your rationale below)
No
18�Monitor�QGAF�Self�Assessmen
Top
Overall�Page�87�of�264Page�2�of�13
Monitor Quality Governance Framework
This diagram describes the 10 key domains within the Quality Governance Assurance Framework How to Risk Rate and Score the QGAF Self-assessment The table below provides overarching guidance as to how the assessment of each section of the QGAF is made.
Risk Rating Scoring Definition Evidence
GREEN
0.0 Meets or exceeds expectations
Many elements of good practice and there are no major omissions
AMBER/ GREEN
0.5 Partially meets expectations but confident in management’s capacity to deliver green capacity within a reasonable timeframe
Some elements of good practice, has no major omissions and robust action plans to address perceived shortfalls with proven track record of delivery
AMBER/RED 1.0 Partially meets expectations but with some concerns on capacity to deliver within a reasonable timeframe
Some elements of good practice, has no major omissions. Action plans to address perceived shortfalls are in early stage of development with limited evidence of track record of delivery
RED 4.0 Does not meet expectations
Major omissions in Quality Governance identified. Significant volume of action plans required and concerns on management capacity to deliver
18�Monitor�QGAF�Self�Assessmen
Top
Overall�Page�88�of�264Page�3�of�13
Background
Since 2013 DCHS has worked consistently to manage and reduce its QGAF score whilst
strengthening its processes for the provision of assurance to the Board of Directors
In December 2014 DCHS was successfully licensed as a foundation trust with a Moniotr
QGAF score of 3.0
The outcome of the Trusts self-assessment at this time was a rating of 2.5 which was
subsequently verified by an independent assessment undertaken by KPMG who also rated
the trust at 2.5.
A development plan to maintain progress and provide further assurance was agreed by the
Board in November 2014.
The table below provides a summary of the ratings over the last 2 years.
1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B 3C 4A 4B 4C total Trust self assessment Jan 2013
0.0 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 3.0
Deloitte rating Dec 2012
0.0 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 3.5
Monitor rating April 2013
0.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 5.0
Monitor rating post Board to Board
0.0 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 3.5
Trust self assessment Nov 13
0.0 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 2.5
Trust self assessment March 2014
0.0 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 2.5
KPMG rating June 2014
0.0 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 2.5
Monitor rating September 2014
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 3.0
Taken from Monitor letter dated 30th September (unclear which were 2 other sections lacking assurance
January 2015 assessment
1A Does quality drive the Trust’s strategy? Evidence • DCHS has a well-established framework ‘The DCHS Way’ which describes its integrated approach to quality and quality governance ensuring that quality is seen as the golden thread that links each part of the organisation. • The DCHS Way through its annual planning process identifies organisation wide quality goals, the BIG 9 which provide a focus for quality improvement across the organisation in terms of quality services, quality people and quality business. • Service and divisional quality reports provide links to overarching quality objectives through development of Little 9 quality improvement objectives relevant to their own services. • Quality objectives are required to be SMART in their approach and link to the trust’s overarching strategic objectives and local service improvement plans.
18�Monitor�QGAF�Self�Assessmen
Top
Overall�Page�89�of�264Page�4�of�13
• Performance against improvement trajectories are reported monthly to quality committees and to the Board of Directors. • Quality BIG 3 for 2014/15 have been selected related to ongoing incidents, reports and from staff and patient feedback and include:
Patient safety- medication and prescribing errors Clinical effectiveness – Diabetes management and training Patient engagement – Volunteers strategy and engagement groups
• People and Organisational Engagement strategy which supports organisational development updated 2014 • Quality goals and outcomes as detailed within the annual quality account • Monthly QSC, QPC and QBC reports to Board • Monthly quality report to Board • Patient stories to Board and other key committees and meetings on monthly basis. • QSC annual governance review ( QSC October 2014) Assurance provided by KPMG in July 2014 The Trust has an established framework, the ‘DCHS Way’ that describes its organisational culture, vision and
values. The Trust’s vision and values are well communicated and visible throughout services. Quality goals and priorities are well monitored through Board, Committees and in performance reports. The Trust has a focus on three quality improvement areas for 2014/15. These were chosen due to performance
issues or feedback from staff and patients. A well developed sub-committee structure is in place and functions well.
Specific examples since last reporting period include:
CQC inspection and final report indicating full compliance with essential quality standards
Quarterly Board assurance framework reviews and updates
Board memorandum (Board of Directors July 2014)
Quality Always launch and roll out (monthly updates to QSC and Board of Directors)
Patient/ staff stories to Board, QSC and QPC with shared learning
Health Service Journal finalist for Trust of the Year 2014
1A Rating
Agreed Actions DCHS Progress/Evidence Further work
Green 0.0
Clinical and quality strategy to be developed as one document and dovetailed with people and organisational effectiveness strategy
Key elements of strategy presented and agreed December 2014
Key elements to be included within annual Monitor plan
Complete work on strategy and ensure alignment with POE strategy
1B Is the Board sufficiently aware of potential risks to quality? Evidence • The trust has a well-developed and maintained Board Assurance Framework (BAF) which is reviewed formally on a quarterly basis and items considered for update at all Quality Committees and Board meetings • The Board and Quality Service Committee receive a risk register report monthly this details month on month movement in risks highlighted from directorates and services areas • QSC undertakes a detailed review of the whole risk register on a quarterly basis (wef Feb 14) • All significant service changes and cost improvement proposals undergo formal quality impact assessments, equality impact assessments and risk assessments. • All quality impact assessments are reviewed and signed off by the Medical Director and Chief Nurse • Quality metrics measuring impact of quality impacts are exception reported to QSC on a monthly basis. • Monthly performance report to Board which highlights quality, staff and business risks and issues within an integrated report • Audit and Assurance report presented to Board quarterly • The trust has a defined whistle blowing policy (updated October 2014 QSC) and information for staff on ‘How to raise a concern’
18�Monitor�QGAF�Self�Assessmen
Top
Overall�Page�90�of�264Page�5�of�13
• There is NED identified as Whistle blowing champion • PULSE check helps to monitor level of staff engagement on a regualar basis • Intelligence monitoring group collates information regarding potential ‘hot spots’ • Board quality and safety visits facilitate culture of openness between frontline staff and Board Assurance provided by KPMG in July 2014 There is a well-developed and well maintained Board Assurance Framework. This accurately reflects current
priorities. The Risk Register is reviewed regularly at the relevant Quality Committee and is formally reviewed/refreshed at
Quality Services Committee. From our attendance at a Board meeting and review of the agenda and minutes of Quality Services Committee
meetings there is evidence of robust discussion and challenge regarding risks to safety and quality. There is a process for undertaking Quality Impact Assessments for cost improvement schemes and this
includes monitoring of metrics during and post implementation. The Quality Impact Assessment process may benefit from Non-Executive Director presence and challenge and
this could be incorporated into a star chamber style approach. The programme of Board Quality Visits should include an element of out-of-hours and unannounced visits
.
Specific examples of reports which highlight how significant risks have been managed include:
Clinical effectiveness group monthly reports which include improvements in management of NICE guidance, 360 assurance tracking, clinical audit priority audit reporting
System resilience report October 2014 QSC& Board
Clinical Audit update AAC October 2014
Emergency preparedness resilience and response core standards self assessment Sept 2014 QBC
Tender oversight group including quality oversight monthly QBC
A NED is now included within the QIA of all cost improvement plans as recommended by KPMG
Health and safety annual report QPC October 2104
Rapid response to Chamydia screening issue (Board Dec 2104, QSC) External Assurance
360 assurance Head of Internal Audit opinion 2014 significant assurance (July2014 AAC)
Annual report counter fraud (July 2014 AAC)
1B Rating
Agreed Actions DCHS Progress/Evidence Further work
Green /amber 0.5
Improvement in Health and Safety practice across trust
Improved health and safety practices including risk assessment and treatment plans are now being employed across the trust
Annual health and safety report
Embedding of new health and safety practices.
The programme of Board Quality Visits should include an element of out of hours and unannounced visits
Out of hours and unannounced visits are currently conducted on an ad hoc basis by senior managers
The Board to consider how they should be engaged in out of hours and unannounced visits.
2A Does the Board have the necessary leadership skills and knowledge to ensure delivery of the quality agenda? Evidence
Both NEDs and Executive directors have cross membership of the three quality committees and Audit and Assurance committee. The chief executive attends all quality committees on a quarterly rotation.
A NED chairs the MHAC
Board members attend regular Board Development Sessions
NED chairs the Quality services committee with a further NED sitting on the committee
Board quality and safety visits help to support engagement with frontline staff and promote ‘open’ culture
The skill mix of the Board membership is broad and facilitates positive challenge and broad understanding.
18�Monitor�QGAF�Self�Assessmen
Top
Overall�Page�91�of�264Page�6�of�13
The DCHS Way and the Big 9 quality objectives help to focus the organisations attention on key quality issues
Consistent reporting against an agreed set of quality metrics helps to develop understanding of the key issues influencing performance.
BAF quarterly (AAC)
Assurance provided by KPMG in July 2014 Executives and Non-Executive Directors possess a broad range of appropriate skills. Board development sessions occur and have been positively evaluated by members. Board members are able to consistently articulate the top risks and challenges the Trust faces and the
mitigating actions in place where appropriate. Robust challenge occurs at Board and sub-committees. Board membership is stable with just one interim position, the Medical Director post, and this is soon to be
advertised. Specific examples of reports/changes include:
Appraisal and revalidation report for medical staff (QPC and Board Oct 2014)
Audit code for NHS trusts (AAC Oct 2014)
Compliance with Governance arrangements (AAC Oct 2014)
Fit and proper persons test DCHS approach report ( Board of Directors November 2014)
Appointment of substantive Executive Medical Director with extensive general practice and community experience (November 2014)
Improved arrangements for NICE review and reporting established through CEG
External Assurance
Quality account review – external audit July 2014
2A Rating
Agreed Actions DCHS Progress/Evidence Further work
Green 0.0
Develop more robust process for NICE guidance evaluation
Clinical effectiveness group has reviewed the process for evaluation of NICE guidance during July2014
Work needs to be completed to embed new process organisation wide
Identify potential for further benchmarking
Some areas for benchmarking key clinical risks eg pressure ulceration are being explored
Further opportunities for benchmarking still need to be explored
Appoint to vacant NED post
2B Does the Board promote a quality focused culture throughout the Trust? Evidence • Board quality and safety visits • NED chair of QSC (and QPC, QBC and AAC) • NED chair of MHAC • Resources committed to:
Additional nurse staffing (Staffing for Quality) Additional Physiotherapist in OPMH Improvements in estate e.g. Bolsover, Whitworth, Melton Mowbray Improving emergency care pathway
• Emergency care pathway initiatives led by Medical Director • Staffing for Quality initiatives led by Chief Nurse • Attendance and well being effectiveness review for staff led by Director of POE • Front line Care Council • Staff partnership forum • Staff leadership forum • Staff forum • Register of whistleblowing incidents • Extra mile awards • Staff newsletter • Weekly Chief Executive email • Quality Improvement and assurance framework • Development of clinical strategy Assurance provided by KPMG in July 2014
18�Monitor�QGAF�Self�Assessmen
Top
Overall�Page�92�of�264Page�7�of�13
There is high visibility of the Board throughout the Trust’s services. There is evidence of a positive culture and the values of the organisation are embedded. There are a number of quality initiatives led by the Board e.g. Staffing for Quality; road shows etc. A peer review process has recently commenced with training to support consistency of methodology. The process of Board Quality visits is being refreshed to maximise effectiveness of these opportunities. As part
of the new format the Board should ensure outcomes from the visits programme are themed and reported to the Board regularly.
Specific reports include: Introduction of Staff stories to QPC to share learning from staffs experience Francis report update (QSC Nov 20140 Clinical Supervision report (QSC Oct 2014) Development and launch of raising concerns (Board Oct 2014)
External Assurance
360 assurance report of clinical supervision Adoption of quality improvement and assurance framework
2B Rating
Agreed Actions DCHS Progress/Evidence Further work
Green 0.0
Revision of Board quality visits
New style quality visits are now operational with Governor engagement since June.
A review of the pilot period was undertaken during September
Reporting from visits is now being included within QSC reports
Learning from pilot phase is now being built into quality visits programme
3A Are there clear roles and accountabilities in relation to quality governance? Evidence
DCHS Way, vision and values
Job descriptions of Board members and other staff
Appraisals of Board members and other staff
Job descriptions provide clear information on line management and lines of accountability
Organisational structure charts
Committee and sub group structure charts
Quality Improvement and Assurance framework (awaiting approval)
Terms of reference of committees and sub groups
Executive Director portfolio leads on quality Chief Nurse and Medical director Quality Services. POE Director Quality people and Finance Director Quality Business
Board standing agenda items include:
Patient story
Quality report Risk report QSC briefing QPC briefing QBC briefing
Assurance provided by KPMG in July 2014 Board members are aware of their accountabilities in relation to quality. There is a clear sub-committee structure and roles and responsibilities are defined in the terms of reference. Executive led performance review meetings are conducted with Divisions where they are held to account for
the performance of their services. Divisional Quality Leads are in place and these feed into local governance processes. Appraisal rates are high but the process should be audited to assess the application and effectiveness
Specific papers/changes supporting this include:
Annual Governance review (Jan 2014 Board)
MHAC annual review and terms of reference (Jan 2014 QSC)
18�Monitor�QGAF�Self�Assessmen
Top
Overall�Page�93�of�264Page�8�of�13
AAU annual review (July 2014)
QSC annual review (QSC Oct 2014)
QBC annual review (QBC Nov 2014)
Safeguarding training action plan (QPC Oct 2014)
MHAC reporting directly to Board of Directors (Dec 2014)
Staffing for quality quarterly reports to QPC and Board
Core essential training report (QPC monthly)
Health and safety reports (QPC monthly)
Whistleblowing and raising concerns policy updated (QPC Oct 2014)
3A Rating
Agreed Actions DCHS Progress/Evidence Further work
Green 0.0
To continue to embed quality agenda and BIG 9 quality objectives organisationally
Big 9 continue to be used to focus organisation on key quality improvement areas for quality business, people and services and are monitored and reported monthly.
To agree Big 9 for 2015/16
To continue to improve Board to patient to Board reporting
Clinical dashboard has been developed in year and is starting roll out process..
Roll out of clinical dashboard and real time data to be completed
Appraisal rates are high but the process should be audited to assess the application and effectiveness
Reviews of appraisals have been undertaken.
POEM team have this as part of their planned schedule of work
Report on progress through QPC
3B Are there clearly defined well understood processes for escalating and resolving issues and managing quality performance Evidence
Risk management strategy and policy
Top x risks process
Board Assurance Framework
Serious incident policy
Rapid response process for serious incidents
Complaints policy
Quality Improvement and assurance framework
Annual clinical audit programme
Lessons learned review group Assurance provided by KPMG in July 2014 A Risk Management Strategy and Policy are in place, and Datix Web is used to administer the risk register. The Trust is a high reporter of incidents which is indicative of a good reporting culture. ‘Deep dives’ are requested by Quality Services Committee to review areas where performance is off target and
this has been helpful to understand and improve performance in areas e.g. pressure ulcers within community services.
There is a process for dissemination of lessons learnt from serious incidents throughout the Trust’s services and although this is supported by a variety of communications, the Trust is seeking to further strengthen cross-organisational learning.
The Clinical Audit programme requires strengthening to ensure it is used to target areas that are of concern to the Trust.
Specific reports/information that support this standard include:
CQC progress report monthly (QSC)
Clinical supervision policy (QSC Dec 2014)
Quarterly report on professionals reported to professional bodies
Whistleblowing policy (QPC Oct 2014)
18�Monitor�QGAF�Self�Assessmen
Top
Overall�Page�94�of�264Page�9�of�13
Health and Safety annual report (QPC Oct 2014)
Rapid response process has been employed for: • Chlamydia reporting • Learning disability service
Tissue viability priority action plan (QSC monthly)
Patient stories shared at CCG quality assurance group and health community Star Council
External Assurance
Independent review of complaints management process (CCG Dec 2104)
CQC reference to evidence of effective safety reporting embedded within wider workforce
3B rating
Agreed Actions DCHS Progress/Evidence Further work
Green/ amber 0.5
Increase opportunities and processes for cross organisational learning from incidents
Learning lessons group has started to include the sharing of positive learning and best practice examples
Intelligence monitoring group shares findings across organisation
Patient stories,complaints and patient feedback are now fed into lessons learned group and outside organisation
Continue to develop mechanisms for shared learning
The clinical audit programme requires strengthening to ensure it is used to target areas that are of concern to the Trust.
Clinical audit plan has been refined in year
Clinical audit plan to be linked to specific organisational challenges in 2015
3C Does the Board actively engage patients staff and other key stakeholders on quality? Evidence
Quality account published on internet and available in hard copy
Trust Board papers published on internet
Board meetings held in public
Annual General Meeting
Patient stories at Board QSC and QPC on monthly basis
Governors becoming involved in quality agenda
Board quality and safety visits
Patient experience and engagement strategy
Patient experience and engagement reports to Board and QSC
Annual staff survey
Regular staff PULSE checks
Staff leadership forum
Staff forum
Front line care council
Staff partnership forum
Quality Assurance Group with commissioners
Pathway development with GPs, secondary care led by medical director
Specific reports and engagement
Patient engagement groups part of BIG 9 quality objectives
Public consultation and public engagement meetings on major change eg Heanor hospital
Rapid response review papers QSC June 2013
Patient engagement strategy
Caring Always promises Assurance provided by KPMG in July 2014 There are good examples of patient and public engagement and patient stories are presented at each Board
meeting. The Trust collects patient feedback in a variety of ways and this has resulted in areas of service improvement.
18�Monitor�QGAF�Self�Assessmen
Top
Overall�Page�95�of�264Page�10�of�13
The Board meet with staff in quality forums and use national reports such as the Francis report to enhance engagement and promote a positive culture.
Relationships with commissioners are maturing although this is seen as a key area for ongoing development. Specific reports and evidence that support this standard include:
Patient experience and engagement report monthly to QSC and Board
Equality diversity and inclusion reports monthly (QPC & QSC)
Staff partnership summary report (QPC Oct 2014)
CCG inspection of Ashgreen LD services (QSC Aug 2014)
Joint working group with Chesterfield Royal NHS FT
Joint work across hea;th community on pressure ulcer managent
Care Makers working across trust with FLCC
#Hello My Name is initiative
Nominations for extra mile awards 2014/15
CQC report onDCHS performance against essential standards
Staff survey results (QPC Jan 2015)
Volunteer project
3C rating
Agreed Actions DCHS Progress/Evidence Further work
Green 0.0
Improved reporting and interrogation of complaints by Board or sub committee
First phase of new complaints revew process has been undertaken
DCHS received favourable response
Refine new complaints review process with CCG and embed in normal practice
Increase number of patient engagement fora
6 groups have been established to date
To ensure plan is kept on target for year end
4A Is appropriate quality information being analysed and challenged? Evidence
Monthly performance dashboard includes national and local indicators and wide selection of metrics including safety effectiveness, patient feedback
Rapid response dashboard being rolled out with key early warning indicators including patient safety and staffing
Intelligence monitoring group
Serious incident reports monthly to QSC
Patient feedback and complaints reports monthly to QSC
Patient safety thermometer reported monthly to QSC and Board
Medicines incidents monitored and reported through MOST to QSC
Monthly risk report to QSC and Board
Monitor metrics reported to Board
Key metrics linked to trust strategy as evidenced through DCHS Way Big 9 reported monthly
Quality committee summaries to Board delivered by NEDs
Dashboard is supported by kite mark assurance schemes Assurance provided by KPMG in July 2014 Highlight reports are presented from sub-committees to the Board detailing areas for escalation and actions
taken for performance in decline. The presentation and content of Board and Committee reports has evolved and continues to strengthen. The Divisions receive more granular performance reports allowing drill down to service lines for use in
Divisional meetings and performance reviews. There are further planned developments such as Business Intelligence System that will generate Quality
Dashboards and allow greater triangulation of data. Some paper based systems are still in use, and the introduction of the Business Intelligence System will assist
in the reduction of these
Specific reports providing evidence
Data quality update (AAC Oct 2014)
Quality dashboard update (QSC Nov 2014)
Monthly Performance Report to Board has been updated as a consequence of Foundation Trust approval
External Assurance
18�Monitor�QGAF�Self�Assessmen
Top
Overall�Page�96�of�264Page�11�of�13
Quality account review external audit AAC July 2014
Head of audit opinion AAC July 2014
4A rating
Agreed Actions DCHS Progress/Evidence Further work
Green/ Amber 0.5
Roll out of rapid response reporting system organisation wide
Clinical dashboard has been developed in year and is starting roll out process.
Roll out of clinical dashboard and real time data
There are further planned developments such as Business Intelligence system that will generate quality dashboards and allow greater triangulation of data
Some paper based systems are still in use, and the introduction of the Business Intelligence System will assist in the reduction of these
4B Is the Board assured of the robustness of the quality information? Evidence
Data kite mark assurance system
Terms of reference for all governance groups
Clinical audit priority plan agreed by AAC
Increasing number of electronic systems TPP, epay, erostering, BIS, Oracle however still some issues of gaps between systems
Annual internal and external audits of selected data sets
external audit review of quality account
Informatics report (bi monthly QBC) Assurance provided by KPMG in July 2014 The Internal Audit programme includes reviews on data quality and these have received significant assurance. Data items in the Board Performance Report is subject to a data kite mark system which assesses six
elements: completeness; process; audit; sign off; granularity; and timeliness. This is being extended to other data sets.
There is an increased number of electronic systems in use throughout the Trust's services, however some areas remain on paper based systems and this has potential to weaken data quality. This is an ongoing area of development for the Trust.
Specific report providing supporting evidence
Data quality update (AAC Oct 2014)
Review of dental RRT data (Board Nov 2104)
Information Governance summary report (QSC Dec 2014)
Data quality update (AAC Jan 2104) External Assurance
Head of audit opinion AAC July 2014
360 assurance report against plan (AAC Oct 2014)
4B rating
Agreed Actions DCHS Progress/Evidence Further work
Green/ Amber 0.5
Further roll out of kite mark assurance system
Kite mark system has been enhanced to include more data checks in year
The kite mark system will continue to be enhanced
Development of priority audit plan 2014/15
Priority audit plan has been developed to focus on areas on clinical risk and concern
Priority audit plan has been reviewed in year
2015 plan will be more closely aligned to trust priorities
18�Monitor�QGAF�Self�Assessmen
Top
Overall�Page�97�of�264Page�12�of�13
There are an increased number of electronic systems in use throughout the Trust’s services, however some areas remain on paper based systems and this has the potential to weaken data quality. This is an ongoing area of development for the trust.
Ward based nurse staffing has now migrated fully onto ESR, with further roll out into community teams. This has enabled robust reporting of Safer Staffing reports as part of new national reporting scheme
Roll out to community teams has recommenced
Continued roll out of TPP System One and migration onto electronic systems
4C Is quality information used effectively? Evidence
Monthly quality report to Board and QSC
Benchmark information is used where available
Data is presented one month in arrears
Committee timetable has been adjusted to enhance reporting through QSC to Board
All cost improvement projects and significant change management schemes undergo a quality impact and equality assessment
Quality information is shared with commissioners monthly to assure on quality standards against contract Assurance provided by KPMG in July 2014 Quality dashboards are being developed and will allow greater triangulation of data for individual service areas
and this can assist in early warnings of an area ‘in difficulty’. The Trust has some examples of where benchmarking data has been used to drive decisions to improve
quality but this could be extended and better evidenced. Mortality reporting and review is an area recognised by the Trust for further development Specific examples include:
Quality impact assessments used to stop or revise cost improvement plans exception reports to QSC
Root cause analysis are compared and monitored to identify key patient safety themes eg tissue viability focus on patient equipment and patient compliance
Falls data influenced investment in additional physiotherapists for OPMH
Staffing data is monitored monthly and has rsulted in additional investment in community nursing
4C rating Agreed Actions DCHS Progress/Evidence Further work
Green/ Amber 0.5
Mortality reporting The process for mortality reporting is currently being reviewed by the newly appointed Medical Director
To develop a framework for review and reporting of appropriate mortality data suitable for community services
The Trust has some examples of where benchmarking data has been used to drive decisions to improve quality but this could be extended and better evidenced
This area has not been progressed Identify opportunities for further benchmarking
18�Monitor�QGAF�Self�Assessmen
Top
Overall�Page�98�of�264Page�13�of�13
TRUST BOARD
Document Title: Fit and Proper Persons Requirements
Presenter/Title: Amanda Rawlings, Director People and Organisational Effectiveness
Contents of Paper were previously discussed by:
Public Board Meeting November 2014
Author/Title: Amanda Rawlings, Director of People and Organisational Effectiveness Melanie Curd, Deputy Trust Secretary
Contact Email and Telephone Number: [email protected] 01773 525065
Date of Meeting: 29 January 2015 Agenda Item No: 19/15
No of pages inc. this one: 8
Document is for: (indicate with an “x” – you can populate more than one box)
Information X Decision Assurance X
Purpose of Paper
This paper outlines the actions that the Trust is taking to ensure that we meet the Fit and Proper Person’s Requirement (FPPR). The Health and Social Care Act 2008 (Regulated Activities) Regulations 2014 has been updated to cover important changes to health and social care standards which are regulated by the Care Quality Commission (CQC). They represent one of the main ways in which the Government is responding to the Francis Inquiry. There are 12 fundamental standards that replace the previous essential standards and apply to all health and social care service providers, with the Duty of Candour applying only to NHS providers. The other aspect is the Fit and Proper Person Requirement for all Directors or those acting in an equivalent role within any service provider. FPPR for Directors plays a major part in ensuring the accountability of Directors of NHS bodies. The Board received a briefing on the FPPR in the Chief Executive Report to Board in November 2014 and the requirements came into force on the 27 November 2014. The guidance is being updated and will be incorporated into CQC’s guidance (to be issued on 1 April 2015) on meeting all fundamental standards. Following a new Director-level appointment, the new regulations will require the Chair to:
• confirm to the CQC that the fitness of all new directors has been assessed in line with the regulations; and
• declare to the CQC in writing that they are satisfied that they are fit and proper individuals for that role.
The CQC will cross-check notifications about new Directors against other information that they hold or have access to, to decide whether we want to look further into the individual’s fitness. They will also have regard to any other information that they hold or obtain about Directors in line with current legislation on when convictions, bankruptcies or similar matters are to be considered ‘spent’. FPPR covers not only Board members, but as described in the CQC guidance “Directors” are Executive Directors (ED) and Non-Executive Directors (NED) and any other person performing
19�Fit�and�Proper�Persons.pdf
Top
Overall�Page�99�of�264Page�1�of�8
the functions of, or equivalent or similar functions to, a Director. It applies to Executive and Non-Executive Directors, permanent, interim and associate positions, irrespective of voting rights. There are a set of key actions that Providers are required to assure they meet the requirements:
• Identify the Directors captured in the FRRP • Establish a process for assessing Directors’ FPPR compliance at recruitment • Establish a process for monitoring and record keeping • Update your standard documents (employment contracts, appointment letters) • Track the national developments
The table attached is presented to the Board to provide assurance of the processes, policies and practices that we have in place to ensure our Directors meet the requirement of the FPPR. Over the next eight weeks we will be issuing all Directors with new employment statements and introducing an annual search of Insolvency and Bankruptcy Registers and Disqualified Directors Register. In addition, a self-declaration will be issued on an annual basis and a central register held in the Chief Executive’s Department. An update paper will be presented to the Quality People Committee (QPC) once the actions are complete.
Recommendations
The Board is asked to: • Note the FPPR requirements and to take assurance that the Trust has in place the policies
and monitoring processes to provide ongoing assurance
• Note the outstanding actions and an update paper will be presented to QPC once these are complete. This will be reported to Board via the QPC Summary Report
Board Assurance Framework Risk Reference
4.1.1 There is a risk to the organisation due to not having strong corporate governance systems in place resulting in Trust vision not being delivered (Risk Reg ID - 2383) 4.2.1 There is a risk to the organisation due to not meeting regulatory, contractual or legal obligations resulting in sanctions (Risk Reg ID - 2384)
Financial Impact
Nil
Further Information and Appendices
Appendix 1 – Assurance Table
19�Fit�and�Proper�Persons.pdf
Top
Overall�Page�100�of�264Page�2�of�8
Monitoring Information Brief Summary and References
Are there Governor Involvement implications? Governors will need to be assured
Are there Equality and Diversity implications? X The FPPT will be applied to all Directors who fulfil CQCs definition.
Are there Patient, Public and Stakeholder Involvement implications? X
Risk Register
Is the issue on the current Risk Register? No
Risk Number on Register
Does this update recommend a change in the current risk score? (If so, please provide your rationale below) No
19�Fit�and�Proper�Persons.pdf
Top
Overall�Page�101�of�264Page�3�of�8
Appendix 1 – Assurance Table
Standard Assurance Evidence Providers should make every effort to ensure that all available information is sought to confirm that the individual is of good character as defined in Schedule 4, Part 2 of the regulations. (Sch.4, Part 2: Whether the person has been convicted in the United Kingdom of any offence or been convicted elsewhere of any offence which, if committed in any part of the United Kingdom, would constitute an offence. Whether the person has been erased, removed or struck-off a register of professionals maintained by a regulator of health care or social work professionals.)
Employment checks are undertaken in accordance with NHS Employers pre-employment check standards and include: • Two references, one of which must be most recent
employer • qualification and professional registration checks • right to work checks • identity checks • occupational health clearance • DBS checks (where appropriate)
In addition, we also carry out: • Declarations of fitness by candidates • Search of insolvency and bankruptcy register (*) • Search of disqualified directors register (*)
References Other pre-employment checks DBS checks where appropriate Signed declarations from applicants Register search results
*This is a new activity for the Trust *This is a new activity for the Trust
If a provider discovers information that suggests an individual is not of good character after they have been appointed to a role, the provider must take appropriate and timely action to investigate and rectify the matter.
Disciplinary policy and procedure provides for such investigations. Revised contracts allow for termination in the event of non-compliance with regulations and other requirements.
Contracts of employment (for EDs and director-equivalents) Terms and conditions of service agreements (for NEDs) Disciplinary policy and procedure
19�Fit�and�Proper�Persons.pdf
Top
Overall�Page�102�of�264Page�4�of�8
Standard Assurance Evidence Where a provider deems the individual suitable despite not meeting the characteristics outlined in Schedule 4, Part 2 of these regulations, the reasons should be recorded and information about the decision should be made available to those that need to be aware.
This would be the subject of debate at the RATS Committee (for EDs and director-equivalents) and at the council of governors (for NEDs). The minutes would record such decisions. The Chair would take advice from internal and external advisors as appropriate.
Minutes of meetings.
Where specific qualifications are deemed by the provider as necessary for a role, the provider must make this clear and should only employ those individuals that meet the required specification, including any requirements to be registered with a professional regulator.
This requirement is included within the job description for relevant posts and is checked as part of the pre-employment checks.
Person specification Recruitment policy and procedure
The provider should have appropriate processes for assessing and checking that the individual holds the required qualifications and has the competence, skills and experience required, (which may include appropriate communication and leaderships skills and a caring and compassionate nature), to undertake the role; these should be followed in all cases and relevant records kept.
Employment checks include a candidate’s qualifications and employment references. The recruitment process also includes qualitative assessment and values-based questions.
Recruitment policy and procedure Values-based questions
The provider may consider that an individual can be appointed to a role based on their qualifications, skills and experience with the expectation that they will develop specific competence to undertake the role within a specified timeframe.
Any such decision would be discussed by the RATS Committee or council of governors and would be minuted. Actions would be subject to follow-up as part of ongoing review and appraisal.
NED appraisal framework NED Job Description and Person Specification ED appraisals
19�Fit�and�Proper�Persons.pdf
Top
Overall�Page�103�of�264Page�5�of�8
Standard Assurance Evidence When appointing relevant individuals the provider has processes for considering a person’s physical and mental health in line with the requirements of the role.
All post-holders are subject to clearance by occupational health as part of the pre-employment process.
Occupational Health clearance
Wherever possible, reasonable adjustments are made in order that an individual can carry out the role.
This is already included in the Trust’s Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Policy
Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Policy
The provider has processes in place to assure itself that the individual has not been at any time responsible for, privy to, contributed to, or facilitated, any serious misconduct or mismanagement in the carrying on of a regulated activity; this includes investigating any allegation of such potential behaviour. Where the individual is professionally qualified, it may include fitness to practise proceedings and professional disciplinary cases. (“Responsible for, contributed to or facilitated” means that there is evidence that a person has intentionally or through neglect behaved in a manner which would be considered to be or would have led to serious misconduct or mismanagement.
“Privy to” means that there is evidence that a person was aware of serious misconduct or mismanagement but did not take the appropriate action to ensure it was addressed.
“Serious misconduct or mismanagement” means behaviour that would constitute a breach of any legislation/enactment CQC deems relevant to meeting these regulations or their component parts.”)
This has been incorporated as a specific declaration as part of the pre-employment process. It is also incorporated into a revised reference request template for all director and director-equivalent posts.
NED Recruitment Information pack Pre-employment declaration Reference Request for ED/NED
19�Fit�and�Proper�Persons.pdf
Top
Overall�Page�104�of�264Page�6�of�8
Standard Assurance Evidence The provider must not appoint any individual who has been responsible for, privy to, contributed to, or facilitated, any serious misconduct or mismanagement (whether lawful or not) in the carrying on of a regulated activity; this includes investigating any allegation of such potential behaviour. Where the individual is professionally qualified, it may include fitness to practise proceedings and professional disciplinary cases.
This has been incorporated as a specific declaration as part of the pre-employment process. It is also incorporated into a revised reference request template for all director and director-equivalent posts.
NED Recruitment Information pack Reference Request for ED/NED
Only individuals who will be acting in a role that falls within the definition of a “regulated activity” as defined by the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 will be eligible for a check by the Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS). (CQC recognises that it may not always be possible for providers to access a DBS check as an individual may not be eligible.)
DBS checks are undertaken only for those posts which fall within the definition of a “regulated activity” or which are otherwise eligible for such a check to be undertaken.
DBS policy DBS checks for eligible post-holders
As part of the recruitment/appointment process, providers should establish whether the individual is on a relevant barring list.
Eligibility for DBS checks will be assessed for each vacancy arising.
DBS policy
The fitness of directors is regularly reviewed by the provider to ensure that they remain fit for the role they are in; the provider should determine how often fitness must be reviewed based on the assessed risk to business delivery and/or the service users posed by the individual and/or role.
Post-holders undertake annual declarations of fitness to continue in post. Checks of insolvency and bankruptcy register and register of disqualified directors to be undertaken each year as part of the appraisal process. (*)
Annual declaration NED appraisal process ED appraisal process
19�Fit�and�Proper�Persons.pdf
Top
Overall�Page�105�of�264Page�7�of�8
Standard Assurance Evidence The provider has arrangements in place to respond to concerns about a person’s fitness after they are appointed to a role, identified by itself or others, and these are adhered to.
The disciplinary policy provides these arrangements, and revised contracts (for EDs and director-equivalents) and agreements (for NEDs) incorporate maintenance of fitness as a contractual requirement.
Disciplinary policies ED contracts of employment NED agreements
The provider investigates, in a timely manner, any concerns about a person’s fitness or ability to carry out their duties, and where concerns are substantiated, proportionate, timely action is taken; the provider must demonstrate due diligence in all actions.
This will be undertaken if concerns are identified and revised contracts provide for termination if individuals fail to meet necessary standards.
Revised employment contracts for ED and NEDs
Where a person’s fitness to carry out their role is being investigated, appropriate interim measures may be required to minimise any risk to service users.
This would be reviewed when concerns are identified.
Disciplinary policy.
The provider informs others as appropriate about concerns/findings relating to a person’s fitness; for example, professional regulators, CQC and other relevant bodies, and supports any related enquiries/investigations carried out by others.
This would be completed if any concerns were identified.
Referrals made to other agencies.
19�Fit�and�Proper�Persons.pdf
Top
Overall�Page�106�of�264Page�8�of�8
TRUST BOARD Document Title: Board Assurance Framework (BAF) 2014-15 – Quarter 3
Presenter/Title: Melanie Curd – Deputy Trust Secretary
Contents of Paper were previously discussed by:
Audit and Assurance Committee (16 January 2015), QSC (16 December 2014), QPC (22 December 2014)
Author/Title: Melanie Curd – Deputy Trust Secretary
Contact Email and Telephone Number: 01773 525065
Date of Meeting: 29 January 2015 Agenda Item No: 20/15
No of pages inc. this one: 68
Document is for: (indicate with an “x” – you can populate more than one box)
Information Decision x Assurance x
Purpose of Paper
The Board Assurance Framework (BAF) allows the Board to be assured that the principal risks to achieving the organisations’ strategic objectives are being systematically managed. The BAF demonstrates the management (internal) and independent assurances (external) that have been considered at the Board or at one the Board Sub-Committees and any gaps in control or assurance. This paper provides the Quarter 3 position following review by the Audit and Assurance Committee on the 16 January 2015.
Recommendations
The Board is asked to approve the Board Assurance Framework.
Board Assurance Framework Risk Reference
4.2.2 - There is a risk to the organisation due to not having strong risk management controls in place resulting in failure to put effective mitigation plans in place promptly
Financial Impact
There is no financial impact linked to this BAF report.
Further Information and Appendices
The Audit and Assurance Committee (AAC) reviews the BAF in its entirety and each of the
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�107�of�264Page�1�of�68
Quality committees review their section of the BAF on a quarterly basis. The AAC took positive assurance on a presentation from the Director of Finance on the management of the Quality Business risks. In addition, AAC agreed that the Mental Health risk should be moved to the Quality Governance section as the Mental Health Act Committee now reports directly into Board. There has been one QSC Risk Meeting held during the quarter. The Risk Register was reviewed in its entirety at this meeting and it was agreed there were no risks that needed escalating for inclusion on the BAF.
There are four high risks on the BAF for the Quarter 3 report:
• 1.1.3 There is a risk to patients due to the non-implementation of pressure ulcer prevention strategies within a community setting, resulting in harm
• 2.2.1 – Not attracting, recruiting and retaining the right number of high quality, effective and compassionate employees with the appropriate level of skill and experience’ (QPC)
• 3.1.3 – delivery of the IBP due to changing commissioner priorities’ (QBC) • 3.2.3 – ability to meet financial targets, specifically CIPs’ (QBC)
The two risks regarding the Foundation Trust application which were on the Quality Governance section of the BAF are no long relevant and have been removed.
The ‘Summary View’ of the BAF (Attached word documents) allows the Board to see the various component parts that help determine the level of risk and highlights any papers that have been presented during Q3 through all “Q Committees” that received ‘limited’ or ‘negative’ assurance.
The ‘BAF Detail’ (Attached – Excel documents) maps out each item of assurance that has been presented to the “Q Committees” during the last 12 months, relevant KPI performance and links to the operational risk register.
Assurance is formally recorded on the BAF using the colour scheme below: • Green – Positive Assurance • Amber – Limited Assurance with clear action to resolve • Red – Negative assurance
Monitoring Information Brief Summary and References
Are there Governor Involvement implications? X
Are there Equality and Diversity implications? X
Are there Patient, Public and Stakeholder Involvement implications? X
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�108�of�264Page�2�of�68
Risk Register
Is the issue on the current Risk Register? N/A
Risk Number on Register
Does this update recommend a change in the current risk score? (If so, please provide your rationale below)
All operational risks are aligned to the BAF risks. This allows an operational profile to be established. These have been updated on the BAF as of 3 December 2014.
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�109�of�264Page�3�of�68
Derbyshire Community Health Services
Board Assurance Framework – Quarter 3 2014-15
The 2014-15 Board Assurance Framework (BAF) is split into 4 distinct sections aligned to the DCHS Way:
• Quality Service • Quality People • Quality Business • Quality Governance
The BAF will document the assurances received by the Board and the Sub-Committees of the Board specific to the management/mitigation of the strategic risks aligned to the corporate objectives.
The Chief Executive’s Department are responsible for the collation of the Board Assurance Framework. Please direct any queries to Kirsteen Farrar or Melanie Curd on 01773 525065.
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�110�of�264Page�4�of�68
This iteration of the BAF focuses on: QUALITY SERVICE
Objective - To deliver high quality and sustainable services that echo the values and aspirations of the communities that we serve
Lead Committee is Quality Services Committee, chaired by Chris Bentley (Non-Executive Director)
Lead Director is Carolyn White (Director of Quality/Chief Nurse)
Lead Executive Director Summary of Quality Service BAF Risks Quality improvement continues to be a significant focus across the organisation. A great deal of effort has been put into implementing the CQC action plan by both the operational and quality teams who are ensuring that changes are embedded and sustained. In quarter, there has been a CQC assessment triangulation event which evidenced some gaps in control and a significant amount of improvement across services. Quality Always clinical assessments on inpatient wards are now rolling out and highlighting areas for improvement. This initiative has been welcomed by clinical staff. Teams continue to work for DCC Dignity Awards and it is pleasing to see teams achieving silver awards. The Trust is awaiting confirmation of the CQC unannounced visit held during this quarter. Positive feedback was given at the informal verbal feedback session.
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�111�of�264Page�5�of�68
1.1 - Safety BAF ID Risk Description Operational
risk profile Current
Risk Score Previous Quarters
Lead KPI (as agreed by Executive and Non-Executive Leads)
Month 8 Month 7
1.1.1 There is a risk to patients due to exposure to unsafe care resulting in harm (Risk Reg ID – 2357)
High – 1 Medium – 15
Low - 3
L2 x C 5 = 10
(medium)
14/15 Q2 - 10 14/15 Q1 - 10 13/14 Q4 – 10 13/14 Q3 – 10
Harm Free Care Score % 93.2% 91.59 Avoidable PUs (no.) Hospital care 1 1
Avoidable PUs (no) Community care 4 2
Medicines incidents resulting in serious harm 0 0
Falls (Major Harm/Death) 4 3 All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: Safeguarding Governance Summary Report Clinical Quality Report CQC Action Plan Update Colposcopy Services at Buxton and Ilkeston
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a): Group not providing adequate assurance to parent committee (a) Pressure ulcer performance (a) Inconsistent compliance to actions across the Trust (a) Review identified actions to improve governance (a)
Action planned to address (and timescales): New Chair – review of group and terms of reference Improvement plan in place Meeting to be held with senior clinical staff Action plan in place - further paper to November QSC
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�112�of�264Page�6�of�68
BAF ID Risk Description Operational
risk profile
Current Risk
Score
Previous Quarters
Lead KPI (as agreed by Executive and Non-Executive Leads)
Month 8
1.1.2 There is a risk to patients due to non-implementation of pressure ulcer prevention strategies within an inpatient setting, resulting in patient harm
High – 0 Medium – 0
Low - 0
C4 x L2 = 8
(medium)
Harm Free Care Target TBC Grade 2 (actual from Datix) TBC
Grade 3 (actual from Datix)
Grade 4 (actual from Datix) 1
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: Clinical Quality Report
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance(a): Pressure ulcer performance (a)
Action planned to address (and timescales): Improvement Plan in place
BAF ID Risk Description Operational
risk profile
Current Risk
Score
Previous Quarters
Lead KPI (as agreed by Executive and Non-Executive Leads)
Month 8
1.1.3 There is a risk to patients due to non-implementation of pressure ulcer prevention strategies within an community setting, resulting in patient harm
High – 0 Medium – 0
Low - 0
C4 x L4 = 16
(high)
Harm Free Care Target TBC Grade 2 (actual from Datix)
TBC
Grade 3 (actual from Datix)
4
Grade 4 (actual from Datix)
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: Clinical Quality Report
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance(a): Pressure ulcer performance (a)
Action planned to address (and timescales): Improvement Plan in place
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�113�of�264Page�7�of�68
1.2 Clinical Effectiveness
BAF ID Risk Description Operational
risk profile
Current Risk
Score
Previous Quarters KPI Q2 Q1
1.2.1 There is a risk to patients due to failure to provide services that are clinically effective and of high quality resulting in patient harm or resulting in no benefit (Risk Reg ID - 1996)
High – 1 Medium – 14
Low - 5
L2 x C5 =
10 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 10 14/15 Q1 - 10 13/14 Q4 – 10 13/14 Q3 – 10
Expected Deaths 2014-15 46 75
Deaths on the End of Life (EoL) Care Pathway
This question has been removed from the audit as the EoL care pathway is no longer in use
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: Clinical Quality Report Wheelchair Service Update 360 Assurance Audit Tracker NICE Process
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a): Pressure ulcer performance (a) Waiting times within the service (a) Overdue actions from Internal Audits © No evidence changes are embedded (a)
Action planned to address (and timescales): Improvement Plan in place Further report on progress to QSC in January New process tracker in place - to return to QSC in May 2015 New process in place - leads track their progress
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�114�of�264Page�8�of�68
BAF ID Risk Description Operational
risk profile Current
Risk Score Previous Quarters KPI Month 8 Month 7
1.2.2 There is a risk that patients do not get optimal care due to the Priority Clinical Audit Programme for the Trust not being appropriately focused and effective at driving service improvements in priority clinical areas (Risk Reg ID - 2655)
High – 0 Medium – 0
Low - 0
L3 X C4 = 12
(medium)
14/15 Q2 - 12 14/15 Q1 - 12 13/14 Q4 – 12 13/14 Q3 – n/a
Development of Patient Outcomes from the Priority Clinical Audit Plan
TBC
% of patients with a preferred place of Death
TBC
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: Clinical Quality Report
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance(a): Pressure ulcer performance (a)
Action planned to address (and timescales): Improvement Plan in place
BAF ID Risk Description Operational
risk profile Current
Risk Score Previous Quarters KPI Qtr 2 Qtr 1
1.2.3 There is a risk to Patients due to clinical records not meeting national standards resulting in the potential of poor delivery of patient care and patient outcomes. (Risk Reg ID - 2607)
High – 0 Medium – 1
Low - 0
L4 x C3 = 12
(medium)
14/15 Q2 - 12 14/15 Q1 - 12 13/14 Q4 – 12 13/14 Q3 – n/a
Completion rate monitoring of all services on a monthly basis on the BIS system
96% 96%
Compliance rate monitoring of all services on a quarterly basis on the BIS system
76% 74%
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: Information Governance Summary Report Clinical Effectiveness Group Summary Report
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a): IG Training Performance © Overdue actions on Internal Audit Reports ©
Action planned to address (and timescales): Review of IG Training New process / central monitoring system to be developed
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�115�of�264Page�9�of�68
BAF ID Risk Description Operational
risk profile
Current Risk
Score
Previous Quarters KPI Month 8 Qtr 1
1.2.4 There is a risk to the organisation during the implementation of changes to our Quality Assurance processes resulting in ineffective reporting and assurance on quality (Risk Reg ID - 2608)
High – 0 Medium – 1
Low - 0
L3 x C4 = 12
medium
14/15 Q2 - 12 14/15 Q1 - 12 13/14 Q4 – 12 13/14 Q3 – n/a
Delivery of CQUIN
Delivery of Quality Schedule (Contract)
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: Clinical Quality Report
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a): Pressure ulcer performance (a)
Action planned to address (and timescales): Improvement Plan in place
BAF ID Risk Description Operational
risk profile
Current Risk
Score
Previous Quarters KPI Month 8
1.2.5 There is a risk to the organisation due to non-compliance of administration of the MHA 1983 resulting in poor patient outcomes and breaches in legislation (Risk Reg ID - 2605)
High – 0 Medium – 1
Low - 0
L3 X C4
= 12 medium
14/15 Q2 - 12 14/15 Q1 - 12 13/14 Q4 – 12 13/14 Q3 – 12
Evidence of appropriate plan for discharge for patients S5(2)
Numbers of patients assessed under MHA within 72 hours of admission
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a):
Action planned to address (and timescales):
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�116�of�264Page�10�of�68
BAF ID Risk Description Operational
risk profile
Current Risk
Score
Previous Quarters KPI Month 8 Month 7
1.2.6 This was a QBC risk (Q3)
There is a risk to the organisation due to poor information governance due to poor controls resulting in breaches and non-compliance with legislation (Risk Reg ID - 2379)
High – 0 Medium – 1
Low - 3
L2 x C4 =
8 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 8 14/15 Q1 - 8 13/14 Q4 – 8 13/14 Q3 – 8
Information Governance Toolkit Achievement - measures scoring 2 or more (score)
17 24
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: Information Governance Group Summary Report
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a): IG Training Performance ©
Action planned to address (and timescales): Review of IG Training
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�117�of�264Page�11�of�68
1.3 Patient Experience BAF ID Risk Description Operational risk
profile
Current Risk
Score
Previous Quarters KPI Month 8 Month 7
1.3.1 There is a risk to patients due to the failure to learn lessons from patients feedback and experiences resulting in negative effect on patient care (Risk Reg ID - 2361)
High – 0 Medium – 0
Low - 0
L2 x C4 =
8 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 8 14/15 Q1 - 8 13/14 Q4 – 8 13/14 Q3– 8
Friends & Family Test 87 91 Complaints received 11 14
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: Healthcare for All Clinical Quality Report EDILF Summary Report
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a): Not enough progress on actions (a) Pressure ulcer performance (a) Progress against actions in plan and HC4A ©
Action planned to address (and timescales): Mitigation process to be developed to ensure compliance Improvement Plan in place Further update to QSC
BAF ID Risk Description Operational risk
profile
Current Risk
Score
Previous Quarters KPI Month 8 Month 7
1.3.2 There is a risk to the organisation due to patient and public non-engagement and involvement in service improvements resulting in reputational harm (Risk Reg ID - 2362)
High – 0 Medium – 0
Low - 0
L2 x C4 =
8 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 8 14/15 Q1 - 8 13/14 Q4 – 8 13/14 Q3 – 8
Services with a PPI lead (no.) These measures
are being developed
Service with a PPI group (no.)
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: Clinical Quality Report
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a): Pressure ulcer information (a)
Action planned to address (and timescales): Improvement plan in place
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�118�of�264Page�12�of�68
Risk Description
High Med Low
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
X
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Clinical Safety Group Summary Report X X X X X i X Report to QSCX X X X
X
X i X X XNew Chair / review of group and terms of reference
X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X XImprovements to be delivered through Improvement plan
XX X X X X X X X X X X XX X i
XX X X X X X X X X X X XX X X X X X X
X X X XMeetings to be held with senior clinical staff to understand issues
X XX X X X X Detailed report to October QSC
Security Management Annual Report XDelayed Transfers of Care Quarterly Report X X
XXX
X X X XX Quality Directorate working with NICE
XX
Colposcopy Services Ilkeston and Buxton XAction plan in place - further paper to November QSC
XColposcosy Services Ilkeston X
6. Policies and Procedures
7. Safeguarding Regulatory Framework Tissue viability, falls, risk and nutrition, fluroscopy (a)
Legal Issues Report (2)NHSLA Report (2)
Internal Assurance Provided
1 15 316n/a
40
Avoidable Pus (no) Community hospital careMedicines incidents resulting in serious harm
Medication Errors causing Serious Harm (no.)
Divisional Governance Report (8)
Adult and Child Safeguarding report (7)Safeguarding Governance Summary Report (7)
Pressure Ulcer performance (a)
Service Improvement Plan 2014/15 Pressure Ulcer Reduction
Francis Report Working Group (8)
Hardwick CCG review of Ash Green
Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
2. NHSLA Standards3. CAS Alerts4. Clinical assessment tools5. Incident Reporting System
Clinical Quality Report (8)
Group not providing assurance to parent committee
Lead KPIs
Lead Sub-Group: Clinical Safety Group (chaired by Jo Hunter)
Measure Month 8
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided
Harm Free Care Score (%)
Avoidable PUs (no.) Hospital
1.1.1 - there is a risk to patients due to exposure to unsafe care resulting in harm (Risk Reg ID - 2357)
Operational Risk Profile
93.20%
1Falls (Major Harm/Death)
Risk Score
L2 x C5 = 10
Medium
0
data quality score
n/a
1. Harm Free Care programme
164
Risk Report (9)Quality Impact Assessment for CIPs
Quality Always
Inconsistent compliance with actions across the Trust (a)
Delay in the external assessment centres (c)
Further detail required re: outcomes (a)
Francis Report UpdateQSC Annual Review
IP&C Quarterly Report
Buxton and Clay Cross Theatres Access to national guidance (c)
Spencer Ward Closure ReportEnd of Life Care Quality Report
Staffing for Quality Report Care Home Advisory Service End of Year Report
Review identified actions to improve governance (a)
Quality Governance Assessment Framework (8)
CQC Compliance UpdateCQC Action Plan Update
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�119�of�264Page�13�of�68
Risk Description
High Med Low
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X X XImprovements to be delivered through Improvement plan
Internal Assurance Provided
Pressure Ulcer performance (a)Clinical Quality Report
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
Grade 3 (actual from datix)Lead Sub-Group: Clinical Safety Group (chaired by Jo Hunter) Grade 4 (actual from datix) 1
Risk Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs1.1.2 - There is a risk to patients due to non-implementation of pressure ulcer prevention strategies within an inpatient setting, resulting in patient harm
C4 x L2 = 8 Medium
Measure Month 8
data quality score
Harm Free Care Target TBCGrade 2 (actual from Datix) TBC
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�120�of�264Page�14�of�68
Risk Description
High Med Low
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X X XImprovements to be delivered through Improvement plan
Internal Assurance Provided
Clinical Quality Report Pressure Ulcer performance (a)
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
Grade 3 (actual from Datix) 4Lead Sub-Group: Clinical Safety Group (chaired by Jo Hunter) Grade 4 (actual from Datix)
Risk Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs1.1.3 - There is a risk to patients due to non-implementation of pressure ulcer prevention strategies within an community setting, resulting in patient harm
C4 x L4 = 16
Medium
Measure Month 8
data quality score
Harm Free Care Target TBCGrade 2 (actual from Datix) TBC
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�121�of�264Page�15�of�68
Risk Description
High Med Low
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X X X i X X X X X New process / central monitoring system to be developed
X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X XXX X
Delayed Transfers of Care Quarterly Report X XIncident Report - Missing Records
X X X X X X X X X Improvements to be delivered through Improvement PlanX
X Quality Directorate working with NICEX Audit and paper to December QSCX
End of Life Care - Review of LCP XWheelchair Service Update X Waiting times within the service (a) Further report on progress to QSC in January
X360 Assurance Audit Tracker X Overdue actions from Internal Audits © New process tracker in place - to return to QSC in May 2015NICE Process X No evidence changes are embedded (a) New process in place - leads track their progress
VTE Report
Overdue actions on Internal Audit Reports
Quarterly CQUIN report (10)
Divisional Governance Report
data quality scoren/a
9. Clinical Audit, Service Evaluation & Research Group (CASER)Clinical Records Audit (1)10. CQUIN Goals & Quality Schedule Requirements
6. Clinical Supervision Group Internal Assurance Provided7. Clinical Documentation Group
End of Life Care Quality Report
Clinical Effectiveness Group Summary Report8. End of Life Group Clinical Effectiveness Group Annual Report
5. Resuscitation Group
2. NICE Guidelines1. Clinical Audit Priority Audit Plan
3. Clinical Policy approval process4. PGD approval process
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs
Lead Sub-Group: Clinical Effectiveness Group (chaired by Sarah Banks)
1 14 5
1.2.1 - There is a risk to patients due to failure to provide services that are clinically effective and of high quality resulting in patient harm or resulting in no benefit (Risk Reg ID - 1996)
L2 x C5 = 10 Medium
Measure Q2Expected Deaths (Quarter 4 2013-14) 46%
Pressure Ulcer performance (a)Service Improvement Plan 2014/15 Pressure Ulcer Reduction Further detail required re: outcomes (a)Clinical Quality Report
Not hitting the targets (a)Process for accredited NICE organisations (c)
Buxton and Clay Cross Theatres Access to national guidance (c)
IP&C Quarterly Report
Breastfeeding TeamNICE Update
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�122�of�264Page�16�of�68
Risk Description
High Med Low
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X X 2014/15 will be Patient Outcomes identifiedX X X X X X X X X X X X Improvements will be delivered through Improvement Plan
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile
Lead KPIs1.2.2 - There is a risk that patients do not get optimal care due to the Priority Clinical Audit Programme for the Trust not being appropriately focused and effective at driving service improvements in priority clinical areas (Risk Reg ID - 2655)
L3 x C4 = 12
Medium
Measure Month 8 data quality score
0 0 0
Development of Patient Outcomes from the Priority Clinical Audit Plan
TBC% of patients with a preferred place of Death TBC
Further Patient Outcomes to be confirmed
Lead Sub-Group: Clinical Effectiveness Group (chaired by Sarah Banks)
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)Clinical Audit StrategyClinical Audit Policy
Internal Assurance ProvidedClinical Audit Priority Programme lack of patient focus within programme (c)Clinical Quality Report Pressure ulcer performance (a)
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�123�of�264Page�17�of�68
Risk Description
High Med Low
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X X X i X X X X X New process / central monitoring system to be developedX X Review of IG training
Incident Report - Missing Records X timescale extended and will report back to QSC
NEW in Q4
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIsThere is a risk to Patients due to clinical records not meeting national standards resulting in the potential of poor delivery of patient care and patient outcomes. (Risk Reg ID - 2607)
L4 x C3 = 12 Medium
Measure Q2 data quality score
0 1 0
Completion rate monitoring of all services on a monthly basis on the BIS system 96%76%Compliance rate monitoring of all services on a quarterly basis on the BIS system
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)Clinical Records Standards (1)
Lead Sub-Group: Clinical Effectiveness Group (chaired by Sarah Banks)
Clinical Records Audit GroupClinical Records Policy
action plan completion (a)
Information Governance Group Summary Report IG Training Performance (c)Clinical Effectiveness & Audit Group (wef 4/14)
Internal Assurance ProvidedClinical Documentation Group
Clinical Effectiveness Group Summary Report Overdue actions on Internal Audit Reports (c)Monthly on-line reporting of clinical records audit in all services on the Business Intelligence System
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�124�of�264Page�18�of�68
Risk Description
High Med Low Month 8
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X X X X X X X X X X X X Improvements to be delivered through Improvement PlanX X X X X X X X X X X XX X i
NEW in Q4 X XXX X X X X X Further data testing to be completedX X Update in Quarterly report to QSC
Francis Report Update X
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs
There is a risk to the organisation during the implementation of changes to our Quality Assurance processes resulting in ineffective reporting and assurance on quality (Risk Reg ID - 2608)
L3 x C4 = 12 medium
Measuredata quality
score
0 1 0
Delivery of CQUINDelivery of Quality Schedule (Contract)
Lead Sub-Group: Clinical Effectiveness Group (chaired by Sarah Banks)
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)Intelligence Monitoring GroupQuality improvement and assurance framework
staff training and development
Internal Assurance Provided
Clinical effectiveness and audit programme
Clinical Quality Report Pressure ulcer performance (a)
Quality Schedule (Contract) with
Divisional Governance Report
Quarterly CQUIN report Wheelchair service performance (a)
TDA Observations ReportQuality Dashboard Update
Francis Report Working GroupQuality Governance Assessment Framework
Inaccuracy of data from ESR (c)
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�125�of�264Page�19�of�68
Risk Description
High Med Low
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X X X X X X New process to be implementedX
NEW in Q4
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile
Lead KPIs
There is a risk to the organisation due to non-compliance of administration of the MHA 1983 resulting in poor patient outcomes and breaches in legislation (Risk Reg ID - 2605)
L3 x C4 = 12
(medium)
MeasureMonth 8
data quality score
0 1 0
Evidence of appropriate plans for discharge for patients S5(2)Numbers of patients assessed under MHA within 72 hours of admission
Lead Sub-Group: Mental Health Act Committee (chaired by Barbara-ann Walker)
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)1. AMHAM Audits2. MCA & DoLS Activity report3. Safeguarding reports4. Regular training updates for staff5. CQC Annual Inspections
6. Legal Issues / SI Report Internal Assurance Provided7. Risk Report MentalHealth Act Committee Summary Report (1) DoLS activity8. Policy Matrix Government priorities in improving MH9. CQC action plans
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�126�of�264Page�20�of�68
Risk Description
High Med Low data quality score
n/a
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
IM&T Strategy Group Summary ReportIncident Report - Missing Records X
X X X X X X IG Training Performance Review of IG training X
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs
There is a risk to the organisation due to poor information governance due to poor controls resulting in breaches and non compliance with legislation (Risk Reg ID - 2379)
L2 x C4 = 8 Medium
Measure Month 8Information Governance Toolkit Achievement - measures scoring 2 or more (score)
0 1 3
1. Reports from Information Governance Group2. Policies and Procedures
Information Governance Control System
Information Governance Group Summary ReportInformation Governance Group Annual Report
17
Internal Assurance Provided
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
ead Sub-Group: Information Governance Group (chaired by Hannah Edwards
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�127�of�264Page�21�of�68
Risk Description
High Med Low
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X i X X X X X X X X Patient groups to be set upXX
X X XX X X
X X Mitigation process to be developed to ensure complianceX X X X X X X X X X X X
EDS Leadership Group Summary Report X i i i X X X X Further update to QSCX X X X X X X X X X X X Improvements to be delivered through Improvement Plan
EDS Leadership Group Annual Review X
Lead Sub-Group: Patient Experience Group (chaired by Mary Heritage)
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
data quality scoren/a
Healthcare for All Not enough progress on actions (a)
Patient Experience Group Annual ReportComplaints and Compliments Annual ReportPatient Experience Quarterly Report
Patient Experience Group Summary Report Delays in engagement (a)
Legal Issues Report (5)
There is a risk to patients due to the failure to learn lessons from patients feedback and experiences resulting in negative effect on patient care (Risk Reg ID - 2361)
L2 x C4 = 8 Medium
MeasureMonth 8
Friends and Family Test Score 87Complaints received 11
0 0 0
Clinical Quality Report (8)
Divisional Governance Report
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile
Lead KPIs
1. Friends and Family Test
4. Quality Account5. NHSLA Standards
2. Complaints Policy and Process3. Patient Experience Team
Internal Assurance Provided
Progress against actions in plan and HC4A (c)Pressure ulcer performance (a)
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�128�of�264Page�22�of�68
Risk Description
High Med Low
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X i X X X X X X X X Patient Groups to be set upX X X X X X X X X X X X Improvements to be delivered through Improvement Plan
Internal Assurance Provided
1. Independent Scrutiny Committee - ISC
There is a risk to the organisation due to patient and public non-engagement and involvement in service improvements resulting in reputational harm (Risk Reg ID - 2362)
Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
0 0
External Assurance Provided
L2 x C4 = 8 Medium
Measuredata
quality Services with a PPI LeadServices with a PPI Group
Month 8being
developedn/an/a
Pressure ulcer performance (a)Clinical Quality Report
0
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile
Lead KPIs
Patient Experience Group Summary Report Delays in engagement (a)
2. Patient groups
Lead Sub-Group: Patient Experience Group (chaired by Mary Heritage)
Controls Identified
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�129�of�264Page�23�of�68
Derbyshire Community Health Services
Board Assurance Framework – Quarter 3 2014-15
The 2014-15 Board Assurance Framework (BAF) is split into 4 distinct sections aligned to the DCHS Way:
• Quality Service • Quality People • Quality Business • Quality Governance
The BAF will document the assurances received by the Board and the Sub-Committees of the Board specific to the management/mitigation of the strategic risks aligned to the corporate objectives.
The Chief Executive’s Department are responsible for the collation of the Board Assurance Framework. Please direct any queries to Kirsteen Farrar or Melanie Curd on 01773 525065.
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�130�of�264Page�24�of�68
This iteration of the BAF focuses on:
QUALITY PEOPLE Objective - To build a high performance work environment that engages, involves and
supports staff to reach their full potential Lead Committee for sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 is Quality People Committee, chaired by Barbara-Anne Walker (Non-Executive Director)
Lead Director for sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 is Amanda Rawlings (Director of People and Organisational Effectiveness)
Lead Executive Director Summary of Quality People BAF Risks:
During the past quarter we have worked with 360 Assurance to seek independent review on our progression with the Equalities Delivery System (EDS). The review evaluated the Trust’s framework for monitoring and reviewing compliance with EDS and reviewed the effectiveness of the Trust’s EIAs framework. The Audit opinion provides significant assurance on our EIA process and progress to date and provides independent view on our risk 2.3.3 which will be reviewed in the next quarter. The recruitment of qualified nursing staff remains a red risk for the trust. We are managing this risk proactively and with positive results but it is to be noted that nationally there is an under supply of qualified nursing staff and therefore we have to continue to monitor and find innovative approaches to recruitment and retention.
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�131�of�264Page�25�of�68
2.1 BAF ID Risk Description Operational
risk profile Current
Risk Score
Previous BAF reports
Lead KPI (as agreed by Executive and Non-
Executive Leads) Month
8 Month 7
2.1.1 There is a risk to patients due to Staff not being appropriately trained to provide high quality care resulting in poor patient outcomes. (Risk Reg ID - 2364)
High – 0 Medium – 4
Low - 2
L2 x C 5
= 10 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 10 14/15 Q1 - 10 13/14 Q4 – 10 13/14 Q3 – 10
Essential Learning Attendance 93% 93% Clinical Essential Learning Attendance Fire Training 88% 88% IG Training 87% 88% Staff Attending Corporate Induction 93% 95% Appraisal Completion 81% 81%
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: Safeguarding Training Update Quality People Performance Report
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a): Compliance against target (a) Overpayments to Staff (c)
Action planned to address (and timescales): Action plan in place Regular Updates to QPC
BAF ID Risk Description Operational risk profile
Current Risk
Score Previous BAF
reports Lead KPI (as agreed by
Executive and Non-Executive Leads)
Month 8 Month 7
2.1.2 There is a risk to patients due to staff performance not being monitored and improved resulting in an adverse impact on the provision of high quality care (Risk Reg ID - 2365)
High – 0 Medium – 1
Low – 0
L2 x C5 =
10 (medium)
15/15 Q2 - 10 14/15 Q1 - 10 13/14 Q4– 10 13/14 Q3– 10
Staff Attendance 95.95% 96.27% Appraisal Completion 81% 81%
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: Quality People Performance Report People Services and Employee Relations Report Clinical Supervision Report
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a): Overpayments to staff (c) Capacity issues impacting on timescales (c) Inconsistent reporting (c)
Action planned to address (and timescales): Regular updates to QPC Improvement plan Analysis of staff records and Improvement plan 20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�132�of�264Page�26�of�68
BAF ID Risk Description Operational risk profile
Current Risk
Score Previous BAF
reports Lead KPI (as agreed by
Executive and Non-Executive Leads)
Month 8 Month 7
2.1.3 There is a risk of harm to staff and reputation of the trust due to both a lack of ownership and inadequate management of Health and Safety and compliance with relevant legislation. (Risk Reg ID – 2604)
High – 0 Medium – 26
Low – 7
L3 x C4 =
12 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 12 14/15 Q1 - 12 13/14 Q4 – 12
13/14 Q3 – N/A
TBC
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: Health and Safety Annual Report Annual Review of QPC Sub-Groups
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a): No evidence of outcomes (a) Level of assurance from sub-groups (a)
Action planned to address (and timescales): Three month workplan in place Further report to QPC detailing performance against KPIs
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�133�of�264Page�27�of�68
2.2 BAF ID Risk Description Operational
risk profile Current
Risk Score Previous BAF
reports KPI Month 8 Month 7
2.2.1 There is a risk to the organisation in not attracting, recruiting and retaining the right number of high quality, effective and compassionate employees with the appropriate and necessary levels of skill and experience (Risk Reg ID - 2366)
High – 0 Medium – 15
Low – 0
L3 x C5 = 15 (high)
14/15 Q2 – 15 14/15 Q1 - 15 13/14 Q4 – 15 13/14 Q3 – 10
Staff Turnover 11.44% 8.83%
Health Visitor FTE 130.9 129.2
Vacancies 45 49
Bank and Agency spend (clinical) as a % of total workforce cost
3.0% 3.2%
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception: Quality People Performance Report People Services and Employee Relations Report
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a): Overpayments to staff (c) Capacity issues impacting on timescales (c)
Action planned to address (and timescales): Regular updates to QPC Improvement plan
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�134�of�264Page�28�of�68
2.3 BAF ID Risk Description Operational
risk profile Current
Risk Score
Previous BAF reports KPI
13-14 Annual Figure
2.3.1 There is a risk to organisation due to the loss of staff engagement resulting in poor patient outcomes (Risk Reg ID – 2367)
High – 0 Medium – 1
Low - 0
L2 x C5 =
10 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 10 14/15 Q1 - 10 13/14 Q4 – 10 13/14 Q3 – 9
Improvement in Staff Survey participation rates (%) 64.2%
Improvement in Staff Survey engagement and staff satisfaction scores (no.)
3.76%
Staff Net Promoter Question Result 3.78
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception: Quality People Performance Report People Services and Employee Relations Report
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a): Overpayments to staff (c) Capacity issues impacting on timescales (c)
Action planned to address (and timescales): Regular updates to QPC Improvement plan
BAF ID Risk Description Operational risk profile
Current Risk
Score Previous BAF
reports KPI Month 8 Month 7
2.3.2 There is a risk to organisation due to poor change management resulting in an adverse impact upon ability of Trust to implement future plans (Risk Reg ID - 2368)
High – 0 Medium – 1
Low - 0
L3 x C3 =
9 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 9 14/15 Q1 - 9 13/14 Q4 – 9 13/14 Q3 – 9
Number of Grievances (regarding Organisation Change)
0 0
Number of Appeals against Redundancy 0 0
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: Staff Health and Safety Annual Report Quality People Performance Report
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a): No evidence of outcomes Overpayments to staff (c)
Action planned to address (and timescales): Three month workplan in place Regular updates to QPC
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�135�of�264Page�29�of�68
BAF ID Risk Description Operational risk profile
Current Risk
Score Previous BAF
reports KPI Month 8 Month 7
2.3.3 There is a risk to the organisation in the failure to effectively embed equalities good practice across all aspects of DCHS' business, which will result in our not meeting our legislative duties under the Equalities Act 2010 and the requirements of the NHS Equality Delivery System2 (EDS2). (Risk Reg ID - 2369)
High – 0 Medium – 1
Low - 0
L2 x C5 =
10 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 10 14/15 Q1 - 10 13/14 Q4 – 10 13/14 Q3 – 10
EDS2 grading outcome
Developing – Amber (2)
Developing – Amber (2)
EIA completion rates 84% 83%
Equalities Action Plan (% completion rate)
3% 28% 58% 3% 28% 58%
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: Quality People Performance Report People Services and Employee Relations Report Annual Review of QPC Sub-Groups
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a): Overpayments to staff (c) Capacity issues impacting on timescales (c) Level of assurance from sub-groups (a)
Action planned to address (and timescales): Regular updates to QPC Improvement plan Further report to QPC detailing performance against KPIs
BAF ID Risk Description Operational risk profile
Current Risk
Score Previous BAF
reports KPI Month 8 Month 7
2.3.4 There is a risk to the organisation in not attracting, recruiting and retaining a diverse workforce that reflects today's society and which represents the multiplicity of our service users and therefore is better able to meet their needs. (Risk Reg ID - 2657)
High – 0 Medium – 0
Low – 0
L2 x C5 =
10 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 10 14/15 Q1 - 10 13/14 Q4 – 10 13/14 Q3 – N/A
Workforce equality profile (overall)
BME : 128 Not Stated : 77 White: 3875
BME : 130 Not Stated : 80 White: 3883
Equality profile of recruits
BME : 2 Not Stated : 0 White: 36
BME : 3 Not Stated : 1 White: 44
Equality profile of leavers
BME : 0 Not Stated : 2 White: 36
BME : 3 Not Stated:2 White: 39
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively.
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a):
Action planned to address (and timescales):
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�136�of�264Page�30�of�68
Risk Description
High Med Low
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X X X X X X XX X i X iX X i X iX X i X i
Review of Effectiveness of E-Learning XFrancis, Berwick and Keogh Report XDirector of Nursing Quarterly Report X X
XX X X X
18
Action Planned
Overpayments to staff (c) Regular updates to QPC
data quality score
18
18
18
18
181
Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
Clinical Essential Learning Attendance2
Appraisal Completion
IG Training 87%
1
Risk Score
L2 x C5 = 10
Medium
81%
6. Clinical Supervision7. Induction / Probation Process
Internal Assurance Provided
1. Performance Reports2. NHSLA Standards3. Policies and Procedures4. Appraisal Process5. Compliance Matrix - ESR Self Service
Quality People Performance Report (1)
93%
9. Risk RegisterWorkforce Planning and Development GroupStaff Partnership Committee
Lead KPIs
Lead Sub-Group: Workforce Planning & Development Group
Measure Month 8
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided
Essential Learning Attendance
Fire Training
There is a risk to patients due to Staff not being appropriately trained to provide high quality care resulting in poor patient outcomes. (Risk Reg ID - 2364)
Operational Risk Profile
93%
88%
Staff Attending Corporate Induction
QPC Annual ReportStrategic Workforce Report
Staff Health and Wellbeing Group
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�137�of�264Page�31�of�68
Risk DescriptionHigh Med Low data quality score
18
18
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X XX X X X X X X Regular updates to QPC
X X i X iWorkforce Planning and Development Group X X i X iStaff Health and Wellbeing Group X X i X i
6. Clinical Supervision Internal Assurance Provided
Staff Partnership Committee
7. Induction / Probation Process People Services Performance Report (1)8. People Strategy Quality People Performance Report (1) Overpayments to staff (c)
4. Appraisal Process5. Compliance Matrix - ESR Self Service
2. NHSLA Standards3. Policies and Procedures
0 0
1. Performance Reports
Lead Sub-Group: Staff Partnership Forum (chaired by Amanda Rawlings / William Jones)
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIsThere is a risk to patients due to staff performance not being monitored and improved resulting in an adverse impact on the provision of high quality care (Risk Reg ID - 2365)
L2 x C5 = 10
Medium
Measure Month 8
Staff Attendance 95.95%Appraisal Completion 81%
0
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�138�of�264Page�32�of�68
Risk DescriptionHigh Med Low data quality score
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
3. Induction and Essential Training
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X Regular report to QPCXX X X X X
Internal Assurance Provided
Strategic Workforce Report
Staff Health & Safety Review Action Plan Action plan completion (a)QPC Annual Report
2. NHSLA Standards
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)1. Performance Reports
TBC
Lead Sub-Group: Staff Health and Wellbeing Group (chaired by Rebecca Oakley) Reduction in HSE reported injurys TBC
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIsThere is a risk of harm to staff and reputation of the trust due to both a lack of ownership and inadequate management of Health and Safety and compliance with relevant legislation. (Risk ID - 2604)
L3 x C4 = 12
Medium
Measure Month 8
1 25 6Datix Reports- Increased reporting measured January to December TBCIncident Investigation Reports completed for all lost time injurys TBCReduction in paid injury claims. 2013 versus 2014
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�139�of�264Page�33�of�68
Risk DescriptionHigh Med Low data quality score
18
18
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X X XX X X X X X X Regular updates to QPC
X X i X iWorkforce Planning and Development Group X X i X i
X XFrancis, Berwick and Keogh Report X
Bank and Agency spend (clinical) as a % of total workforce cost
8. Risk Register Quality People Performance Report (1) Overpayments to staff (c)
6. Appraisal process Internal Assurance Provided7. Workforce Equality Monitoring
Responsive Workforce Update (6)
5. Essential Learning
People Services Performance Report (1)
4. Induction and probation
Staff Partnership Committee
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs There is a risk to the organisation in not attracting, recruiting and retaining the right number of high quality, effective and compassionate employees with the appropriate and necessary levels of skill and experience (Risk Reg ID - 2366)
L3 x C5 = 15 High
Measure Month 8
11.44%
130.9
45Vacancies
1 25 6
Lead Sub-Group: Workforce Planning & Development Group (chaired by Lynn Walshaw) 3.00%
Staff Turnover
Health Visitor FTE
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)1. People Strategy2. Attraction Strategy3. Recruitment and selection process and procedures
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�140�of�264Page�34�of�68
Risk Description
High Med Low data quality score
n/a
n/an/a
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X XX X X X X X X Regular Updates to QPC
Staff Health and Wellbeing Group X X i X iXX X X X XX
People Services and Employee Relations Report X X X Improvement PlanCapacity issues impacting on timecales (c)
7. Risk RegisterQuality People Performance Report (1)People Services Performance Report (1)
Overpayments to staff (c)8. Organisational Development System
QPC Annual ReportStrategic Workforce ReportStaff Health and Wellbeing Project Proposal
3. Appraisal Process
6. People Strategy Internal Assurance Provided
4. Staff Survey Process5. Staff Pulse Checks
0 0 0
2. Policies and Procedures
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs
Lead Sub-Group: Staff Health and Wellbeing Group (chaired by Rebecca Oakley)
There is a risk to organisation due to the loss of staff engagement resulting in poor patient outcomes (Risk Reg ID - 2367 )
L2 x C5 = 10
Medium
Measure 2013/14 Annual Figure
Improvement in Staff Survey participation rates (%) 64.2% 13-14Improvement in Staff Survey engagement and staff satisfaction scores (no.) 3.76% 13-14Staff Net Promoter Question Result (no.) 3.78 13-14
Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)1. Performance Reports
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�141�of�264Page�35�of�68
Risk Description
High Med Low data quality score
n/a
n/a
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X XX X X X X X X Regular updates to QPC
X X i X iStaff Health and Wellbeing Group X X i X i
X Three month workplan in place
Quality People Performance Report (1) Overpayments to staff ©
Staff Health and Safety Annual Report (3) No evidence of outcomes
Staff Partnership Forum
6. Workforce Planning Process Internal Assurance Provided7. Project Management Office Process People Services Performance Report (1)
2. Policies and Procedures3. People Strategy
There is a risk to organisation due to poor change management resulting in an adverse impact upon ability of Trust to implement future plans (Risk Reg ID - 2368)
L3 x C3 = 9
Medium
Measure Month 8
Number of Grievances (regarding Organisation Change) 0
Number of Appeals against Redundancy 00 1 0
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs
Lead Sub-Group: Staff Health and Wellbeing Group (chaired by Rebecca Oakley)
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)1. Performance Reports
4. Risk Register5. Organisational Development System
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�142�of�264Page�36�of�68
Risk Description
High Med Low data quality score
3% 28% 58%
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X XX X X X X X X Regular updates to QPC
X X i X iX X i XX X i X i
X X Regular report to QPCX
Workforce Equality Report Opportunities for staff to disclose information (a)
Overpayments to staff ©
EDS Action Plan
10. Risk Register Staff Partnership Committee
Workforce Planning and Development GroupEquality, Diversity and Inclusion Leadership Forum
7. Patient and Public Engagement People Services Performance Report8. Induction Quality People Performance Report
6. Equality Impact Assessments Internal Assurance Provided
3. Equalities Action Plan4. Workforce Equality Monitoring5. Service User Equality Monitoring
1. People Strategy
There is a risk to the organisation in the failure to effectively embed equalities good practice across all aspects of DCHS' business, which will result in our not meeting our legislative duties under the Equalities Act 2010 and the requirements of the NHS Equality Delivery System2 (EDS2). (Risk Reg ID - 2369)
L2 x C5 = 10
MediumMeasure
EDS2 grading outcomeEIA completion ratesEqualities Action Plan (% completion rate)
0 1 0
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs
Developing82%
Month 8
2. Equality Strategy
Lead Sub-Group: Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Leadership Forum (chaired by Amanda Rawlings)
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�143�of�264Page�37�of�68
Risk Description
High Med Low data quality score
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X X i X
X XRegular report to QPC
XX X X X
X X XStaffing for Quality
8. Risk Register Workforce Equality Reportopportunities for staff to disclose information (a)
Strategic Workforce ReportQPC Annual Report
6. Appraisal process Internal Assurance Provided7. Workforce Equality Monitoring Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Leadership Forum
1. People Strategy2. Equality Strategy3. Attraction Strategy4. Recruitment and selection policies and procedures5. Induction / probation process
Lead Sub-Group: Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Leadership Forum (chaired by Amanda Rawlings)
Controls Identified External Assurance ProvidedGaps in Control
(c)/Assurance (a)
There is a risk to the organisation in not attracting, recruiting and retaining a diverse workforce that reflects today's society and which represents the multiplicity of our service users and therefore is better able to meet their needs. (Risk Reg ID - 2657)
L2 x C5 = 10 Medium
Measure Month 8
0 0 0
BME : 128
BME : 2
BME : 0
Workforce equality profile (overall) Not Stated : 77White: 3875
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs
Equality profile of leavers
Equality profile of recruits Not Stated : 0White: 36
Not Stated : 2White: 36
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�144�of�264Page�38�of�68
Derbyshire Community Health Services
Board Assurance Framework – Quarter 3 2014-15
The 2014-15 Board Assurance Framework (BAF) is split into 4 distinct sections aligned to the DCHS Way:
• Quality Service • Quality People • Quality Business • Quality Governance
The BAF will document the assurances received by the Board and the Sub-Committees of the Board specific to the management/mitigation of the strategic risks aligned to the corporate objectives.
The Chief Executive’s Department are responsible for the collation of the Board Assurance Framework. Please direct any queries to Kirsteen Farrar or Melanie Curd on 01773 525065.
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�145�of�264Page�39�of�68
This iteration of the BAF focuses on: QUALITY BUSINESS
Objective - To ensure an effective, efficient and economical organisation which promotes productive working and which offers good value to its community and commissioners
Lead Committee is the Quality Business Committee, chaired by Tony Okotie (Non-Executive Director)
Lead Director is Chris Sands (Director of Finance, Performance and Information)
Lead Executive Director Summary of Quality Business BAF Risks:
The Trust has two red risks on the Quality Business section of the BAF. There is the risk to delivery of the IBP due to a change in commissioner priorities. In both the North and South of the county, commissioners have engaged consultants to support the development of integrated 5 year plans. These plans are developing in line with our IBP. However, there remains uncertainty due to the recent publication of the 5 Year Forward View and Dalton Review which could impact on commissioner strategies. In addition, we are likely to get further clarity on the future direction of the NHS after the General Election in May 2015. Due to this uncertainty, it is felt to be sensible to keep this strategic risk at 15. The month 8 financial position, and forward view, continues to highlight financial risk going forward. The delivery of cost improvement plans, and the pressures on activity in block contracts continues to be a pressure. This will need to be addressed through contract negotiations, and through the setting of realistic and achievable cost improvements going forward. The BAF risk has been maintained at a 15 to reflect the level of financial risk.
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�146�of�264Page�40�of�68
BAF ID Risk Description Operational risk
profile Current
Risk Score
Previous BAF Score
Lead KPI (as agreed by Executive and Non-Executive Leads)
Month 8 Month 7
3.1.1 There is a risk to the organisation achieving strategic objectives due to a lack of integrated planning resulting in poor outcomes across the DCHS Way (Risk Reg ID - 2370)
High – 0 Medium – 1
Low - 0
L2 x C 5
= 10 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 10 14/15 Q1 - 10 13/14 Q4 – 10 13/14 Q3 – 10
Plan delivered to TDA schedule Yes Yes
Delivery of routine quality, finance and other performance KPIs
As reported
As reported
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: Cost Improvement Report
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a): CIP delivery (a)
Action planned to address (and timescales): A plan to be developed for 2015/16
BAF ID Risk Description Operational risk
profile Current
Risk Score
Previous BAF Score KPI Month
8 Month 7
3.1.2 There is a risk of loss of business due to not actively managing the more competitive environment resulting in financial loss (Risk Reg ID - 2371)
High – 0 Medium – 4
Low - 0
L3 x C4 =
12 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 12 14/15 Q1 - 12 13/14 Q4 – 12 13/14 Q3 – 12
Market opportunities won / maintained / lost (number and value)
TBC
Commissioner feedback TBC
GP feedback TBC All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively.
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a):
Action planned to address (and timescales):
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�147�of�264Page�41�of�68
BAF ID Risk Description Operational risk
profile Current
Risk Score
Previous BAF Score KPI Month
8 Month 7
3.1.3
There is a risk to delivery of the IBP due to change in commissioner priorities and national policy (Risk Reg ID - 2441)
High – 0 Medium – 3
Low - 0
L3 x C5 = 15 (high)
14/15 Q2 - 15 14/15 Q1 - 15 13/14 Q4 – 15 13/14 Q3 – 15
Formal evidence of commissioner discussions showing plan alignment TBC TBC
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: No papers presented
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a):
Action planned to address (and timescales):
BAF ID Risk Description Operational risk
profile Current
Risk Score
Previous BAF Score KPI Month
8 Month 7
3.1.4NEW RISK in Q1 14-15
There is a risk to the effective and efficient provision of DCHS services due to the impact of funding cuts in social services resulting in greater activity being directed towards health services (Risk Reg ID - 2729)
High – 0 Medium – 0
Low - 0
L3 x C4 =
12 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 12 14/15 Q1 - 15 13/14 Q4 – n/a 13/14 Q3 – n/a
Delayed Transfers of Care 10.1% 7.9%
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 2 were received positively with the exception of: No papers presented
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a):
Action planned to address (and timescales):
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�148�of�264Page�42�of�68
BAF ID Risk Description Operational risk
profile Current
Risk Score
Previous BAF Score KPI Month 8 Month 7
3.2.1 There is a risk to the organisation due to poor estate impacting upon patient care resulting in poor outcomes (Risk Reg ID - 2372)
High – 0 Medium – 7
Low - 0
L2 x C4 =
8 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 12 14/15 Q1 - 12 13/14 Q4 – 12 13/14 Q3 – 12
PLACE score 98% n/a
Total of Backlog Maintenance £192k £161.1k
Cumulative capital expenditure against plan 2225k £1710k
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively:
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a):
Action planned to address (and timescales):
BAF ID Risk Description Operational risk
profile Current
Risk Score
Previous BAF Score KPI Month
8 Month 7
3.2.2 There is a risk to the organisation due to poor asset utilisation impacting upon the efficient use of resources (Risk Reg ID - 2373)
High – 0 Medium – 0
Low - 0
L3 x C3 =
9 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 9 14/15 Q1 - 9 13/14 Q4 – 9 13/14 Q3– 10
Facilities Unutilised Space (%) n/a n/a
Available beds (no.) inpatient 198
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively.
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a):
Action planned to address (and timescales):
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�149�of�264Page�43�of�68
BAF ID Risk Description Operational risk
profile Current
Risk Score
Previous BAF Score KPI Month
8 Month 7
3.2.3 There is a risk to the organisation due to the inability to meet financial targets, specifically cost improvement plans, as set out in Annual Plan and IBP resulting in financial risk and reputational damage. (Risk Reg ID - 2374)
High – 0 Medium – 7
Low - 0
L3 x C5 = 15 (high)
14/15 Q2 – 15 14/15 Q1 - 15 13/14 Q4 – 10 13/14 Q3– 15
CIP achieved 35.9% 35.6%
Financial Risk Rating 3 4
Continuity of Service Rating 4 4
Cash Position
£15.4m £13.8m
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively.
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a):
Action planned to address (and timescales):
BAF ID Risk Description Operational risk
profile Current
Risk Score
Previous BAF Score KPI Month
8 Month 7
3.2.4 There is a risk to the organisation due to the inability to meet contractual activity targets, resulting in financial risk (Risk Reg ID - 2375)
High – 1 Medium – 9
Low - 1
L2 x C4 =
8 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 8 14/15 Q1 - 8 13/14 Q4 – 8 13/14 Q3– 8
Activity Plan TBC Income Plan TBC
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively.
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a):
Action planned to address (and timescales):
BAF ID Risk Description Operational risk
profile Current
Risk Score
Previous BAF Score KPI Month
8 Month 7
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�150�of�264Page�44�of�68
3.2.5 There is a risk to the delivery of the organisation's plans through non-delivery or slippage in the enabling IMT plans, resulting in objectives not being achieved. (Risk Reg ID - 2377)
High – 0 Medium – 4
Low - 0
L3 x C4 =
12 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 8 14/15 Q1 - 12 13/14 Q4 – 8 13/14 Q3– 8
Progress against Plan TBC Proportion of services on an electronic system TBC
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively.
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a):
Action planned to address (and timescales):
BAF ID Risk Description Operational risk
profile Current
Risk Score
Previous BAF Score KPI Month
8 Month 7
3.2.6 There is a risk to the organisation due to poor decisions being made due to poor data quality resulting in poor outcomes and financial loss (Risk Reg ID - 2378)
High – 0 Medium – 1
Low - 0
L3 x C4 =
12 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 12 14/15 Q1 - 12 13/14 Q4 – 12 13/14 Q3– 12
Community Information Dataset Completeness - Referral to treatment information (%)
83.1% 82.5%
Community Information Dataset Completion - Referral information
75.4% 74.7%
Community Information Dataset - Treatment activity information (%)
75.4% 74.7%
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively.
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a):
Action planned to address (and timescales):
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�151�of�264Page�45�of�68
BAF ID Risk Description Operational
risk profile Current
Risk Score
Previous BAF Score KPI Month
8 Month
7
3.2.7
There is a risk to the Trust’s activities, due to an emergency or severe disruption, resulting in an impact on patient care, inability to meet targets, loss of revenue (Risk Reg ID - 2484)
High – 0 Medium – 3
Low – 0
L2 x C5 -
= 10 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 10 14/15 Q1 - 10 13/14 Q4 – 10 13/14 Q3 – 10
Director (Gold level ) training 85% 85%
On-Call team (Silver level) training 85% 85%
Compliance against the NHS England’s Core Standards for EPRR
97% 97%
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: No papers presented.
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a): Action planned to address (and timescales):
BAF ID Risk Description Operational
risk profile Current
Risk Score
Previous BAF Score KPI Month
8 Month
7
3.3.1 There is a risk to the organisation due to failure to maintain a positive reputation, resulting in impact upon future demand for services (Risk Reg ID - 2380)
High – 0 Medium – 1
Low - 0
L2 x C5 =
10 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 10 14/15 Q1 - 10 13/14 Q4 – 10 13/14 Q3– 10
Positive media stories (no.) 23 22
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: No papers presented.
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a):
Action planned to address (and timescales):
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�152�of�264Page�46�of�68
BAF ID Risk Description Operational
risk profile Current
Risk Score
Previous BAF Score KPI Month
8 Month
7
3.3.2 There is a risk to the organisation due to ineffective governance as a result of not maintaining a representative involved membership resulting in poor engagement with the local community (Risk Reg ID - 2381)
High – 0 Medium – 0
Low - 0
L2 x C3 =
6 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 6 14/15 Q1 - 6 13/14 Q4 – 6 13/14 Q3– 6
FT membership (no.) 12520 12295
Representative Membership TBC
Pulse Check - Recommend DCHS to Friends and Family if they needed care or treatment
90%
Pulse Check - Recommend DCHS to Friends and Family if they needed care or treatment
71%
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: No papers presented.
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a):
Action planned to address (and timescales):
BAF ID Risk Description Operational
risk profile Current
Risk Score
Previous BAF Score KPI Month
8 Month
7
3.3.3 There is a risk to the organisation due to delivering integrated care through poor relationships with partners resulting in poor outcomes for patients (Risk Reg ID - 2382)
High – 0 Medium – 0
Low - 0
L2 x C4 =
8 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 8 14/15 Q1 - 8 13/14 Q4 – 8 13/14 Q3– 8
market opportunities won /maintained / lost (number and value)
n/a
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a):
Action planned to address (and timescales):
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�153�of�264Page�47�of�68
Risk DescriptionHigh Med Low data quality score
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Planning Control System
2. LTFM3. Annual Plan4. Annual Plan updates
5. Performance Reports
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
6. PMO reports X X X X report to July QBCX X X Xi i
X X
X X X A plan to be developed for 2015/16X Contracts planned to be signed off July 2014
Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
Long Term Financial Model Activity and Income Assumptions (2)Planning for 2014/15-2018/19 (to Board)8. Contract report
7. Policies and Procedures
Plan delivered to TDA scheduleDelivery of routine quality, finance and other performance KPIs
There is a risk to the organisation achieving strategic objectives due to a lack of integrated planning resulting in poor outcomes across the DCHS Way (Risk Reg ID - 2370)
Operational Risk Profile
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided
Yesas reported
Risk Score
L2 X C5 = 10
medium
1. IBP
0 1 0
Lead KPIs
Lead Sub-Group: Strategic Programme Group (chaired by Tracy Allen)
Measure at month 8
lack of CIP discussionContract Report (8)Strategic Programme Group Summary Report Internal Assurance Provided
Risk to CIP delivery (a)Contracts not signed off (c)
Cost Improvement ReportInter-Trust Agreement Report
Long Term Financial Model (2)
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�154�of�264Page�48�of�68
3.1.2
Risk DescriptionHigh Med Low data quality score
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Business Development System
2. Commercial Strategy
5. Tender oversight and analysis
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X X X XX X X X X X X X
Inter-Trust Agreement ReportLessons Learned from Contracts / Tenders X Changes to be implemented
0
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs
There is a risk to the organisation due to loss of business as a result of not actively managing the more competitive environment resulting in financial loss (Risk Reg ID - 2371)
L3 x C4 = 12
Medium
Measure at month 8
Market opportunities won / maintained / lost (number and value) TBCCommissioner feedback TBC
GP feedback TBC
0 4
Lead Sub-Group: Tender Oversight Group (chaired by Tracy Allen)
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
1. Business Development Reporting
4. Competitor and market analysis3. Business development framework (eg inve
Gaps in processes (c)
Market Risk Assessment (2)
Internal Assurance Provided
Business Development Report (1) Nottinghamshire Obesity - tender process (a)Tender Oversight Summary Report
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�155�of�264Page�49�of�68
3.1.3
Risk DescriptionHigh Med Low data quality score
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X X X XX X X X
NB - new risk (escalated from operational risk register following July 2013 Board)
Contract Report (1)
Internal Assurance ProvidedStrategic Programme Group Summary Report no CIP discussion (a)
TBC3 0
External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
0
1. Contract management and negotiation process
3. Analysis of commissioning intentions as part of planning process4. CIP plans indicate level of commissioner support
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile
2. Executive team meetings with Commissioner Chief Officers / teams
Lead Sub-Group: Strategic Programme Group (chaired by Tracy Allen)
Controls Identified
Lead KPIsThere is a risk to delivery of the IBP due to change in commissioner priorities and national policy (Risk Reg ID - 2441)
L3 x C5 = 15 High
Measure at month 8
Formal evidence of commissioner discussions showing plan alignment
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�156�of�264Page�50�of�68
3.1.4
Risk DescriptionHigh Med Low data quality score
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
NB - new risk in Q1 14-15
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIsThere is a risk to the effective and efficient provision of DCHS services due to the impact of funding cuts in social services resulting in greater activity being directed towards health services (Risk Reg ID - 2729)
L3 x C4 = 12
Medium
Measure at month 8
0 0 0
Delayed Transfers of Care 10.1%
Lead Sub-Group: Trust Management Executive (Chaired by Tracy Allen)
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)1. Health and Wellbeing Board2. Contract Management Board3. Transformation groups
Internal Assurance Provided
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�157�of�264Page�51�of�68
3.2.1
Risk DescriptionHigh Med Low data quality score
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Estates Planning System
2. Progress Reports against Estates Strategy
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X X X X X X
Estates Strategy Delivery Targets (2)X
0 8 3
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a
1. Capital Planning System
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs
Lead Sub-Group: Captial and Estates Planning Group (chaired by William Jones)
There is a risk to the organisation due to poor estate impacting upon patient care resulting in poor outcomes (Risk Reg ID - 2372)
L2 x C4 = 8 Medium
Measure at month 8
£192k£2225k
98%PLACE Score
Total of Backlog MaintenanceCumulative capital expenditure against plan
Capital Investment Plans (1)
Captial & Estate Planning Gp Self Assessment (1)
3. Planned Preventative Maintenance System4. Policies and procedures
Internal Assurance ProvidedCapital and Estate Planning Gp Summary report (1)
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�158�of�264Page�52�of�68
3.2.2
Risk DescriptionHigh Med Low data quality score
n/a18
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Estates Planning System
2. Progress Reports against Estates Strategy
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X X X X XX
Treasury Management Report X X
0
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIsThere is a risk to the organisation due to variable site utilisation impacting upon the efficient use of resources (Risk Reg ID - 2373)
L3xC3 = 9 Medium
Measure at month 8
Facilities Unutilised Space (%) n/aAvailable beds (no.) inpatient 198
0 0
Lead Sub-Group: Captial and Estates Planning Group (chaired by William Jones)
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
1. Captial Planning System
Capital and Estate Planning Gp Summary report (1)Capital Investment Plans (1)
Internal Assurance Provided
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�159�of�264Page�53�of�68
3.2.3
Risk DescriptionHigh Med Low data quality score
n/an/a
n/a
n/a
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X X X X X X X X monthly report to QBC
XX X X X X X XX X X X X monthly report to QBC
X X
CIP report (2)
£14.8m
Controls IdentifiedFinancial Control System
Lead Sub-Group: Trust Management Executive (chaired by Tracy Allen) Cash position
Not meeting planned performance (a)
Financial Planning Assumptions 14/15Draft Financial Plan 14/15
1. Finance Reports
5. Policies and procedures
Risk Score
2. CIP Reports3. LTFM4. Treasury Management Reports
Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs
There is a risk to the organisation due to the inability to meet financial targets, specifically cost improvement plans, as set out in Annual Plan and IBP resulting in financial risk and reputational damage. (Risk Reg ID - 2374)
L3 x C5 = 15 High
Measure at month 8
CIP achieved - recurrent 29%Financial Risk Rating 4
Continuity of Service Rating 4
0 7 0
External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
Treasury Management Report (4)
Finance Report (1) Outcomes (a)Internal Assurance Provided
Long Term Financial Model Activity and Income Assumptio Reference Costs Report (1)
Charitable Funds Annual Report (1)Continuity of Service Report(1)
Charitable Funds Group Summary Report (1)Mitigation Plan - Treatment Centre (1)CIP Slippage - Lessons Learnt (2)
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�160�of�264Page�54�of�68
3.2.4
Risk DescriptionHigh Med Low data quality score
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X i X X X X XX X X X X X X monthly report to QBC
X
X X
Performance Report (2)Finance Report (2)
Income Plan
Internal Assurance Provided
1 9 1
TBCTBC
3. LTFM
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs
Lead Sub-Group: Trust Management Executive (Chaired by Tracy Allen)
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
There is a risk to the organisation due to the inability to meet contractual activity targets, resulting in financial risk (Risk Reg ID - 2375)
L2 x C4 = 8
Medium
Measure at month 8
Activity Plan
4. Policies and procedures
1. Finance ReportsContractual Control System
2. Performance Reports
Service Line Reporting (1, 2)
Contract ReportsPatient Care Contracting Update
Missed targets for Breatfeeding and smoking quitters (a)outcomes (a)
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�161�of�264Page�55�of�68
3.2.5
Risk DescriptionHigh Med Low data quality score
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X X X Informatics action plan in placeX
Informatics Programme Quarterly Update X Informatics action plan in placeX
IM&T Strategy Quarterly Update (2)TPP connectivity issues in the community(a)
Lead Sub-Group: Information Management & Technology Group (chaired by Chris Sands)
IM&T Strategy Group Summary ReportInternal Assurance Provided
2. IM&T Strategy
IM&T Control System
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
There is a risk to the delivery of the organisation's plans through non-delivery or slippage in the enabling IMT plans, resulting in objectives not being achieved (Risk Reg ID - 2377)
L3 x C4 = 12
Medium
Measure at month 8
0 4 0
Roll out of TPP (a)
Progress against Plan TBCTBCProportion of services on an electronic system
TPP Systm One Roll-out
1. IM&T Reporting
Mobile Working Evaluation (1)
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�162�of�264Page�56�of�68
3.2.6
Risk DescriptionHigh Med Low data quality score
n/an/a
n/a
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Data Quality Control System
2. Data Quality Kitemark
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
IM&T Strategy Group Summary Report X X X Informatics action plan in placeX
Informatics Programme Quarterly Update X Roll out of TPP (a) Informatics action plan in placeX
IM&T Strategy Quarterly Update (4)TPP connectivity issues in the community(a)
83%69%
4. IM&T Strategy
Internal Assurance Provided
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
Community Information Dataset Completion - Referral information
Community Information Dataset - Treatment activity information (%)
3. Policies and procedures
1. Performance Reporting - Data Quality issues
TPP Systm One Roll-out
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs
There is a risk to the organisation due to poor decisions being made due to poor data quality resulting in poor outcomes and financial loss (Risk Reg ID - 2378)
L3 x C4 = 12 Medium
Measure at month 8
Community Information Dataset Completeness - Referral to treatment information (%)
75%
Lead Sub-Group: Information Management & Technology Group (chaired by Chris Sands)
0 1 0
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�163�of�264Page�57�of�68
3.2.7
Risk DescriptionHigh Med Low data quality score
85%
85%
97%
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X X7. Site Contingency Plan in-place8. Pandemic Influenza Contingency Plan in-place9. Fuel Disruption Contingency Plan in-place
2
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIsThere is a risk to the Trust’s activities, due to an emergency or severe disruption, resulting in an impact on patient care, inability to meet targets, loss of revenue (Risk Reg ID - 2484)
L2 x C5 = 10 Medium
Measure at month 8
85%Director (Gold level)
97%
On-Call Manager (Silver level)0 3 85%
Compliance against the NHS England’s Core Standards for EPRR
1. Accountable Emergency Officer appointed2. Member of the multi-agency Local Health Resilience Partnership3. Member of the multi-agency Local Resilience Forum
EPRR Control SystemControls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/ Assurance (a)
5. Quarterly reporting to the board via QBC
Lead Sub-Group: Trust Management Executive (Chaired by Tracy Allen)
Emergency Preparedness, Resilience & Response (EPRR) Report (5, 6 and 11)Pandemic Flu Plan (9)
10. Internal assessment against NHS England's Core Standards for EPRR undertaken
6. Major Incident Plan/Business Continuity Plan
4. Framework for Responding to Industrial Action in-place
Internal Assurance Provided
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�164�of�264Page�58�of�68
3.3.1
Risk DescriptionHigh Med Low data quality score
n/a
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X iCommunications Quarterly Report (1)
23
3. Staff and service user friends and family test
4. Staff survey Internal Assurance Provided
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
Further KPIs from Communications to be developed
Lead Sub-Group: Trust Management Executive (Chaired by Tracy Allen)
2. Board level lead for communications and marketing1. Communications and marketing strategy
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs
There is a risk to the organisation due to failure to maintain a positive reputation, resulting in impact upon future demand for services (Risk Reg ID - 2380)
L2 x C5 = 10 Medium
Measure at month 8
Positive media stories (no.)
0 1 0
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�165�of�264Page�59�of�68
3.3.2
Risk Description
High Med Low data quality score
n/a
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X i
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
Quarterly communications reportInternal Assurance Provided
Representative Membership
4. Spot Checking Programme
1. Membership Report
3. 6 monthly newsletters2. Programme of Activity
Lead Sub-Group: CFT Board (Chaired by Prem Singh) Pulse Check - Recommend DCHS to Friends and Family if they needed care or treatment 71%
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs
There is a risk to the organisation due to ineffective governance as a result of not maintaining an engaged and representative involved membership resulting in poor engagement with the local community (Risk Reg ID - 2381)
L2 x C3 = 6
Medium
Measure at month 8
FT membership (no.)
Pulse Check - Recommend DCHS to Friends and Family if they needed care or treatment
0 0 0
90%
12520
TBC
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�166�of�264Page�60�of�68
3.3.3
Risk DescriptionHigh Med Low data quality score
n/a
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X iX X X X X X XX X X X X
Lead Sub-Group: Trust Management Executive (Chaired by Tracy Allen)
Quarterly communications update (1)Internal Assurance Provided
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
L2 x C4 = 8 Medium
Measure at month 8
Market opportunities won /maintained / lost (number and value)
0 0 0
TBC
Nottinghamshire Obesity - tender process (a)Business development reportTender Oversight Group report (3)
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs
1. Communications and marketing strategy
3. Tender oversight includes review of necessary partnership arrangements
2. Partnership strategy and governance
There is a risk to the organisation due to delivering integrated care through poor relationships with partners resulting in poor outcomes for patients (Risk Reg ID - 2382)
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�167�of�264Page�61�of�68
Derbyshire Community Health Services Board Assurance Framework – Quarter 2 2014-15
The 2014-15 Board Assurance Framework (BAF) is split into 4 distinct sections aligned to the DCHS Way:
• Quality Service • Quality People • Quality Business • Quality Governance
The BAF will document the assurances received by the Board and the Sub-Committees of the Board specific to the management/mitigation of the strategic risks aligned to the corporate objectives.
The Chief Executive’s Department are responsible for the collation of the Board Assurance Framework. Please direct any queries to Kirsteen Farrar or Melanie Curd (01773 525065).
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�168�of�264Page�62�of�68
This iteration of the BAF focuses on: QUALITY GOVERNANCE
Objective - To manage and develop a successful organisation Lead Committee is the Audit & Assurance Committee, chaired by Nigel Smith (Non-Executive Director)
Lead Director is Kirsteen Farrar (Trust Secretary)
Lead Executive Director Summary of Quality Governance BAF Risks:
There are currently no high risks within the Quality Governance section of the BAF. All of the risks are currently scoring between 12 and 8. There was one paper which received limited assurance during Quarter 3; the Clinical Audit Update – at the October meeting the Committee acknowledged the good work and took assurance from the Audit Programme and schedule but this was limited because there was no evidence of successful completion of plans and outcomes and there was still work to be completed to overcome bureaucratic processes that make requests for audit support complicated. Two risks have been removed from this section of the BAF during the quarter; 4.3.1 There is a risk to the organisation due to the inability to deliver transformational, system-wide change whilst managing our FT application process resulting in missed opportunities (Risk Reg ID - 2711) and 4.3.2 There is a risk to the organisation due to an unsuccessful application to become a CFT resulting in organisational uncertainty (Risk Reg ID - 2712) as FT status was achieved on the 1 November 2014. All other papers presented during the quarter received positive assurance.
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�169�of�264Page�63�of�68
4.1
BAF ID Risk Description Operational risk profile
Current Risk
Score
Previous Months
Lead KPI (as agreed by Executive and Non-Executive Leads)
Month 8 Month 7
4.1.1 There is a risk to the organisation due to not having strong corporate governance systems in place resulting in Trust vision not being delivered (Risk Reg ID - 2383)
High – 0 Medium – 2
Low - 0
L2 x C 5
= 10 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 10 14/15 Q1 - 10 13/14 Q4 – 10 13/14 Q3 – 10
To be developed 14/15
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively with the exception of: Clinical Audit Update
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a): No evidence of outcomes from the programme
Action planned to address (and timescales): Continue with Audit Programme and schedule
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�170�of�264Page�64�of�68
4.2 BAF ID Risk Description Operational risk
profile
Current Risk
Score
Previous Months KPI Month 8 Month 7
4.2.1 There is a risk to the organisation due to not meeting regulatory, contractual or legal obligations resulting in sanctions (Risk Reg ID - 2384)
High – 0 Medium – 1
Low - 0
L2 x C5 =
10 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 10 14/15 Q1 - 10 13/14 Q 4 – 10 13/14 Q3 – 10
CQC internal assessment rating
Governance Risk Rating 1 1 Continuity of Service rating 4 4
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a):
Action planned to address (and timescales):
BAF ID Risk Description Operational risk profile
Current Risk
Score
Previous Months KPI Month 8 Month 7
4.2.2 There is a risk to the organisation due to not having strong risk management controls in place resulting in failure to put effective mitigation plans in place promptly (Risk Reg ID - 2385)
High – 0 Medium – 1
Low - 0
L2 x C4 =
8 (medium)
14/15 Q2 - 8 14/15 Q1 - 8 13/14 Q4 – 8 13/14 Q3 – 8
NHSLA Rating 1 1
All papers presented for Assurance in Quarter 3 were received positively
Identified Gaps in Control (c) /Assurance (a):
Action planned to address (and timescales):
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�171�of�264Page�65�of�68
4.1.1
Risk Description
High Med Low
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
X X XX
3. Quality Governance reporting X4. Internal Audit Reports5. Counter Fraud Reports X X X X6. External Audit Reports X7. Scheme of Delegation X X8. Self Certification Reporting X9. Board Assurance Framework X X Investigation by the Head of Medicines Management 10. Clinical Audit Programme Internal Audit Annual Report/Head of IA Opinion (4) X
11. Annual Governance Statement
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X X X XX X X XX X X XX XX X X XX X X X Paper to September QBCX X Continue with Audit Progarmme and schedule
XXX X X X XX X X X X X X X X X X XX X X X X X X XX X X X X X X X
X X X XX X X X
MHAC Summary Report X
X X X XReview of Audit Committee Handbook XStatutory Submissions - Progress Report XBusiness and Attendance of Board/sub-Commitees XStatutory Submissions Lessons Learned XQuality Governance Assurance Framework X
Quality Committee BAF: Lead Executive Presentation
Payroll Data mining (5)
Counter Fraud Annual Plan (5)
DCHS Priority Clinical Audit Programme (10)
Charitable Funds Summary Report
No evidence of outcomes (a)
Quality Service Committee Summary Report (2)
Annual Governance Statement (11)Audit & Assurance Committee Summary Report (2)
Clinical Audit Update (10)
Quality Account 2012-13 Progress Report
Council of Governors Summary Report
Data Quality Update
0 2 0
Compliance with Governance arrangements (3)
Counter Fraud Annual Report (5)
NHS Protect Provider Standards
External Audit Progress Report (6)
Quality Account Review - External Audit
Compliance with Board Statements (8)Self-Certification Report - Financial (8)
Internal Assurance Provided
Self-Certification Report - SOM (8)
Medication Error incidents (c)
Quality Business Committee Summary Report (2)Quality People Committee Summary Report (2)
Head of Internal Audit Opinion (4)
Risk Score Operational Risk ProfileLead KPIs
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
There is a risk to the organisation due to not having strong corporate governance systems in place resulting in Trust vision not being delivered (Risk Reg ID - 2383)
L2 x C5 = 10 Medium
Measure
To be developed
No Lead Sub-Group, papers presented to Audit & Assurance Committee. Papers to Board are in italics
1. Corporate Governance Manual Counter Fraud Report (5)2. Board Committee Reporting
Delays in roll out of TPP (c) Board Assurance Framework (9)
Internal Audit Progress Report (4)
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�172�of�264Page�66�of�68
4.2.1
Risk DescriptionHigh Med Low
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X X XX X XX X XX X X X X X X X X X XX X X X X X X X X X XX X X X X X X X X X X
X
X2013-14 Annual Accounts Planning X
XX
Statutory Submissions Lessons Learned XQuality Governance Assurance Framework X
Going Concern ReportContracting Update
HMRC Compliance AuditContracting Action Plan
Self-Certification Report - SOM (2)Internal Assurance Provided
Missed Increments Briefing PaperPlan for Year End Reporting
Self-Certification Report - Financial (2)Compliance with Board Statements (2)Performance Report (3)
Quality Report (3)Finance Report (3)
2. Shadow Monitor Self-Certification 3. Performance Reporting
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs
No Lead Sub-Group, papers presented to Audit & Assurance Committee. Papers to Board are in italics
There is a risk to the organisation due to not meeting regulatory, contractual or legal obligations resulting in sanctions (Risk Reg ID - 2384)
L2 x C5 = 10
Medium
Measure Month 8
CQC registration, internal rating
1. CQC Compliance Reporting
Governance Risk Rating 1
Continuity of Service Rating 4
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
0 1 0
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�173�of�264Page�67�of�68
4.2.2
Risk DescriptionHigh Med Low
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec Action Planned
X
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
X X X XX X X XX
X
5. Annual Governance Statement
Quality Governance Assurance Framework
Internal Assurance ProvidedBoard Assurance Framework Report (2)
Annual Governance Statement (5)Quality Committee BAF: Lead Executive Presentation
3. Risk Register4. NHSLA Standards
1. Risk Management Strategy Head of Internal Audit Opinion (5)2. Board Assurance Framework
No Lead Sub-Group, papers presented to Audit & Assurance Committee. Papers to Board are in italics
Controls Identified External Assurance Provided Gaps in Control (c)/Assurance (a)
Risk Score Operational Risk Profile Lead KPIs
There is a risk to the organisation due to not having strong risk management controls in place resulting in failure to put effective mitigation plans in place promptly (Risk Reg ID - 2385)
L2 x C4 = 8
Medium
Measure Month 8
1NHSLA Rating
0 1 0
20�Board�Assurance�Framework�Q
Top
Overall�Page�174�of�264Page�68�of�68
TRUST BOARD
Document Title: Chief Executive’s Report
Presenter/Title: Tracy Allen, Chief Executive
Contents of Paper were previously discussed by: N/A
Author/Title: Tracy Allen, Chief Executive
Contact Email and Telephone Number:
[email protected] 01629 817892
Date of Meeting: 29 January 2015 Agenda Item No: 22/15
No of pages inc. this one: 7
Document is for: (indicate with an “x” – you can populate more than one box)
Information x Decision Assurance
Purpose of Paper
The report provides information on strategic policy, legislative and developmental issues affecting the organisation and includes: • Winter pressures • Planning for 2015/16 - the Forward View into Action • A briefing on introduction of the Care Act • Progress with the Extra Mile Awards • Headline organisational performance – ‘the Big 9’
Recommendations
The Board is recommended to note the report.
Board Assurance Framework Risk Reference
Planning and service transformation relate to the following BAF risks: 3.1.1, 3.1.2, 3.1.3, 3.1.4, 3.2.3 and 1.3.2. Winter pressures service continuity relates to BAF risk 3.2.7. Care Act implementation relates to BAF risk 3.1.4.
Financial Impact
No direct financial impact.
22�Chief�Executive�Report.pdf
Top
Overall�Page�175�of�264Page�1�of�7
Further Information and Appendices:
Chief Executive Report January 2015
1. Purpose of report
This report provides the Board with information about policy, legislative and developmental issues and changes which affect the organisation and local initiatives across the organisation in the past month.
2. Winter pressures : Supporting the system over the holiday period Board Members will be aware from national media coverage that since the beginning of December the NHS and Social Services have been under significant pressure due to increasing demand for urgent and emergency care. Levels of demand in primary care, 111, Out of hours, ambulance 999s and emergency department visits have been much higher than in previous years. So far no single reason has been identified for this. Locally in Derbyshire demand for acute, community and social care beds has been very significant. DCHS have been making a major contribution in maintaining the flow of patients through the system. We have contributed to regular conference calls across the whole system ensuring that patients are in the correct category of care for their condition, minimising delayed transfers of care and working closely with all parts of the health and social care system. This year we have more services operating on a 7 day basis than in previous years e.g. community OT and physiotherapy, SPA and clinical navigation operating at both Chesterfield Royal Hospital and Derby Hospitals Foundation Trusts. We have on several occasions opened additional community hospital beds in response to demand and our on call operational managers have responded at weekends to ensure responsive services. As a Trust we have been fortunate in maintaining all our services with very little impact from community infections and our colleagues have worked extremely hard, many doing extra hours and extra shifts in response to patient need. Some headline indicators of performance in the last 6 weeks include:
• An inpatient length of stay of 17 days • An increase of 30% in transfers to community hospitals (including 15% increase in
weekend transfers) • An increase of 30% in weekend discharges, with almost 50% of discharges occurring
in the morning • An increase of 32% in SPA referrals.
I know the Board will want to join me in thanking our community nursing and therapy teams, and inpatient colleagues, along with all the other clinical and non-clinical support staff who have delivered this level of service. 3. Planning for 2015/16 - the Forward View into Action Just prior to Christmas the 2015/16 planning guidance – The Forward View into action: planning for 2015/16, was published by NHS England, Monitor, The NHS Trust
22�Chief�Executive�Report.pdf
Top
Overall�Page�176�of�264Page�2�of�7
Development Authority, the Care Quality Commission, Public Health England and Health Education England. Key headlines from the guidance include a requirement for NHS organisations to refresh their operational plans for 2015/16, with an emphasis on including:
• aligned, realistic activity and financial assumptions; • a clear demonstration of how current access and performance requirements will be
consistently met, and; • emerging visions for the future of health and care systems based on units of planning.
Nationally defined access and performance targets remain largely consistent with 2014/15, with the addition of new access targets for some mental health services, and a requirement for Clinical Commissioning Groups (CCGs) to increase spending on mental health services.
3.1 General themes in the guidance:
• Preparing for transformation, building partnerships and looking at new models of care:
o support and funding available for pioneers; o the need to look afresh at medium-term plans.
• Getting serious about prevention:
o reducing health inequalities and improving outcomes in health and wellbeing (smoking, alcohol, obesity and diabetes);
o helping people stay in work or return to employment; o workplace health programmes (physical and mental health).
• Empowering patients:
o digital health record; o personal health budgets (also integrated with social care budgets) including for
people with learning difficulties and children; o patient choice, particularly in mental health and maternity.
• Engaging communities:
o support for carers, particularly young carers and those in work; community volunteers;
o getting funding in place faster for charities and voluntary sector.
• Primary care: o Support plan to be published in January; o not just GPs, but also community pharmacy, dentistry and aspects of eye care.
• Improved quality and patient safety:
o priorities and work plan for revitalised National Quality Board to be published in summer 2015;
o commendation of Medical Royal Colleges’ Guidance for taking responsibility: accountable clinicians and informed patients;
o continued drive to embed improvements in safe and compassionate care.
• Parity of Mental Health: o introduction of access and waiting time standards in mental health services;
22�Chief�Executive�Report.pdf
Top
Overall�Page�177�of�264Page�3�of�7
o provision of mental health support as integral part of NHS111, 24/7 Crisis Care Home Treatment Teams and enough capacity to prevent children, young people or vulnerable adults undergoing mental health assessment in police cells;
o investment in community child and adolescent mental health services; o community-based specialist teams for children and young people with eating
disorders.
• Learning disabilities (LD): o reduction in reliance on inpatient care for people with LD or autism.
• IMT:
o aiming for paperless NHS; o using data and technology to transform outcomes for patients and citizens; o expand provision of online services; o use of NHS patient ID number in all services; o electronic prescriptions, structured and coded discharge summaries; o interoperable digital records.
• Modern health and care workforce:
o workforce able to work across acute and community and beyond traditional professional demarcations with flexible skills and ability to adapt and innovate;
o creation of plans to develop existing and future workforce to deliver transformation and new models of care;
o introduction of nursing and midwifery revalidation from end Dec 2015. The Board will be considering the Trust’s developing operational plan in its January development session and the guidance broadly reflects our strategy and priorities. It provides assurance that the overall shape and focus of our system-wide transformational programmes in North and South Derbyshire are appropriate. Given this fit, and the progress being made on system transformation across Derbyshire, a key question will be the appetite for submitting applications to be part of the ‘vanguard’ or pioneer programme that is being initiated nationally. NHS England is looking for local systems who want to accelerate the development of the new models of care described in the Five Year Forward View. Further guidance on this is awaited and discussions with CCGs and other partners are ongoing. There will be an opportunity to discuss this in mode detail in the Board development session. 4. The Care Act The Care Act 2014 is a hugely significant development in the provision of social care. Having received Royal Assent in May last year, April 2015 sees the introduction of the first phase of Act, placing a new range of statutory duties on local authorities.
Phase two is concerned with the major reforms to the way that social care is funded, including the care cap and the care account, which will not come into operation until April 2016. Part 1 of the Act consolidates and modernises the framework of care and support law and includes: new duties for local authorities and new rights for service users and carers.
Parts 2 and 3 of the Act deal with recommendations from the Francis report (Report of the Mid Staffordshire NHS Foundation Trust Public Inquiry), quality failure in health care
22�Chief�Executive�Report.pdf
Top
Overall�Page�178�of�264Page�4�of�7
providers and setting up a new performance rating system for health and care providers as well as establishing Health Education England and the Health Research Authority.
In summary the Act:
• modernises the framework of care and support law; • aims to make care and support clearer and fairer and to put people’s wellbeing at the
centre of decisions, and embed and extend personalisation; • places new responsibilities on Local authorities to support all local people, including
self-funders, and; • significantly changes the way that people will access the care and support system.
The Act has three main themes:
Wellbeing Principle: there is a new emphasis on wellbeing, with a new statutory principle of individual wellbeing underpinning the Act and as the driving force behind care and support. All local authorities have a general duty “… in the case of an individual, [is] to promote that individual’s wellbeing” and it applies equally to adults with care and support needs and to their carers. In certain circumstances it can also apply to children, their carers and to young carers in transition.
Prevention: local authorities (and their partners in health, housing, welfare and employment services) must now take steps to prevent, reduce or delay the need for care and support for all local people.
The Act attempts to rebalance the focus of social care on postponing the need for care rather than only intervening at crisis point. The aim is that the care and support system intervenes early to support individuals, helps people retain or regain their skills and confidence, and prevents needs or postpones deterioration wherever possible.
Integration: the Act includes a statutory requirement for local authorities to collaborate, cooperate and integrate with other public authorities e.g. health and housing when carrying out their care and support functions. It also requires seamless transitions for young people moving to adult social care services. The guidance identifies that it is important that engagement in the planning, preparation and delivery of the Act is wider than the adult social care function elements of local authorities, for example in relation to prevention, and information and advice.
In addition to placing very significant new demands on our Local Authority partners the act has implications for the Trust and other NHS organisations:
• NHS, housing and children’s services share the duty to integrate. • Partners and providers will find:
o a need to respond to the wellbeing principle (as reflected in 2015/16 Planning Guidance);
o greater local authority focus on promoting diversity and quality in the market and market intelligence about self-funders needed;
o greater local authority involvement in services focused on prevention and delay o national, not local, eligibility criteria; o new, statutory safeguarding arrangements.
22�Chief�Executive�Report.pdf
Top
Overall�Page�179�of�264Page�5�of�7
The implementation of the Act is being reported and considered through the Derbyshire Health and Wellbeing Board. This ensures that the wider implications are recognised and managed in related partnership workstreams such as the Better Care Fund implementation and our system transformation work. 5. Progress with the Extra Mile Awards Over the last three weeks Board colleagues have been involved in the judging panels for this year’s Extra Mile Awards, along with public and staff governors. With a record breaking number of nominations this year this has been an incredibly positive, uplifting and somewhat challenging process. I would like to thank everyone who has volunteered their time and participated so energetically. We have a fantastic range of shortlisted finalists and winners to look forward to recognising and celebrating with in March. 6. Headline organisational performance – ‘the big 9’
Month 9 performance against the Big 9 priorities for 2014/15 is attached.
Monitoring Information Brief Summary and References
Are there Governor Involvement implications?
Planning and associated transformation will be built on organisational and system engagement with governors.
Are there Equality & Diversity implications?
Our organisational and system plans and transformational programmes will involve service developments and changes. These will be co-developed with the community and subject to equality impact assessment.
Are there Patient, Public and Stakeholder Involvement implications?
Transformational programmes include engagement and communication workstreams.
Risk Register
Is the issue on the current Risk Register? N/A
Risk Number on Register N/A
Does this update recommend a change in the current risk score? (If so, please provide your rationale below) N/A
22�Chief�Executive�Report.pdf
Top
Overall�Page�180�of�264Page�6�of�7
Summary Report from Quality Business Committee
Report To: Trust Board
Date: 29 January 2015
Name of Reporting Committee / Group: Quality Business Committee
Date of Meeting: 21 January 2015
Presenter: Tony Okotie, Chairman
Author: David Boddy, Corporate Governance Manager
Key Issues
7/15 Board Assurance Framework Quarterly Review - KF informed the Committee that an overview of Quality Business had been reviewed by the January Audit Committee. Owing to timing issues, the BAF had also been reviewed by the January Audit Committee prior to it appearing at this meeting of QBC. The Committee considered the level of risk assigned to each strategic risk and whether there were any further ‘Gaps in Assurance or Control’. CS recommended that: • 3.1.3 Risk to delivery of IBP due to changes in Commissioner priorities - the wording is to be extended to also include "and national policy" • 3.2.1 Estates - reduce the score from 12 to 8 • 3.2.5 IMT plans - increase the score from 8 to 12 (3 by 4) It was agreed that for 3.1.2 competitive environment - the score will be reviewed in March once we know the outcome of the Children's tender. The Committee took assurance from the report. 9/15 Performance Framework - CS discussed the proposed changes to the Trust Performance Framework. The document includes the learning from the successful foundation trust application, and the refinements required to adapt for the changing external environment we operate in. CS said that the updated version explicitly links to the BAF and its Key Performance Indicators. Each of the Board subcommittees will address the relevant sections of the Performance Framework in the new year. The Committee took assurance from the report. 10/15 2015/16 Planning Annual Planning TB updated the Committee regarding progress towards meeting the requirements from Monitor planning guidance and the one year operational plan. TB discussed good progress with work in conjunction with partner organisations. A draft plan will presented to Board in January Board and Monitor will receive a high level summary in February with sign off in April. A further session is to be arranged with the governors.
24�QBC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�182�of�264Page�1�of�5
Financial Plan CS presented an early view of the financial plan for 2015/16 and builds on the financial planning work undertaken as part of the development of the Trust’s Long Term Financial Model in 2014. Key work-streams are to be completed over the next couple of months before the final sign off of the plan in March 2015. The plan will be refined over the coming weeks as contract negotiations are completed, a review of the current level of reserves being planned for is undertaken and further detailed work around the Trust’s CIP programme is concluded. QBC will receive further updates in February and March which will inform the submission to Monitor in February and April. The Committee took assurance from the progress of the work.
11/15 Capital & Estate Programme Group Summary Report - WJ updated QBC that the majority of the Capital Programme 2014/15 projects are making satisfactory progress. Good progress is also being made with the 2015/16 programme and a paper will be presented to the February QBC meeting. WJ also informed the Committee that: the purchase of 84 Whitecotes Lane has now been completed; a Bariatric bed has been purchased; and that the action plan from 360 Assurance has been signed off. WJ went on to review the major decisions made by the group. The Committee took assurance from the work reported through the Summary Report. 12/15 Emergency Preparedness & Response (EPRR) Report - CWi reviewed the last six month’s activities to demonstrate compliance with NHS England’s Core Standards for EPRR and the requirements of the Civil Contingencies Act 2004. The Committee discussed:
The successful support that DCHS provided for the NHS England Dental Advice Line. The Committee thanked CWi, Melanie Curd and staff for their hard work. Their good work had been welcomed by NHS England
The failure of a number of GEM IT Services email servers in August 2014 causing roughly half of DCHS staff to lose access to their @dchs.nhs.uk accounts. The failure was thought to be down to the volume of data being stored in the email servers. The Committee asked CS to provide a report regarding the lessons learnt by GEM and what has been put in place to prevent a recurrence
The minimal disruption from recent industrial action and DCHS preparations for the forthcoming days of action
The Committee took assurance from the paper.
13/15 Informatics Programme Update including IM&T Summary Report - CS reported progress of the existing Informatics Programme including:
The rollout of TPP SystmOne in the Chesterfield locality.
Plans to extend the presence of VoIP telephony are on hold due to the requirement of significant capital investment to upgrade the existing VoIP platform. A business case is currently in development to assess the potential return on investment from any expenditure.
The Committee took assurance that that all appropriate steps are being taken to progress the Informatics programme in support of services and the Trust’s wider business objectives.
24�QBC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�183�of�264Page�2�of�5
14/15 Provision of Finance/Accounting and Payroll Systems and Service – Lessons Learnt - the Committee reviewed the lessons learnt from the procurement of financial accounting / payroll services. The Committee discussed the impact of capacity availability during the work. The contract with SBS has now been renegotiated with an 11.5% saving on the 2014/15 baseline contract. The Committee took assurance from the work to learn the lessons. 15/15 Analysis of Mileage Claims - AR provided analysis of mileage claims which shows an increase in mileage so far this financial year compared to a reduction target. The Committee considered the impact of the transition in patient care from community hospitals to community nursing - staff are working differently and mileage has increased. The brief analysis correlated increased mileage with increasing workload in community nursing. The Committee also identified the impact of where teams are not yet integrated, where the work is increasingly complex and where electronic support for mobile working is not yet in place. The Committee also agreed that future contract discussions should consider the travel costs of community nursing activity. TO said that it was important for staff working arrangements to be effective. The General Managers and Team Leaders should consider the most appropriate arrangements for allocation of workloads. To support the management of the work, there should be clarity regarding targets at a granular level which takes into account transport costs. The Committee took limited assurance from the report. TB was asked to include in the planning for next year: best practice elsewhere, understandable targets for activity and costs, and a toolkit for supporting manager ownership. 17/15 Performance Report - the Committee discussed performance highlights including red RAG rated KPI’s identified. People AR discussed work to improve the red RAG training performances. AR said that QSC had reviewed the Safeguarding training performance and it is noted that the compliance target is for achievement over three years. A trajectory for the training will be agreed. Absence has increased in line with seasonal expectations. Following the flu campaign, Occupation Health will refocus to support the work around long term sickness. Service WJ highlighted:
A&E Total Time in the A&E Department – at Buxton the longest wait of 480 minutes against target has been red rated. An exception report will be presented to the Board and relates to an ambulance delay
RTT Waits - 78.2% of Leicestershire Dental patients have been seen within 18 weeks against a target of 90%. WJ said that deterioration was due to University Hospital of Leicester cancelling all non-elected surgery owing to urgent care issues. This has been escalated with their Chief Nurse
Delayed Transfers of Care, OPMH - in December this was 7.9% against the target of 7.5%.
24�QBC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�184�of�264Page�3�of�5
The year to date score is 6.5%. The Monitor compliance score for quarter 3 is 8.4% and is also red rated. CS has asked Jo Furley to provide a report regarding the reasons for the deterioration and what actions are in place to improve performance.
Inpatients Average Length of Stay – this is now below the aspirational target of 20 days and is green rated. The service continues to work on reducing the average length of stay.
QSC had reviewed the performance of Total Harm Free Care elimination of the four harms which is green rated
CS and CW will discuss work required to improve our Clostridium difficile performance The Committee took assurance from the report. 18/15 Finance Report - CS reported that in Month 9 the accounts showed a surplus position of £1.10m, which represents a £0.43m adverse variance against the planned surplus of £1.55m. A year end forecast surplus of £1.6m is now expected due to delays in delivering the Cost Improvement Plan and increased pressures within the Clinical Services. The reduction in the year-end forecast surplus is a reflection of the increased financial pressures being experienced driven by overspending within Integrated Care Based Services (ICBS) and non-achievement of CIP plans. It also reflects the increased financial risk as we enter the winter period. The Trust is forecasting that it will meet all its statutory financial duties for the year. CS brought to the attention of the Committee:
Income - Cost and Volume activity is over performing by £0.15m in Month 9. The main areas driving this over performance are Planned Care Outpatient/Day Case £0.27m and Physiotherapy £0.16m. It is too early to identify this as a trend
CIP – There was an underachievement at month 9 of £648k. This is the net position after mitigations have been included. The Trust continues to develop further mitigating schemes, which will be used to address schemes that are under delivering
The Committee took assurance from the report.
19/15 Cost Improvement Plans (CIPs) Cost Improvement Plan Report - the Committee reviewed progress against the PMO schemes and transactional schemes and considered the shortfalls between actual and target figures. The report highlighted the slippages against expected CIP outturn and detailed any mitigation plans or non-recurrent savings that can be used to offset this. The Committee discussed the shortfalls regarding the IFM schemes and what work will now take place next year. TB confirmed that the PMO had received its final feedback regarding governance arrangements form 360 Assurance. All actions have been completed. Strategic Programme Group Summary Report - the Committee reviewed the key issues including approval of the project to transfer Stanton day unit services to the community. The Committee took limited assurance from the papers regarding the CIP. 20/15 Treasury Management Report - CS updated the Committee regarding management of the working capital. The Committee took assurance from the report.
24�QBC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�185�of�264Page�4�of�5
Items of Limited/Negative Assurance
31/15 Board Assurance Framework, Risk and Self-Certification Issues - the meeting discussed and recorded assurance taken with respect to each appropriate paper as well as an evaluation of all risks discussed. Papers with limited or no assurance were: 15/15 Analysis of Mileage Claims 19/15 Cost Improvement Plan Report
Indicate any new risks identified during meeting
No new risks were identified.
Decisions Made (including policies approved)
12/15 Emergency Preparedness & Response (EPRR) Group Terms of Reference - the Committee reviewed and approved the updated Terms of Reference, subject to one small amendment.
Items/issues referred to/from another Committee
During the meeting the Committee discussed three matters referred from Board: 10/15 The first draft of the CIP plan 14/15 Provision of Finance/Accounting and Payroll Systems and Service – Lessons Learnt 15/15 Analysis of Mileage Claims looked at the increase in transport costs There were no matters raised for Board briefing Issues for Governor Briefing - TB is to arrange a further annual planning session with the governors.
In Attendance
Tony Okotie TO Chair, Non-Executive Director
Tim Broadley TB Acting Director of Strategy
Kirsteen Farrar KF Trust Secretary
William Jones WJ Director of Operations
Rick Meredith RM Medical Director
Amanda Rawlings AR Director of People and Organisational Effectiveness
Chris Sands CS Director of Finance, Performance & Information
Carolyn White CW Chief Nurse & Director of Quality
David Boddy DB Corporate Governance Manager (Minute Taker)
Chris Wildsmith CW Head of Emergency Planning
24�QBC�Summary�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�186�of�264Page�5�of�5
TRUST BOARD
Document Title: Performance Framework Review
Presenter/Title: Chris Sands, Director of Finance, Performance and Information
Contents of Paper were previously discussed by:
Trust Management Executive, Quality Business Committee
Author/Title: Chris Sands, Director of Finance, Performance and Information
Contact Email and Telephone Number:
Date of Meeting: 29 January 2015 Agenda Item No: 25/14
No of pages inc. this one: 10
Document is for: (indicate with an “x” – you can populate more than one box)
Information Decision X Assurance
Purpose of Paper
The purpose of the paper is to discuss the proposed changes to the Trust Performance Framework. The paper has been updated for comments made at the Quality Business Committee. Changes to the previous framework have been included in red.
Recommendations
Board members are asked to discuss the paper
Board Assurance Framework Risk Reference
4.2.1 – There is a risk to the organisation due to not meeting regulatory, contractual or legal obligations resulting in sanctions.
Financial Impact
None direct
Further Information and Appendices:
25�Performance�Framework�Revie
Top
Overall�Page�187�of�264Page�1�of�10
Draft Performance Framework
1. Introduction
This document sets out an overarching framework for an integrated approach to performance management within the Trust that supports the Trust’s commitment to being a leader of high quality healthcare services. The document includes the learning from the successful foundation trust application, and the refinements required to adapt for the changing external environment the Trust is operating in. It defines a way forward for improving the performance of the organisation through the areas outlined within the ‘DCHS Way’ - quality service, quality people and quality business. It supports the concept of service line management, driving down responsibility to service lines at the point of service delivery. This will be underpinned by a comprehensive reporting structure that delivers information to support the management of service lines. It provides a strategic framework to enable overall coordination of all performance management activities across the Trust and ensure alignment with the Trust’s business strategies and strategic objectives and underpins the Trust’s Board Assurance Framework. 2. Context The external environment and market place will provide a number of challenges that the organisation must address or mitigate in order to ensure a high standard and levels of performance. These include:
Requirements of the regulators and commissioners
Introduction of community quality performance indicators, and increasing focus on outcome measures
New models of care, and new contractual models for delivery of care
Development of internal and external benchmarking to access the organisations fitness for purpose
Care Quality Commission (CQC) Registration process and the legislation to support it
Need to evidence benefits from innovation, which can then be spread quickly across the organisation
Increasing competitive marketplace, and the need to evidence performance improvement to retain and win new business
Continued financial downturn
Sustained cost improvement programme (CIP) achievement to deliver annual surpluses
Requirement for better business information to make better decisions Increasingly over time the Trust Management Executive will develop as a “regulator” of the performance delivered by the Trust. Key to this strategic approach is the combined development of responsibility and decision making within the organisation. In tandem the role of the Board will develop to ensure that the Directors fulfil this role effectively.
3. Aims & Purpose
This document aims to establish a framework for performance improvement that focuses on delivering safe, high quality, effective and efficient services and to ensure compliance with the regulator, other statutory requirements and the key performance improvement priorities of the Trust. It also aims to ensure that the Trust develops an approach to ensure comprehensive performance management, with a focus on high standards of compliance against performance targets.
25�Performance�Framework�Revie
Top
Overall�Page�188�of�264Page�2�of�10
The performance framework provides a systematic and planned approach to performance management and performance improvement. This will be underpinned by appropriate and timely monitoring of performance and individual responsibility, identifying accountability for achieving performance and ongoing improvement. This framework will use the DCHS Way as the overarching strategy and guiding principles in its approach to performance management and regulation, with quality being core and central to everything we do and measure. The three domains of the DCHS way will drive the approach from service level through to reporting to the Board of Directors, which in itself will ensure a clear structure to providing the appropriate assurance through to the Board Assurance Framework. We will therefore ensure that our performance framework monitors progress against addressing our strategic risks on the Board Assurance Framework, as well as our operational targets and priorities. 4. A framework for our approach Monitor identifies five key components of an effective performance improvement system. These will act as the driver and the spine of DCHS performance management and provides a clear framework from which we can continuously review our structures and internal accountability: 1. Clear targets and accountabilities linked to effective planning
A justification for each KPI included on the performance framework – Regulatory, Contractual or local
Clear KPI’s broken down to sub-organisational level
Each target is linked to a formal accountability with a lead manager, and lead Committee
2. The right, ‘forward looking’ performance tracking Efficient data collection
Reliable, user friendly information systems
Consistent format and frequency
Forecast data to highlight expected trends
Scenario planning with risk identification and mitigation plans
Clear actions and plans in place prior to any projected breach
Use of statistical techniques to identify random, causal fluctuation and variation from plans
3. Effective review meeting structure Clear and consistent sequence of review meetings
Clear terms of reference for each meeting
4. Good performance conversations The right behaviour and mindsets
A solution/action focused meeting process
5. Rewards and consequences
Recognition of strong performance, a culture of celebrating success
Rewards linked to achievement of specific, agreed targets
Clear remedial actions linked to under-performance
Collaborative mechanisms to prevent divisions/services behaving to the determent of the whole trust’s benefit
An initial assessment will need to be undertaken to understand the detailed implementation plan with an on-going review of our performance against this framework.
25�Performance�Framework�Revie
Top
Overall�Page�189�of�264Page�3�of�10
5. Involvement It is clear that for any organisation to achieve high performance standards, the goals, objectives, targets and the actual performance needs to be owned at the appropriate level. The stakeholders and critical success factors for the delivery of each target at a service level need to be identified and brought into the performance cycle where influence can be captured. By having a devolved performance management system, the Trust will promote involvement from all its key stakeholders including staff, service users, carers, members and commissioners. This will help to connect the proper use of performance indicators with the achievement of the organisations objectives and goals.
6. Implementation
Successful implementation of the performance framework assumes that there is a clear and agreed process for annual review and target setting that is linked to business planning and strategy review. This is underpinned by the framework described in section 4. The Trust has a strong over-arching strategy in place for its vision, objectives, culture and values through the creation and implementation of the DCHS Way. Through the DCHS Way, the organisation has a clear path of informing objectives from individual staff objectives up to the Integrated Business Plan. However, for these to influence our performance, five specific key enablers will be in place to support an effective performance management culture and the framework itself: A full assessment will be undertaken to understand the current position against each ‘component’ highlighted above. This will form a high level implementation plan to ensure the framework is embedded within the Trust. This must be cross referenced to the underpinning values of the framework described in section 5.
25�Performance�Framework�Revie
Top
Overall�Page�190�of�264Page�4�of�10
7. Reporting & Monitoring
The diagram below describes the high level process for formulation of objectives and targets along with the organisational reporting and monitoring cycle.
Formulation & Reporting
The diagram above highlights the relationship between the planning and target setting cycle with the performance tracking and accountability processes. This relationship is vital to ensure the organisation can measure its progress and achievement against strategic objectives but also so individual services can understand how they contribute and influence achievement of wider organisational priorities.
Underpinned by
‘Board to Front Room’
culture and philosophy
CQC
Registration
Local
Targets
Monitor
Complianc
e
QPMR by
division using
real time
information
Clear targets
and
accountabilities
at ‘The DCHS
Way’,
Divisional &
Internal
monthly review
process through
TME
Formal monthly
review through
Quality
Committees
Actions and
mitigation with
rewards and
consequences
Setting
Strategic
Direction
Based On
Vision Strategic
Objectives, and
Business plan
development
Performance
Strategy
development
Agree
reporting framework
Targets broken down
with clear metrics as a result of target setting
Conversations
Dashboards
and structured
reports and
reporting
periods
Analysis of information and
a clear
understanding
of the picture
Linked to
agreed
outcomes
To include dialogue
with deliverers of care at all tiers in
the hierarchy
Key
Stakeholder
Requiremen
ts
Strategic
Annual
Review
25�Performance�Framework�Revie
Top
Overall�Page�191�of�264Page�5�of�10
7.1 Performance Tracking
In order to ensure that performance can be tracked effectively there are a number of processes that need to be working effectively not least the delivery of information requirements.
As part of the Information Management & Technology Strategy, further implementation and review of management information and business intelligence systems will be key in meeting the Trust’s needs and allow the presentation of information and data back to managers that can be scrutinised and analysed at the appropriate level in the performance hierarchy to allow the speedy identification of areas of concern, to enable “drill down” to find the root cause, provide a consistent format for the presentation of data at each level of the organisation and ensure reports are available to all decision makers within the Trust.
Furthermore, this will be reviewed annually as part of the review of the long term IM&T strategy and the annual plan.
Increasingly the Trust will be measured on a wider range of indicators, particularly as community specific targets are developed and introduced. Therefore performance measurement is fundamental to the success of the organisation. Therefore the organisation must develop the appropriate ‘culture’ within the
Monitor (2009)
Week 1 Week 2 Week 3 Week 4
Internal team
performance review
Internal Performance Meetings
Each service line reviewed
Divisional Performance
review (Quarterly)
Trust Management Executive
meeting:
Trust priorities and cross-
divisional / service issues
External developments and implications
Critical specific service issues
Trust Executive
AD Division
Service / General
Manager
Team Level
Trust KPI Report Specific KPI
Report
KPI Report from
service line
Divisional KPI
report
Required
reports
25�Performance�Framework�Revie
Top
Overall�Page�192�of�264Page�6�of�10
Trust to encourage and create the right behaviour, mindsets and solutions focussed approach. This will be adopted through the values and principles described in the DCHS Way.
7.2 Performance Meetings
As highlighted in both the two previous diagrams, performance conversations in every part of the organisations formal and informal structures are essential. However, the structure and objectives of formal performance meetings should be clear and transparent.
Formal performance reviews will be held on a quarterly basis with each division and the executive team and will be focused around delivery against the domains of the DCHS Way but will also focus on the risks and mitigation plans for each division. More informal meetings will take place monthly with the Director of Finance, Performance and Information.
The key issues from the performance reviews will be reported through to the Trust Management Executive (TME) and the Board of Directors. These issues will be discussed on an exception basis.
Each of the Trust Committees will take responsibility for their domains of the DCHS Way, and will provide assurance to the Board on the actions being taken to improve performance where required. The KPIs will be reviewed and assigned to each of the Board Committees.
The framework highlighted in section 4 will obviously drive the content and style of the actual reviews.
7.3 Performance Systems
Highlighted within the key enablers is the critical need for robust, reliable and real time information. The Information Management & Technology Strategy sets out the vision and plan for not only a suitable system to provide and produce performance reports but also the fundamental data collection systems and process to ensure complete and accurate information is driving, ultimately, our decision making.
The Trust has invested in Business Intelligence, and is now starting to populate the new Microstrategy product with KPIs. The strategic roadmap for this system plans to move the production of all KPIs through this system, which will allow the requirements for Board, Committees, Divisional meetings and point of delivery meetings to be sourced from one place.
Through the implementation of both this performance framework and the IM&T Strategy, consideration will need to be given to the timing of information in terms of this support real time, speedy decision making. The use of forward looking, predictive analysis tools and flash reporting should be considered to allow the organisation to be as flexible as possible in both reactive and proactive responses and actions.
The diagram under section 7 describes the importance of an annual review of the performance framework and its relationship with other strategies.
8. Data Quality
Good quality data is a fundamental requirement for the delivery of high quality services. To that end the IM&T Strategy has placed specific emphasis on enabling services to record clinical information at the point of care (or as close to) via the implementation of TPP. A strategic roadmap is in place to deliver on this with key priorities being the completion of the TPP rollout across the ICBS community services in the north of the county, the migration of hospital-based services from iPM PAS to TPP, and the extension of the TPP mobile working solution for peripatetic staff.
25�Performance�Framework�Revie
Top
Overall�Page�193�of�264Page�7�of�10
Allied to the rollout of electronic solutions is the need to provide automated reporting in near real time to effectively manage data quality at a service level. There is a desire to provide this from the centralised business intelligence (BI) portal and the ownership of the data must be the responsibility of those users who enter it. System ownership of data quality must ultimately lie with the information Asset Owner (IAO) for each service/KPI. The quality of all source system data and KPI reporting thereon will be governed by the full roll out of the data quality kitemark. This will be the central point of assurance for all data reported internally and externally for the Trust. It is vital that service ownership of the kitemark is established and embedded to improve awareness of the process and to also support the ongoing maintenance programme, which is currently managed by the informatics team. The oversight of the full KPI list and source data related to this will be owned by informatics in partnership with the performance team with executive approval.
9. Performance Cycle
The diagram above outlines the process that the Trust should take at a minimum on an annual basis. As in year reviews of the Trust take place then these will feed into the process and be written into performance relationship or contract with each tier of the performance hierarchy.
10. Performance Overview
This document provides the framework and sets a structure for our performance culture. This framework will need to be underpinned by an implementation plan which strongly links to the Trusts performance culture and behaviour as set out within the DCHS Way and the subsequent approach to service line management as a whole.
Review of last year’s performance and any on-going/remedial action
Agreeing local action to deliver new targets, standards, contracts, etc
Develop performance and actions and if necessary improvement plans at each level with clear roles and responsibilities
Develop data collection processes and reporting framework
Develop benchmarks and trajectories and agree for each level & monitor
Review and refine performance framework as a mechanism for deliver of performance structure in light of the above.
Identify and agree business support for improving performance
CQC QRP Requirements, New National and local targets, internal targets
25�Performance�Framework�Revie
Top
Overall�Page�194�of�264Page�8�of�10
APPENDIX 1
ACTION PLAN
Action Detail Responsibility Timeline
1. Review of all KPIs on performance framework
KPIs to be reviewed and:
Assigned to domain of DCHS Way
Reviewed to ensure KPIs are relevant, and none missing
Agreed with Executive lead
Agreed with Board Committee
Sign off by Board
Senior Management Accountant
February 2015
2. Review of strategic risks on BAF, and review of performance KPIs
KPIs for the Board Assurance Framework to be reviewed to ensure all strategic risks are covered, and that
Senior Management Accountant
February 2015
3. Documentation of each KPI
All KPIs to have a Control Sheet completed which sets out:
The purpose of the KPI
The committee responsible for the KPI (QPC, QBC, QSC)
The source of the KPI; national, local, or commissioner
The definition of the KPI
The source of the data
The KPI owner
Head of Information / Senior Management Accountant
March 2015
4. Development of Business Intelligence to Capture all KPIs
KPIs to be automated on the Business Intelligence system. Progress to be monitored through
Head of Information
TBC pending agreement of KPIs
5. Identification of Data Quality / KPI leads for each division
To support the development of good data quality for all KPIs, divisions to identify a lead to work with informatics to promote the data quality kitemark initiative in each area
Assistant Directors
January 2015
6. Expansion of kitemark across all KPIs
Head of Information
TBC pending agreement of KPIs
7. Review timings of divisional performance meetings to feed TME and Board
Divisional meetings are currently scheduled for the week after Board and TME which does detract from a full discussion at these meetings. Propose that future meeting take place the week of TME and Board
Director of Finance, Performance and Information
January 2015 for implementation May 2015
8. Review of presentation of performance report
Head of Information / Senior Management Accountant
May 2015
25�Performance�Framework�Revie
Top
Overall�Page�195�of�264Page�9�of�10
Monitoring Information Brief Summary and References
Are there Governor Involvement implications?
A robust performance framework is required in place to report progress to Governors against regulatory KPIs
Are there Equality & Diversity implications? There may be implications in the choice of KPIs
Are there Patient, Public and Stakeholder Involvement implications?
There may be implications in the choice of KPIs
Risk Register
Is the issue on the current Risk Register? Yes No N/A
Risk Number on Register
Does this update recommend a change in the current risk score? (If so, please provide your rationale below)
Yes No N/A
25�Performance�Framework�Revie
Top
Overall�Page�196�of�264Page�10�of�10
TRUST BOARD
Document Title: Performance Report – January 2015
Presenter/Title: Chris Sands, Director of Finance, Performance & Information
Contents of Paper were previously discussed by:
Author/Title: David Caddy, Management Accountant, Performance & Costing Kate Davis, Head of Costing and Performance
Contact Email and Telephone Number: [email protected] 01246 253042
Date of Meeting: 29 January 2015. Agenda Item No: 26/15
No of pages inc. this one: 46
Document is for: (indicate with an “x” – you can populate more than one box)
Information x Decision Assurance x
Purpose of Paper
The Board Performance Report sets out a summary of DCHS’ performance against the three DCHS Way focus areas of Quality People, Quality Service and Quality Business. The Balanced Scorecard has been reviewed to incorporate the contractual and other performance regime changes in 2014/15. There are 115 green, 30 amber, 25 red and 50 unrated year to date indicators this month. The Overview of Measures at page 13 gives further details. The table below summarises the red rated year to date KPI’s. These are the key issues for the Board to focus on from a performance perspective. There are 23 red rated KPI’s identified below, all of which have exception reports provided within this report. In addition there are 2 red rated Benchmarking KPI’s which aren’t listed due to these not being specific DCHS performance measures. Individual Scorecard measures are also excluded, since they already have an overall rating in the Performance Report.
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�197�of�264Page�1�of�46
Recommendations
Note and comment
Board Assurance Framework Risk Reference
3.1.2 There is a risk to the organisation due to loss of business as a result of not actively managing the more competitive environment resulting in financial loss (Risk Reg ID - 2371) 3.2.3 There is a risk to the organisation due to the inability to meet financial targets, specifically cost improvement plans, as set out in Annual Plan and IBP resulting in financial risk and reputational damage. (Risk Reg ID - 2374) 3.2.4 There is a risk to the organisation due to the inability to meet contractual activity targets, resulting in financial risk (Risk Reg ID - 2375)
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�198�of�264Page�2�of�46
3.2.6 There is a risk to the organisation due to poor decisions being made due to poor data quality resulting in poor outcomes and financial loss (Risk Reg ID - 2378)
Financial Impact
The report contains a number of issues and risks that have a financial impact on the organisation. These are detailed clearly within the report including, where appropriate, any mitigation plans and strategies that are in place.
Further Information and Appendices
Attached
Monitoring Information Brief Summary and References
Are there Governor Involvement implications?
The Governors will hold the Board to account for the performance of this organisation.
Are there Equality and Diversity implications?
There may be Equality and Diversity implications for Individual KPI’s
Are there Patient, Public and Stakeholder Involvement implications?
The public and stakeholders will hold the Board to account for the performance of the organisation.
Risk Register
Is the issue on the current Risk Register? Yes No N/A
Risk Number on Register Smoking Cessation – 2417 Breastfeeding Sustrainment-2549 Avoidable Pressure Ulcers-2225
Does this update recommend a change in the current risk score? (If so, please provide your rationale below) Yes No N/A
At QBC on Wednesday 19 March 2014, the Committee discussed what should be recorded on the Cover Sheet with respect to the issues in the Performance Report that are also on the Risk Register. It was agreed that new exceptions, that impact on risks currently on the Risk Register or raise a new risk should be recorded in the Risk section.
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�199�of�264Page�3�of�46
Board Performance Report – January 2015 Background The Board Performance Report sets out a summary of DCHS’ performance against the three DCHS Way focus areas of Quality People, Quality Service and Quality Business. Section Index Document Page No’s Summary Document - Overview 2 – 3 Risk Assurance Framework Scorecard 4 Monitor Organisational Health Scorecard 5 Summary Document – DCHS Balanced Scorecard 6-11 Overview of Measures 13 DCHS Balanced Scorecard 14 – 18 HCAI Scorecard 20 CQUIN Scorecard 21 HWI Scorecard 22 RTT Waiting Times Scorecard 23 Exception Reports 25 – 39 Glossary 40 – 42 Key for RAG, arrows and Data Quality Kitemark 43
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�200�of�264Page�4�of�46
OVERVIEW Summary Overview
This month there are 115 green, 30 amber, 25 red, and 50 unrated indicators. The Overview of Measures at page 13 gives further details.
2013/2014 targets were reviewed by the Quality Business Committee at its April 2014 meeting. Contributors have been given the opportunity to propose changes to internal measures and we will continue to review and confirm all targets.
Benchmarking measures have been reviewed by the Aspirant Community Benchmarking Club. Measures have been removed and added as indicated in the report. New measures will be added as information becomes available.
Following a Board discussion, the Exception Report template has been revised to include separate areas for the summary of issues, an action plan, including assignment of responsibility for the action and a section for timescales. We introduced forecasted positions from month 5 (August) onwards.
The Trust is continuing to improve Performance Reporting within the Business Intelligence solution. These developments will facilitate consolidation of measures, improved efficiency in the collection of information, and provide greater sophistication in the rating of measures.
Data Quality Kitemark ratings have been included in the Balanced Scorecard where available. This Kitemark acts as a visual indication of data quality. Further information regarding this can be at page 43.
A secondary set of Monitor Organisational Health Indicators is now included
at page 5. These measures are derived from the Monitor Consultation on updates to the Risk Assessment Framework, published in December 2014.
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�201�of�264Page�5�of�46
Details – Monitor Risk Assurance Framework Scorecard The Monitor Risk Assurance Framework Scorecard – This is presented at
page 4. The Monitor Compliance Delayed Transfer of Care is 8.4% and is red rated. Following discussions with Commissioners, the revised Monitor measure for Clostridium Difficile lapses is 0 for December and 1 for the year to date. This has been green rated.
A secondary set of Monitor Organisational Health Indicators is now included at page 5.
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�202�of�264Page�6�of�46
Monitor Risk Assurance Framework Indicators
Measure Measure-Sub GroupRAF Appendix
A AreaRAF Target
2014/15Q1 14/15 Q2 14/15 Q3 14/15 Apr-14 May-14 Jun-14 Jul-14 Aug-14 Sep-14 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 Narrative
RTT Waits - admitted patients 90th percentile (weeks)
See note 1 1 90% 93.3% 94.7% 95.5% 94.0% 95.0% 93.3% 93.1% 90.7% 94.7% 95.2% 92.8% 95.5%Quarterly scores are quarter ending
scores
RTT Waits - non admitted patients 95th percentile (weeks)
2 95% 99.0% 98.5% 98.4% 99.0% 99.0% 99.2% 98.6% 100.0% 98.5% 97.5% 99.6% 98.4%Quarterly scores are quarter ending
scores
RTT Waits - incomplete pathway 92nd percentile (weeks)
3 92% 100.0% 98.0% 98.8% 98.0% 99.0% 100.0% 98.9% 99.4% 98.0% 98.0% 97.8% 98.8%Quarterly scores are quarter ending
scores
A&E 4 Hour Wait for A&E Attendances (%) 4 >95% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 99.5% 99.8% 100.0% 100.0% 99.9% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%Quarterly scores are quarter ending
scores
Healthcare Care Associated Infections - Clostridium difficile lapses (no.)
14 12 (year) 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0Quarterly figures are just for the
quarter
Delayed Transfer of Care for OPMH - Monitor compliance framework calculation (%)
16 <7.5% 6.6% 4.4% 8.4% 7.1% 5.1% 6.6% 4.3% 4.9% 4.4% 8.7% 8.7% 8.4% Monitor quarterly calculation.
Mental health data completeness: identifiers 17 97% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Certification against compliance with requirements regarding access to healthcare for people with a
learning disability19 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
To be reported to EDS & quarterly to QSC
Data completeness: community services , comprising:
referral to treatment information
20 50% 82.5% 82.5% 83.1% 82.5% 82.5% 82.5% 82.5% 82.5% 82.5% 83.1% 83.1% 83.1%Quarterly scores are quarter ending
scores
Data completeness: community services , comprising:
referral information 20 50% 74.7% 74.7% 75.4% 74.7% 74.7% 74.7% 74.7% 74.7% 74.7% 75.4% 75.4% 75.4%Quarterly scores are quarter ending
scores
Data completeness: community services , comprising:
treatment activity information
20 50% 74.7% 74.7% 75.4% 74.7% 74.7% 74.7% 74.7% 74.7% 74.7% 75.4% 75.4% 75.4%Quarterly scores are quarter ending
scores
Governance Score Rating 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
Monitor & TDA reporting periods are shown
Note 1 - Delayed Transfer of Care calculation for October has been revised from 10.6% to 8.7%Note 2 - Changes to April & June Clostridium Difficile figures made in Novemberote 3 - Clostridium Difficile Figures now relate to lapses
Reporting Method TDA
Only measures applicable to DCHS are show
Monitor
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�203�of�264Page�7�of�46
Monitor - Organisational Health Indicators
Measure Measure-Sub GroupTarget
2014/15Q1 14/15 Q2 14/15 Apr-14 May-14 Jun-14 Jul-14 Aug-14 Sep-14 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 Narrative
Patient Metrics-Patient Satisfaction - Friends and Family
Patient >71 89.0 91.0 84.0 90.0 89.0 88.0 87.0 91.0 87.0 89.2 90.9 Quarterly scores are quarter ending scores
Staff Metrics-Executive Turnover Staff2 or less in 6 months
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Quarterly scores are quarter ending scores. Board turnover figure
Staff Metrics-Staff Satisfaction-Engagement Rates Staff 76.8% 76.2% 76.0% 76.2% 76.2% 76.2% 76.0% 76.0% 76.0% 76.0% 76.0% Quarterly scores are quarter ending scores
Staff Metrics - Pulse Check - Recommend DCHS to Friends and Family as a Place to Work
Staff 72% 71.0% 71.0% 71.0% 71.0% Quarterly scores are quarter ending scores
Staff Metrics-Sickness Absence Rate Staff 3% 3.0% 4.0% 4.3% 3.6% 3.4% 3.9% 3.6% 3.7% 4.1% 4.1% 5.0% Quarterly scores are quarter ending scores
Staff Metrics-Proportion of Temporary Staff (Agency & Bank) as a % of total workforce costs
Staff 3.8% 3.2% 2.0% 3.5% 3.8% 3.3% 2.7% 3.2% 3.0% 2.4% 2.3% Quarterly scores are quarter ending scores
Overal Score Rating 2 3 1 1 2 2 3 2 2 2 2
Reporting Method TDA Monitor
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�204�of�264Page�8�of�46
Board Performance Report – January 2015
Details – DCHS Balanced Scorecard QUALITY PEOPLE HEADLINES : (page 14) Key Issues
Total Workforce Costs (£,000) – The year to date costs for our workforce are £83,478k against our target of £83,450k and is amber rated.
Health Visitor WTE (no) – The Trust has target of 145.0 Health Visitors for the year to date and a total of 146.5 Health Visitors for the year end. In December, we had a total of 132.5 Health Visitors and 6 Family Nurse Partnership staff, making a total of 138.5. This has been amber rated.
Staff Attendance (%) – Attendance in December has decreased to 94.99%. The rolling 12 month attendance is 96.03%. Our December absence rate is 5.01%. Long term sickness is 3.06% and short term is 1.95% (long term is those absences over 30 days). Anxiety, Musculoskeletal and Colds, Coughs and Influenza were the main issues this month. The Attendance Management Group meets on a monthly basis to address attendance issues.
Board Turnover (no) –A Non-Executive member of the Board resigned in December. The previous resignation was recorded in July 2013. This has been green rated since the target is 2 or less resignations within a six month period.
Staff Turnover (%) – This measures the movement of employees joining and leaving DCHS and can be an indication that DCHS is viewed as a good place to work. Staff turnover was 9.41% which is green rated against a plan of 14%.
Vacancies - Average Length of Time (days) – The Average Length of Time
to Recruit is 53.4 days and is green rated against a target of 60 days. The Average Length of Time from Offer to 1st Working Day is 38.0 days against a target of 40 days and in green rated. The average Length of Time for Pre Appointment checks is 16.1 days against a target of 21 days and is green rated. In December, 5.64 wte posts were not filled first time due to candidates not being suitable or a limited amount of candidates being available for interview.
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�205�of�264Page�9�of�46
Essential Learning (% Compliance) – The Essential Learning day covers
the key areas of Core Mandatory Learning identified by DCHS and supports compliance with the NHS Litigation Authority and CQC requirements. All staff are required to complete the Essential Learning Course every two years. 94% of staff have completed their Essential Learning within the past 2 years, as at the end of December. This remains amber rated. Alternative methods of delivering the training including e-learning are being developed to help improve this level of performance.
Information Governance Training (% Compliance) – Information Governance Training needs to be completed annually by all staff. This training can be undertaken by attending the Essential Learning day, completing a workbook or via e-learning. The Trust has a target that at least 95% of staff complete this training annually. As at the end of December the Trust’s performance is 91% of staff being compliant with this training requirement and is amber rated.
Fire Training (% Compliance) – DCHS staff are required to complete annual Fire Training. There are a number of delivery methods for this training including e-learning. The Trust has a target that at least 95% of staff receive this training annually. However, this still remains a challenging target with a compliance of 90% in December. This target is amber rated.
Training - Resuscitation & Safeguarding (% Compliance) – Resuscitation
and Safeguarding compliance have now been reported under separate headings. Analysis of compliance shows that • 84% of clinical staff have completed Resuscitation Training, • 69% have completed Safeguarding Children Level 2 • 84% have completed level 3, where this is required for their role. • 59% have completed Safeguarding Adults level 2. The Level 1 element for both Adults and Children’s safeguarding is included within the Essential Learning programme that all staff (clinical and non-clinical) undertake every 2 years. Safeguarding is green rated against each levels’ year to date target. Resuscitation is red rated against a target of 95%. The Resuscitation exception report is presented at page 25.
Staff with Appraisal Completed (% Compliance) – 100% of our staff are expected to receive an annual appraisal. The aim of appraisals is to provide a comprehensive review of the performance of individual staff, identify any training and development needs and to record their overall contribution to the organisational goals of DCHS. Performance in December remained below this target, with 86% of staff having received an appraisal in the last year. This measure has again been red rated. Directorates are being reminded that they should have a robust process in place to ensure all out of date appraisals are chased and put back on track. Given the current performance, this remains a
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�206�of�264Page�10�of�46
key area of focus for DCHS. Further details regarding current performance and improvement plans are provided in an exception report at page 26. QUALITY SERVICE HEADLINES: (pages 15 - 16) Key Issues
The HCAI summary is presented at page 19. A review has been undertaken during January 2015 of Clostridium difficile infections data to ensure that it reflects the national reporting requirements. Commissioners, in reaching their decision on whether an individual case of C. difficile should count towards the aggregate number of cases on the basis of which contractual sanctions are calculated, may take into account information about the extent to which individual CDIs are linked, or not with lapses in care by the relevant organisation reporting the infection (Clostridium difficile infection objectives for NHS 2014).
To date there have been 12 positive results reported for DCHS. Clostridium Difficile figures now include an agreed lapse count, following agreement with our Commissioners. The number of cases identified as having a lapse in care is the reporting data required by Monitor. The actual number of agreed lapses in care is 1 for the year to date against a target of 9. This is discussed in the Quality Report. There are a further 6 cases where Root Cause Analysis (RCA) is in progress.
The CQUIN summary is presented at page 20. The reduction in the prevalence of pressure ulcers by 1.5% is green rated for the month and has been red rated for the year to date. An exception report is presented at page 27.
The RTT Waiting Times scorecard is presented at page 23. An exception
report is also included for the 35 13 week waiters in the AHP Respiratory Service at page 38.
Complaints (no) – The number of complaints received in December was 8. This information has been reconciled to DATIX and confirmed by the Patient Support Team.
A&E Total Time in the A&E Department (non admitted) - Longest (mins) – We had a longest wait of 480 minutes at Buxton against a target of 360 minutes. This has been red rated. An exception report is presented at page 29.
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�207�of�264Page�11�of�46
RTT Waits - admitted patients seen within 18 weeks - (%) (target) (1A) –
78.2% of Leicestershire Dental patients have been seen within 18 weeks against a target of 90%. This has been red rated. An exception report is presented at page 39.
Patients who have operations cancelled for non clinical reasons on the day (%) – In December no patients had operations cancelled against a target of 0.8. This has been green rated. The year to date figure is 0.54% and is green rated.
Delayed Transfer of Care - OPMH (%) – DCHS have a target to reduce the time patients stay in an OPMH bed as a result of transfer delays. In December this was 7.9%. This is above the target of 7.5% and is therefore red rated. The year to date score is 6.5%. The Monitor compliance score for quarter 3 is 8.4% and is also red rated. An exception report is presented at page 29.
Inpatients Average Length of Stay (no) – DCHS have a target to reduce the average time patients stay in an inpatient bed by increasing the amount of care provided in the community. The average length of stay in December was 17.7 days and the 3 month year to date performance decreased to 19.4 days. This is now below the aspirational target of 20 days and is green rated. The service continues to work on reducing the average length of stay.
Total Harm Free Care, in accordance with Safety Express (%) – The elimination of the four “harms” of Pressure Ulcers, Falls, Urinary Tract Infections and New Venous Thromboembolism falls to an green rated score of 93.78% for December, against the Trust target of 93%. Our year to date target is amber rated at 92.31%. Further information will be presented in the Quality report.
Avoidable grade 2, 3 & 4 Pressure Ulcers – Avoidable grade 2, 3 & 4
Pressure Ulcers (no) – In December 3 instances were recorded. This target is red rated and is discussed in the Quality Report.
Falls resulting in severe injury or death (no.) – There were 3 falls reported
on STEIS in December. This measure remains red rated. Further information will go to the Quality Service Committee (QSC). Falls prevention strategies continue to be developed to reduce the risk of an event. An exception report is presented at page 30.
Breastfeeding sustainment from 10 days to 6-8 weeks after birth (%) –With our support, 79% of mothers have sustained breastfeeding for 6-8 weeks after birth for the year so far. We had planned to achieve 84%. This measure is red rated. An exception report is presented at page 31.
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�208�of�264Page�12�of�46
Integrated Wellbeing-Smoking Quitter & Weight Management Indicators
– The New integrated Wellbeing Service contract began in December 2014, replacing the previous smoking measures. This has been given an overall red rating. A more detailed summary set of measures have been included at page 21. Exception reports have been presented at pages 32 to 34. QUALITY BUSINESS HEADLINES: (pages 16 - 17)
The Monitor Risk Assurance Framework Scorecard – This is presented at page 4. The Monitor Compliance Delayed Transfer of Care is 8.4% and is red rated. Following discussions with Commissioners, the revised Monitor measure for Clostridium Difficile lapses is 0 for December and 2 for the year to date. This has been green rated.
A secondary set of Monitor Organisational Health Indicators is now included at page 5. These measures are derived from the Monitor Consultation on updates to the Risk Assessment Framework, published in December 2014. Key Issues
Better Payment Practice Code (%) – DCHS is signed up to the Better Payment Practice Code (BPPC) which means we aim to pay at least 95% of suppliers within 30 days. In December we were green rated for the value measure with a score of 96.84%. The year to date score is green at 97.29%. We are red rated for the volume measure with a score of 91.79% for December and a year to date score of 96.93%. Delays in the authorisation of one invoice for payment to a supplier meant that the invoice was paid late. Further training for the relevant parties has been carried out. This was discussed in the Treasury Management Report at the Quality Business Committee (QBC).
Activity Performance (no.) – Activity Performance (no.) – The majority of service lines are either overperforming against their year to date profiled activity plans, or have very low and therefore recoverable levels of underperformance. Activity in December has been maintained for most specialties. An Exception report for Vasectomies has been included at page 35.
FT Membership (no.) – Our Foundation Trust Membership has increased to
12,541 members against our aspiration of 12,502 members is green rated.
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�209�of�264Page�13�of�46
We are aiming to have recruited between 12,500 and 13,000 members by the end of March 2014/15.
Health Visiting (all measures ) – We screened 90.5% of babies within 10-14 days in December, against a target of 95%-100% giving a year to date figure of 90.1% which is amber rated. The percentage of mothers who received an antenatal contact in December was 68.4% against a target of 95%. This has been red rated. The year to date measure is 66.3%, which is also red rated. An exception report is presented at page 36.
Chlamydia Screening (no.) - We screened 61 clients in December giving a
year to date figure of 1,307 which is below our plan of 2,706 clients and is therefore red rated. An exception report is presented at page 37.
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�210�of�264Page�14�of�46
DCHS
Board Performance Management Reports January 2015
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�211�of�264Page�15�of�46
Month
Measure
Monitor Risk Assurance Framework Scorecard
Scorecards-Monitor Risk Assurance Framework 11 (11) 10 (10) 0 (0) 1 (1) 0 (0)
Scorecards-Monitor Organisational Health Indicators 6 (6) 2 (2) 2 (2) 0 (0) 2 (2)
Totals 17 (17) 12 (12) 2 (2) 1 (1) 2 (2)
DCHS Balanced Scorecard
Quality People 28 (28) 9 (7) 8 (7) 2 (5) 9 (9)
Quality Service - Service User Experience 22 (22) 11 (12) 2 (2) 3 (2) 6 (6)
Quality Service - Service User Safety 18 (16) 11 (10) 2 (2) 3 (2) 2 (2)
Quality Service - Clinical Effectiveness & Planning 4 (4) 0 (0) 1 (1) 3 (3) 0 (0)
Quality Business - Finance 3 (3) 2 (2) 0 (0) 1 (1) 0 (0)
Quality Business - Business & Marketing 17 (17) 6 (7) 3 (3) 3 (2) 5 (5)
Quality Business - IM&T 5 (5) 4 (5) 1 (0) 0 (0) 0 (0)
Quality Business - FT Regime 6 (6) 5 (5) 1 (1) 0 (0) 0 (0)
Aspirant Community FT Benchmmarks 20 (20) 12 (14) 6 (4) 2 (2) 0 (0)
Totals 123 (121) 60 (62) 24 (20) 17 (17) 22 (22)
Other Scorecards
Scorecards-Healthcare Associated Infections 17 (16) 15 (14) 2 (2) 0 (0) 0 (0)
Scorecards-CQUIN 14 (14) 10 (8) 2 (3) 1 (1) 1 (2)
Integrated Wellbeing 49 (0) 18 0 6 25
Totals 80 (30) 43 (22) 4 (5) 7 (1) 26 (2)
Grand Total 220 (168) 115 (96) 30 (27) 25 (19) 50 (26)
Percentages Allocated 100% 77% 52% 44% 14% 12% 11% 9% 23% 13%
The previous month totals are shown in bracketsMeasures included:
Quality ServiceCQC Non-Compliance with Essential Standards resulting in Enforcement ActionHealthcare Care Associated Infections - Clostridium difficile -lapses count (no.)Measures removed:
Derbyshire Community Health Services Board Performance Overview of Measures
January-15
Total Number of YTD
Measures Rated Green
Total Number of YTD
Measures Rated Amber
Total Number of YTD Measures
Rated Red
Total Number of YTD Unrated
Measures
Total Number of Measures
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�212�of�264Page�16�of�46
Measure Type Frequency Director 2013 / 14 Outturn
2014 / 15 Full Year Target
Year to Date Target
Year to Date Q1
Year to Date Q2
Year to Date Q3
Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 Trend Year to Date Narrative
Total Workforce Cost (£000s) 12 Internal Monthly DoHR 120,703 110,992 83,450 27,952 55,683 83,478 9,317 9,235 9,225 83,478 Includes Agency & Bank. Plan revised to match QBC Finance report.
Temporary Staffing Costs - Agency (£000's) 12 External Monthly DoHR 3,394 0 0 620 1,225 1,679 173 154 127 1,679 Funded by vacancies budget.
Temporary Staffing Costs - Bank (£000's) 12 External Monthly DoHR 1,765 0 0 434 880 1,306 161 129 136 1,306 Funded by vacancies budget.
Agency & Bank Spend (Clinical) as a % of total workforce costs (%) 12 External Monthly DoHR 3.3% 5.0% 5.0% 3.1% 3.1% 2.9% 3.0% 2.4% 2.3% 2.9%
Headcount (no.) 18 Internal Monthly DoHR 4,354 4,077 4,101 4,063 4,093 4,080 4,063 4,063 ytd is month 12 average. LCR staff transferred 1st April.
Health Visitor WTE (no.) 18 External Monthly DoHR 140.5 139.0 134.0 129.2 138.5 130.9 131.2 132.5
Family Nurse Partnership & Specialist Nurses (no.) External Monthly DoHR 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 0.0 6.0 6.0 6.0
Staff Attendance (%) 18 Internal Monthly DoHR 96.00% 97% 97% 96.00% 95.98% 96.03% 95.95% 95.92% 94.99% 96.03% Year to Date is rolling 12 month average. YTD absence rate is 4.03%. NHS absence rate is 4.25% (4.20% East Midlands).
Staff Turnover (%) 18 Internal Monthly DoHR 10.16% <14% <14% 9.62% 9.34% 9.59% 11.44% 10.07% 9.41% 9.59% Year to Date is rolling 12 month average. Changes to ESR data took place in October.
Board Turnover (no.) 12 Internal Monthly DoHR 2 2 or less in 6 months
2 or less in 6 months
0 0 1 0 0 1 1
Redundancy (no.) 18 External Monthly DoHR 13 1 3 17 14 0 0 17
Vacancies-Average Length of Time To Recruit (days) External Monthly DoHR 60 60 54.1 54.4 53.4 55.2 55.3 53.4 53.4 The average length of time from an approved vacancy being advertised on NHS Jobs to an agreed start date of employment being confirmed including time taken to complete pre-employment checks. The monthly figure is the rolling 12 month figure.
Vacancies-Average Length of Time From Offer to 1st Working Day (days) External Monthly DoHR 40 40 32.9 38.0 38.0 38.0 38.5 38.0 38.0 The average length of time from an agreed offer of employment being made to the applicant commencing employment with DCHS. The monthly figure is the rolling 12 month figure.
Vacancies-Average Length of Time For Pre Appointment Checks (days) External Monthly DoHR 21 21 20.9 25.0 16.1 17.3 17.0 16.1 16.1 The average length of time for pre-employment checks to be completed. The monthly figure is the rolling 12 month figure.
Vacancies-Externally Filled (no.) Internal Monthly DoHR 58 32 13 42 17 13 13
Vacancies-Internally Filled (no.) Internal Monthly DoHR 2 11 8 10 13 8 8
Advertised Vacancies (no.) 18 Internal Monthly DoHR 584 54 49 48 45 46 48 48
Essential Learning completed (% compliance) 18 Internal Monthly DoHR 97% 95% 95% 94% 93% 94% 93% 93% 94% 94% Year to Date is rolling 12month average-shows compliance to the renewal date.
Information Governance Training (% compliance) 18 External Monthly DoHR 95% 95% 95% 90% 88% 91% 87% 89% 91% 91% Year to Date is rolling 12 month average.
Fire Training (% compliance) 18 External Monthly DoHR 93% 95% 95% 89% 88% 90% 88% 89% 90% 90% Year to Date is rolling 12 month average.
Training - Resus (% compliance) External Monthly DoHR 95% 95% 85% 84% 84% 65% 81% 84% 84% Essential Training. Exception report at page 25.
Training - Safeguarding (overall rating) External Monthly DoHR 95%
New starters attending induction (% compliance ) 18 Internal Monthly DoHR 98% 95% 95% 100% 95% 100% 93% 98% 100% 100% Year to Date is rolling 12 month average-assignment data.
Staff with appraisal completed (% compliance) 18 Internal Annually DoHR 93% 100% 100% 87% 81% 86% 81% 82% 86% 86% Year to Date is rolling 12 month average-ESR data. Exception report at page 26. New starters with less than 12 months service have been excluded from October.
Improvement in Staff Survey Engagement Rates (%) Internal Annually DoHR 64.2% 76.8% 76.4% 76% 76% 76% 76% 76% 76% 76% Big 9 figures used.
Pulse Check - recommend DCHS to friends and family as a place to work (score) Internal Annually DoHR 3.76 Annual.
Pulse Check - Recommend DCHS to Friends and Family If They Needed Care or Treatment (%) Internal Quarterly DoHR 90% 90% 90% 90% 90% 90% Quarterly.
Pulse Check - Recommend DCHS to Friends and Family as a Place to Work (%) Internal Quarterly DoHR 72% 72% 71% 71% 71% 71% Quarterly.
Staff Net Promoter Question Result (no.) Internal Quarterly DoHR 3.78 Annual.
QU
ALIT
Y PE
OPL
E
FEED
BACK
WO
RKFO
RCE
MET
RICS
TRAI
NIN
G
DCHS BOARD PERFORMANCE REPORT BALANCED SCORECARD
Data Quality ScoreFocus Area
Family Nurse Partnership Specialist Nurse WTE contribute to the overall WTE for Health Visiting and have been added as a separate line.
142.0 137.9
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�213�of�264Page�17�of�46
Measure Type Frequency Director 2013 / 14 Outturn
2014 / 15 Full Year Target
Year to Date Target
Year to Date Q1
Year to Date Q2
Year to Date Q3
Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 Trend Year to Date Narrative
DCHS BOARD PERFORMANCE REPORT BALANCED SCORECARD
Data Quality ScoreFocus Area
Patient Revolution Friends & Family Test (no.) External Monthly DoNQ 90.4 >71 >71 89.0 91.0 90.9 87.0 89.2 90.9 90.9 YTD is current month score. NHS England will change the calculation for the January 15 collection.
Complaints Received (no.) External Monthly DoNQ 192 29 60 95 11 16 8 95 One complaint in December related to November.
PLACE (score) External Quarterly DoSD 97% 95% 95% 94.9% 98.0% 89.0% 89.0% 89.0% Q1-Looks at the environment in which care is provided and the quality of non-clinical services - food and privacy and dignity. Q2-Looks at cleanliness. Q3-external verification.Q4=Q1.
Certification against compliance with requirements regarding access to healthcare for people with a learning disability External Monthly DoNQ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes To be reported to EDS & quarterly to QSC.
A&E A&E Targets (rating) 18 External Monthly DoSD Longest wait Buxton 480 minutes. Exception report at page 28.
RTT Waiting Times (Scorecard) 18 External Monthly DoSD Leicester Dental. Exception reports at page 39.
Choose and Book Targets (rating) Internal Monthly DoSD Choose & Book - Appointment slots available - no of patients unable to book (%) 3.2% December 3.7% ytd.
Diagnostics - Patients exceeding 6 weeks wait (%) External Monthly DoSD 0.3% <1% <1% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%
Patients who have operations cancelled for non clinical reasons on the day (%) External Monthly DoSD 0.8% <0.8% <0.8% 0.0% 0.3% 0.5% 1.0% 1.4% 0.0% 0.5% 4 patients in November - Endoscopy failure. All patients re booked for a December procedure.
Patients who have operations cancelled for non clinical reasons receiving treatment within 28 days (%) External Monthly DoSD 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Mixed Sex Accommodation Breach Rate (No) External Monthly DoSD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Delayed Transfer of Care (%) External Monthly DoSD 8.6% <12.5% <12.5% 9.5% 8.8% 8.6% 9.7% 6.2% 7.9% 8.6% Percentage of patients whose discharge is delayed for non clinical reasons (DTOC). Contract calculation for Inpatients & OPMH.
Delayed Transfer of Care for Inpatient (Rehab & Urgent Care) - contract calculation (%) External Monthly DoSD 9.3% 10.4% 10% 9% 10% 6% 8% 9.2%
Delayed Transfer of Care for OPMH - contract calculation (%) External Monthly DoSD 6.6% <7.5% <7.5% 6.6% 6.6% 6.6% 8.7% 8.7% 7.9% 6.5%
Delayed Transfer of Care for OPMH - Monitor compliance framework calculation (%) External Monthly DoSD 6.9% <7.5% <7.5% 5.1% 5.1% 8.4% 8.7% 8.7% 8.4% 8.4% Year to date is the Quarterly monitor calculation. Exception report at page 29.
Inpatient (Rehab & Urgent care) Average Length of Stay (days) 18 Internal Monthly DoSD 67.9 20.0 20.0 22.8 20.6 19.4 21.9 19.4 17.7 19.4 Linked to achievement of IBP. Year to Date is 3 month rolling average.
Older Peoples Mental Health Average Length of Stay (days) Internal Monthly DoSD 64.6 53.7 62.8 66.1 51.5 56.5 62.8
Inpatient (RUC) Occupancy (%) External Monthly DoSD 80.1% 78.6% 80.5% 86.9% 85.8% 83.3% 80.5%
Older Peoples Mental Health Occupancy (%) External Monthly DoSD 88.3% 86.0% 86.8% 89.0% 89.6% 91.6% 93.2% 89.0%
LD Occupancy (%) External Monthly DoSD 76.9% 80.1% 74.4% 73.4% 72.4% 76.3% 64.4% 73.4%
Achievement of consultation /involvement/engagement inclusion priorities (%) Internal Monthly DoHR 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Discussions to take place over this measure.
New or revised policies/procedures/strategies supported by EIAs (%) Internal Monthly DoHR 83% 87% 87% 83% 83% 84% 84% 84% 84% 84%
CQC Registration - Internal (rating) External Monthly DoNQ DCHS peer review action plans require updating. Awareness sessions being developed.
CQC Registration - Impact Governance Scores (rating) External Monthly DoNQ Impact on SHA Performance Report and Compliance Framework GRRs-TDA have discontinued the report. Clostridium difficile is 0 for October, 7 ytd against a ytd target of 7.
CQC Warning Notices External Monthly DoNQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
CQC Non-Compliance with Essential Standards resulting in Enforcement Action External Monthly DoNQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
CQC Non-Compliance with Essential Standards resulting in a Major Impact on Patients External Monthly DoNQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
CQC Non-Compliance with Essential Standards resulting in Enforcement Action (Civil and or Criminal) External Monthly DoNQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total Harm Free Care, in accordance with Safety Express (%) External Monthly DoNQ 92% 93% 93% 91.87% 91.88% 92.31% 93.20% 92.37% 93.78% 92.31%
QU
ALIT
Y SE
RVIC
E
INPA
TIEN
T SE
RVIC
ESPA
TIEN
T SA
TISF
ACTI
ON
REFE
RRAL
TO
TRE
ATM
ENT
OCC
UPA
NCY
SERV
ICE
USE
R EX
PERI
ENCE
EQU
ALIT
Y
15 of 43
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�214�of�264Page�18�of�46
Measure Type Frequency Director 2013 / 14 Outturn
2014 / 15 Full Year Target
Year to Date Target
Year to Date Q1
Year to Date Q2
Year to Date Q3
Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 Trend Year to Date Narrative
DCHS BOARD PERFORMANCE REPORT BALANCED SCORECARD
Data Quality ScoreFocus Area
Avoidable Grade 2, 3 & 4 Pressure Ulcers developed or deteriorated in DCHS care (no.) 16 External Monthly DoNQ 16 0 0 30 44 52 5 1 2 52 To be discussed in the quality report.
Total Grade 3 & 4 Pressure Ulcers developed or deteriorated in DCHS care (no.) 16 External Monthly DoNQ 201 76 116 151 16 11 8 151
Incidence of Newly Acquired Pressure Ulcers (no.) 16 External Monthly DoNQ 192 59 119 165 25 21 14 165 Figure amended to reflect actual ST numbers.
Medication Errors causing Serious Harm (no.) 16 External Monthly DoNQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Top 2 Tiers of medication errors (amber/red).
NHSLA Rating (no.) External Monthly DoNQ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DCHS keeps its 13/14 rating.
Falls resulting in severe injury or death (no.) External Monthly DoNQ 13 0 0 7 14 21 2 2 3 21 Falls reported on Steis. Months of Incidents are-Apr (1 Mar 2 Apr)-May (1 April 2 May)-Jun (1 May)-Jul (2 July 1 Jun)-Aug (1 July)-Sept (3 Sept)-Oct (1 Oct 1 Sept)-Nov (2 Nov)-Dec (3 Dec). Exception report at page 30.
Duty of Candour - Failure to notify relevant person of a reportable incident (no) External Monthly DoNQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 All reporting requirements are met.
Healthcare Care Associated Infections - MRSA bacteraemia (no.) 16 External Monthly DoNQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Healthcare Care Associated Infections - Clostridium difficile (no.) 16 External Monthly DoNQ 9 12 9 6 9 12 0 0 3 12
Healthcare Care Associated Infections - Clostridium difficile - lapses count (no.) 16 External Monthly DoNQ 12 9 1 1 1 0 0 0 1
Healthcare Care Associated Infections - E Coli & MSSA (no) 16 External Monthly DoNQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Breastfeeding sustainment from 10 days to 6-8 weeks after birth (%) 18 External Monthly DoSD 76% 84% 84% 76% 75% 75% 67% 73% 79% 75% Exception reports at page 31.
Monitor Risk Assurance Framework Scorecard (RAF) (rating) External Monthly All 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 Ex TDA Report. Now Monitor Risk Assurance Framework (RAF). DTOC 8.7%. See page 4.
CQUIN Scorecard (rating) External Monthly DoSD Reduce prevalence of pressure ulcers by 1.5%, undertaking of a complaints satisfaction survey, peer reviews of complaints and agreed milestones arising from peer reviews. Exception report at page 27.
IWB overall Measures (rating) Exception reports at pages 32 to 34.
Smoking Quitter Targets (rating) 12 External Monthly DoSD See new IWB overall measures for December onwards.
CIP Achieved-Recurrent(%) Internal Monthly DoFPI 100% 67.4% 35.9% 50.0% 58.5% Discussed in the Finance Report
CIP Achieved-Non Recurrent (%) Internal Monthly DoFPI 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Discussed in the Finance Report
Better Payment Practice Code - by value (%) External Monthly DoFPI 97.69% >95% >95% 96.89% 97.87% 97.29% 99.52% 91.96% 96.84% 97.29% Discussed in the Finance Report
Better Payment Practice Code - by volume (%) External Monthly DoFPI 97.40% >95% >95% 97.83% 97.77% 96.93% 98.10% 95.30% 91.79% 96.93% Discussed in the Finance Report
Positive media stories (no.) Internal Monthly DoSD 192 68 125 185 23 23 14 185
MIU Activity (no.) 18 External Monthly DoSD 56,032 53,756 43,507 15,079 30,432 43,131 4,630 4,053 4,016 43,131
Community Beds -Discharged Occupied Bed Days (no) 18 External Monthly DoSD 65,684 49,078 19,070 30,432 47,586 5,082 4,845 3,984 47,586 Discharged Rehab & Urgent Care beds.
Outpatient and Daycase Activity (no.) 18 External Monthly DoSD 42,100 41,534 31,718 10,853 22,386 33,607 3,845 3,906 3,699 33,607
Vasectomy Service Activity (no.) 18 External Monthly DoSD 455 429 311 102 210 293 31 29 23 293 Exception report at page 35.
Podiatric Surgery Activity (no.) 18 External Monthly DoSD 14,225 13,559 10,860 3,511 7,173 11,098 1,541 1,268 1,116 11,098
Community Podiatry Activity-Non AQP (no.) 14 External Monthly DoSD 135,151 137,671 106,299 33,634 68,529 102,683 12,853 11,149 10,152 102,683
Community Podiatry Activity - AQP (no.) External Monthly DoSD 4,542 3,390 3,270 6,905 10,588 1,382 1,247 1,054 10,588 Contracted on a episodes of care basis. Previous months activity wrongly included follow-ups activity, this has been corrected in August to give correct year to date figure.
Physiotherapy Activity (no.) 15 External Monthly DoSD 116,980 115,972 85,150 28,554 58,906 88,487 10,475 9,949 9,157 88,487
35.6%15.8%
See HCAI Report. Two incidents in November related to April & June. Actual monthly figures amended accordingly. The lapses count for C diff has been agreed with Commissioners. Total cdiff cases are still recorded nationally.
58.5%90% 58.5%
CLIN
ICAL
EFF
ECTI
VEN
ESS
& P
LAN
NIN
GSE
RVIC
E U
SER
SAFE
TYN
ESS
& M
ARKE
TIN
G
Y M
ETRI
CS
FIN
ANCE
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�215�of�264Page�19�of�46
Measure Type Frequency Director 2013 / 14 Outturn
2014 / 15 Full Year Target
Year to Date Target
Year to Date Q1
Year to Date Q2
Year to Date Q3
Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 Trend Year to Date Narrative
DCHS BOARD PERFORMANCE REPORT BALANCED SCORECARD
Data Quality ScoreFocus Area
Speech and Language Therapy Activity (no.) 14 External Monthly DoSD 15,815 16,393 12,260 4,269 8,012 12,729 1,702 1,730 1,285 12,729
Diagnostic Imaging (no.) External Monthly DoSD 2,259 2,268 1,697 653 1,266 1,959 78 388 227 1,959
Health Visiting Contract (rating) 18 External Monthly DoSD New birth visits amber rated. Antenatal contact red rated. An exception report will be presented to the next Board. Exception report at page 36.
Health Visiting Activity (no.) 18 External Monthly DoSD 104,431 26,541 52,346 76,802 8,662 8,295 7,499 76,802
Community Nursing Activity (no.) 10 External Monthly DoSD 517,092 135,462 274,811 397,318 44,856 40,645 37,006 397,318
Community Matron Activity (no.) 15 External Monthly DoSD 15,897 3,618 7,604 12,607 1,423 1,543 2,037 12,607 TPP Amber Valley, Erewash, NED & SD & DD only.
Rehabilitation and Intermediate Care Activity (no.) 9 External Monthly DoSD 96,782 24,172 51,222 78,820 10,208 9,077 8,313 78,820 Includes Amber Valley & Erewash, South DD TPP data for the year. Both eCSAC & TPP data now includes NFTF data & Group Data.
Chlamydia Screening Positive Activity (no.) 12 External Monthly DoSD 2,375 2,872 2,706 242 872 1,307 99 275 61 1,307 Exception report at page 37.
Community Information Dataset Completeness-Referral to treatment information (%) External Quarterly DoFPI 67% >50% >50% 83% 83% 83% 83% 83% 83% 83%
Community Information Dataset Completeness-Referral information (%) External Quarterly DoFPI 69% >50% >50% 69% 69% 69% 69% 69% 69% 69%
Community Information Dataset Completeness-Treatment activity information (%) External Quarterly DoFPI 69% >50% >50% 75% 75% 75% 75% 75% 75% 75%
Information Governance Incidents Reported via IG toolkit - Level 2 or above (no.) External Quarterly DoFPI 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Information Governance Toolkit Achievement - measures scoring 2 or better (no) External Monthly DoFPI 38 39 35 24 32 24 28 32 32 IG training expected to be on target by end of March 15.
Financial Risk Rating (FRR) External Monthly DoFPI 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 Discontinued November 2014
Continuity of Services-Liquidity Ratio (days.) (Monitor Shadow Format) External Monthly DoFPI 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Continuity of Services-Capital Servicing Capacity (times.) (Monitor Shadow Format) External Monthly DoFPI 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Continuity of Services-Risk Rating (Monitor Shadow Format) External Monthly DoFPI 0 0 0 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
FT Membership (no.) Internal Monthly DoSt 12,281 12,500 12,500 12,298 12,295 12,541 12,520 12,502 12,541 12,541
Sickness & Absence Rates - Long Term Absence (%) 18 External Monthly DoHR 2.15% 3.0% 3.0% 2.00% 2.02% 3.06% 2.28% 2.17% 3.06% 3.06% 2.23% in July 2013.
Sickness & Absence Rates - Short Term Absence (%) 18 External Monthly DoHR 1.79% 3.0% 3.0% 1.42% 1.70% 1.95% 1.76% 1.91% 1.95% 1.95% Short Term = < 30 days. Benchmarking measure requires = <28 days. 1.87% in September 2013.
Turnover - Planned (%) 18 External Monthly DoHR 4.06% 4.06% 4.83% 4.11% 4.02% 4.02% DCHS planned turnover changes.
Turnover - Unplanned (%) 18 External Monthly DoHR 7%-17% 7%-17% 6.61% 5.96% 6.02% 6.02% Employee generated turnover changes.
New SIRIs reported per month (excluding pressure ulcers) (no.) External Monthly DoNQ 34 0 0 1 6 4 5 3 4 4
Injurous Falls per 1,000 inpatient occupied bed days (no.) External Monthly DoNQ 5.0 4 4 4.1 3.3 5.6 4.0 4.5 5.6 5.6 Rehab Inpatients Only-injurious falls-Year to Date represents current month.
Injurious and non Injurious Falls per 1,000 Inpatient Occupied Bed Days External Monthly DoNQ 12.6 9.08 9.08 13.9 8.7 9.8 10.0 9.8 11.8 11.8
Number of incidents (causing harm or otherwise) per 1,000 WTE budgeted staff (no) External Monthly DoNQ 291 181 181 308 286 283 301 282 283 283
Number of Formal Complaints Reported per 1,000 WTE Budgeted Staff External Monthly DoNQ 4.1 5.2 5.2 5.1 4.4 5.0 3.4 5.0 2.5 5.0
Safety Thermometer - Percentage of 'Harm Free' Care (New harms only) External Monthly DoNQ 98% 92% 92% 97.36% 97.66% 97.54% 97.77% 97.27% 98.56% 97.85% New benchmarking measure.
Face to face contacts per whole time equivalent (wte) community nurse per working day (no.) External Monthly DoSD 9.2 6.9 6.9 9.1 8.5 7.0 7.9 8.1 7.0 7.0
BUSI
N
ACTI
VITY
QU
ALIT
Y PE
OPL
E
BEN
CHM
ARKI
NG
QU
ALIT
Y BU
SIN
ESS
IM&
TFT
REG
IME
QU
ALIT
Y SE
RVIC
E
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�216�of�264Page�20�of�46
Measure Type Frequency Director 2013 / 14 Outturn
2014 / 15 Full Year Target
Year to Date Target
Year to Date Q1
Year to Date Q2
Year to Date Q3
Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 Trend Year to Date Narrative
DCHS BOARD PERFORMANCE REPORT BALANCED SCORECARD
Data Quality ScoreFocus Area
Total pay cost per wte community nurse (£) External Monthly DoSD 3,052 3,132 3,132 3,284 3,229 3,087 3,557 3,077 3,087 3,087 Year to Date is average for Year to Date
Face to face contacts per whole time equivalent (wte) health visitor per working day (no.) External Monthly DoSD 3.1 5.3 5.3 3.1 2.9 3 2.8 3.0 2.6 3.0
Total pay cost per wte health visitor (£) External Monthly DoSD 2,956 3,203 3,203 3,129 3,067 2,819 2,914 2,446 2,819 2,819
Average length of stay (days) 18 External Monthly DoSD 22.9 28 28 20.8 20.0 19.5 20.6 20.3 17.7 19.5 Inpatient Older Peoples' Mental Health & Learning Development Wards.
Percentage occupancy of community hospital beds (%) 18 External Monthly DoSD 85% 85%-95% 85%-95% 81% 82% 85% 89% 86% 85% 85% Inpatient & Older Peoples' Mental Health. See Quality Service section for a split.
Data Completeness-NHS Number (%) External Monthly DoSD 99.9% 99.0% 99.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Data Completeness-Ethnicity code (%) External Monthly DoSD 43.6% 90.0% 90.0% 41.7% 56.8% 61.6% 56.5% 61.2% 61.6% 61.6%
Data Completeness-Postcode (%) External Monthly DoSD 99.9% 90.0% 90.0% 99.9% 99.9% 99.9% 99.9% 99.9% 99.9% 99.9%
Data Completeness-GP Practice code (%) External Monthly DoSD 99.8% 99.0% 99.0% 99.8% 99.8% 99.8% 99.8% 99.8% 99.8% 99.8%
IM &
TQ
UAL
ITY
BUSI
NES
S
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�217�of�264Page�21�of�46
DCHS HCAI, CQUIN and Integrated Wellbeing Scorecards January 2015
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�218�of�264Page�22�of�46
Measure2014/15 Full Year
TargetYTD Target Apr-14 May-14 Jun-14 Jul-14 Aug-14 Sep-14 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 YTD
Forecast Outturn
MRSA Infections - Avoidable (No.) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
MRSA Infections - Possible (No.) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
MRSA Infections - Unavoidable (No.) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ESBL - Avoidable (No.) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
ESBL - Possible (No.) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ESBL - Unavoidable (No.) 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 2
Norovirus outbreaks (No.) 2 0 0 0 0 2 1 0 0 5
MRSA Bacteriaemia - Avoidable (No.) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
MRSA Bacteriaemia - Possible (No.) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
MRSA Bacteriaemia - Unavoidable (No.) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
MRSA Screenings - Elective Surgery (%) 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
MRSA Screenings - Non Elective Admissions (%) 100% 100% 94% 89% 100% 100% 100% 94% 100% 92% 100% 98%
MRSA Screenings - Sexual Health (%) 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Clostridium Difficile - Avoidable (No.) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Clostridium Difficile - Possible (No.) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Clostridium Difficile - Lapsed Care (No.) 12 9 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
Clostridium Difficile - Unavoidable (No.) 12 9 2 1 3 2 0 1 0 0 3 12
During the review of the data, it has become evident that DCHS requires access to the National HCAI Database to validate the Clostridium difficile samples attributed to DCHS. Currently DCHS relies on each of the CCGs to provide the data. The IP&C Matron will be approaching Public Health England to identify whether DCHS is able to have administration rights to view the database.
Lapse in CareFuture Dashboard reports will include a summary of the RCAs where a lapse in care has been identified.
Overview of trendsAn overview of trends and wards where infections have occurred will be included separately.
As avoidability is no longer the measure for Monitor, it is proposed that Appendix A below is no longer updated within this report from January 2015 onwards. However it is acknowledged prior to becoming a Foundation Trust, this information was required.
Norovirus OutbreaksThere were no outbreaks to report for December, a small number of bays were placed under barrier precautions and monitored for 48 hours but no wards were closed.
MRSA ScreeningThe MRSA screening score for December is 100%
HEALTHCARE ASSOCIATED INFECTION SCORECARD 2014-15
Focus Area
QU
ALIT
Y SE
RVIC
E
SERV
ICE
USE
R SA
FETY
& E
XPER
IEN
CE
Avoidable InfectionsThere were no avoidable infections to report.
Possible Avoidable InfectionsThere were no possible avoidable infections to report.
Unavoidable InfectionClostridium difficile – Linden Ward, Bolsover This patient was transferred from Chesterfield Royal Hospital Foundation Trust (CRHFT) for rehabilitation on 26.11.14. The patient developed symptoms of diarrhoea on 8.12.14 and a stool sample sent the same day confirmed a diagnosis of Clostridium difficile infection. The patient’s diarrhoea symptoms were originally thought to be caused by an exacerbation of their underlying bowel condition when at CRHFT and had settled prior to the patient’s transfer to Linden Ward. There is no obvious trigger for the return of the symptoms i.e. antibiotic therapy and the symptoms settled following treatment with Metronidazole. The patient had an antibiotic history relating to an earlier admission to CRHFT during September/October 2014.
All appropriate measures were instigated by the ward team and there was clear communication between the IP&C team and ward staff.
Clostridium difficile infectionsThe table below provides a breakdown of the Clostridium difficile infections according to whether the diagnosis occurred within 72 hours of the patient being admitted to DCHS services. If a positive Clostridium difficile result is obtained within 72 hours of the patient’s admission to DCHS care, it is unlikely that the cause of the infection is the result of the care provided by DCHS. This would be confirmed/challenged within the RCA process.
Month National HACI
Database
Pre-72 hour diagnosis
Post-72 hour
diagnosis
Lapses in Care agreed with
Commissioners April 2014 2 1 1 0 May 2014 1 0 1 0 June 2014 3 3 0 1 (*2 RCAs in
progress) July 2014 2 0 2 (relapse) (*1 RCA in
progress) August 2014 0 0 0 0 September
2014 1 1 0 0
October 2014 0 0 0 0 November
2014 0 0 0 0
December 2014
3 1 2 (*3 RCAs in progress)
January 2015 February 2015
March 2015 Total 12 6 6 1 (*6 RCAs in
progress)
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�219�of�264Page�23�of�46
CQUIN INDICATORS 2014-15
Measure TypeFrequency of
ReportingDirector 2014/15 Full Year Target YTD Target Apr-14 May-14 Jun-14 Jul-14 Aug-14 Sep-14 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 Jan-15 Feb-15 Mar-15 Trend YTD
Forecast Outturn
Narrative
Friends and Family Test - Improve Experience of Patients
National 1.1
Annually DoNQ Now timetabled for Q4 in line with DCHS staff survey timeframe
NHS Safety Thermometer - Data CollectionNational
2.1Monthly DoNQ
Reduction in the prevalence of pressure ulcers to an average of 5.5% November-March 2015
13/14 Baseline 7.1% / Last 5 months target
5.5% average prevalence.
8.0% 5.8% 7.7% 8.25% 5.96% 7.42% 5.90% 6.08% 7.00%CQUIN target of 5.5% average prevalence from November-March 2015.
Current average prevalence YTD is 7.0% which demonstrates the high risk of not achieving target due to the limitations of ST data.
Dementia - Clinical LeadershipNational
3.2Quarterly DoNQ
Dementia training programme for 2014/15 now being rolled out is incorporating community staff throughout the year.
Dementia - Supporting CarersNational
3.3Monthly DoNQ
Carer support data collection launched across all general inpatient wards in Q2 with champions supporting.
Local 4.1 Twice Yearly DoNQJoint peer review panels with Chesterfield Royal Hospital held 27th & 28th
of November in conjunction with commissioners.
Local 4.2 Quarterly DoNQJoint peer review panels with Chesterfield Royal Hospital held 27th & 28th
of November in conjunction with commissioners.
Local 4.3Thee Monthly
ReportsDoNQ
Packs now received from Patient Association. Contract variation on revised timescales and reporting now submitted.
Local 4.4 Quarterly DoNQImprovement plan will now be based on report from Patient Association
following November peer review panels and review of outcomes. Improvement plan likley to roll-over to 2015-16.
Pressure Ulcers - Improve patient and carers non-compliance with treatment
Local 5 Quarterly DoNQReview of patient non-compliance RCAs with patient, public and staff
engagement now in progress.
Compassion and Culture - Improve Compassion and Culture across the organisation
Local 6 Quarterly DoNQCompassion and culture launch event being held 19th June 2014.
Workstreams being co-ordinated across the organisation. Action plan now signed off by commissioners.
Local 7.1 Quarterly DoNQ
EoL training programme developed and roll-out commenced. Contract variation submitted for sign-off by CMG with focus now on training in line
with launch of Derbyshire EoL toolkit in lieu of the Individualised Transitional EoL Care Plan.
Local 7.2 Quarterly DoNQ Training priorities now confirmed by Derbyshire Alliance.
Community Nursing - Assuring staffing for quality within the community nursing workforce
Local 8 Quarterly DoNQ7 day Hurst review undertaken by all community nursing teams from 18th
May 2014. High level internal findings reported during October. Further analysis and workstreams now being undertaken against HURST data.
Transfer of Care and Patient Flow - Joint CQUIN with CRH to improve the discharge and patient transfer of care pathway between providers.
Local 9 Monthly DoSD Monthly meetings and joint action planning with CRH on-going
NHS NORTH DERBYSHIRE LEAD COMMISSIONER CCG AND ASSOCIATES CONTRACT
Focus Area
QU
ALIT
Y SE
RVIC
E
PATI
ENT
EXPE
RIEN
CE, S
AFET
Y IN
OVA
TIO
N &
CLI
NIC
AL E
FFEC
TIVE
NES
S
Implementation of staff FFT as per guidance, according to the national timetable. Staff to be given the opportunity to respond to the FFT test once per quarter and
results uploaded to unify2.
Named lead clinician for dementia and appropriate training for staff including feedback of the Dementia training programme delivered throughout 2014/15.
Demonstrate a monthly audit of Carers of people with dementia on DCHS OPMH wards
Conduct one or more peer reviews of complaints (a minimum of 24 complaint files).
Review of patient non-compliance in all incidences of Pressure ulcers which identify this as a contributing factor
End of Life - Improving coordination and communication
Review and development of community staff workload and dependency tool, leading to twice yearly assurance in relation to staffing levels plus facilitating the
most efficient use of frontline resources in relation to the delivery of safe and effective clinical care.
Patient Experience - Improve Patient Experience through improved complaints management in the Provider Setting
Joint CQUIN with CRH to improve the discharge and patient transfer of care pathway between providers.
DCHS will development a number of cross-Healthcare Professional forums to promote sharing of EoL best practice and develop patient pathways e.g. MacMillan
Nurses, Community and Inpatient service staff and primary care.
The provider will develop an improvement plan with agreed milestones based on the themes arising from peer reviews and survey results.
The Provider will undertake a complainant satisfaction survey, using the Patient Association methodology with 100% complainants.
Take part in one external peer review of patient complaints (min of 3 complaint files to be submitted) to be reviewed against the Patients Association Good
Practice Standards on complaints handling.
Enhance patient experience of compassionate care across the organisation and ensure delivery of a relevant work programme to improve care.
To develop and deliver a training programme in line with the launch of the DCHS Individualised Transitional EoL Care Plan across inpatient services in order to
promote advanced care planning and support quality of care for patients on the end of life pathway, in particular DNAR and preferred place of care.
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�220�of�264Page�24�of�46
1.1 DCHS Integrated Wellbeing Service Key Performance Indicators
Ref Focus Area Measure FrequencyActual Year to Date Q1
Actual Year to Date Q2
Actual Year to Date Q3
Dec-14 Jan-15 Feb-15 Mar-15Actual Year
To DateTrend Narrative
1 PRIMARY CONTRACTOR Rating Monthly
2 WEBSITE Rating Monthly Procurement underway
3 WELLBEING Rating MonthlyNumber of New Clients. Number of Clients completing personal wellbeing plans. Exception Report at Page 32.
4 SPECIALIST WEIGHT MANAGEMENT Rating Monthly All measures unrated
5 SPECIALIST STOP SMOKING SERVICES Rating Monthly
5SPECIALIST STOP SMOKING SERVICES -
PREGNANCY FINANCIAL INENTIVE SCHEME Rating Monthly
6 MECC Rating Monthly All measures unrated
7 COMMUNITY WEIGHT MANAGEMENT Rating Monthly12 week completers. 5% Weight Loss at 12 weeks and 52 weeks. Exception Report at page 31.
8 COMMUNITY STOP SMOKING SEVCIES Rating Monthly 4 week Quitters. Exception Report at page 30.
DCHS PERFORMANCE REPORT - DERBYSHIRE INTEGRATED WELLBEING SERVICE
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�221�of�264Page�25�of�46
AHP-Led Referral to Treatment Schedule in Weeks (December 14) - Clocks ended in December
Service Line 0-6 7 - 12 13 - 17 18+Total Waiters
Max Waiter
>6 week waiter total
% Waiting over 6w
>13 week waiter total
% Waiting over 13w
Planned CareAV&E MSK, Physio, OT, Podiatry 1924 279 12 0 2215 17 291 13.1% 12 0.5%CHE MSK, Physio, OT, Podiatry 1359 76 4 3 1442 26 83 5.8% 7 0.5%HPD MSK, Physio, OT, Podiatry 1310 87 0 0 1397 12 87 6.2% 0 0.0%Speech and Language Therapy 512 70 0 0 582 11 70 12.0% 0 0.0%
ICBSAMBER VALLEY 277 75 9 1 362 19 85 23.5% 10 2.8%EREWASH 296 27 7 1 331 21 35 10.6% 8 2.4%S DERBYS & S DALES 224 6 0 0 230 10 6 2.6% 0 0.0%CHESTERFIELD 190 36 3 1 230 18 40 17.4% 4 1.7%Traumatic Brain Injury Service 11 1 0 0 12 7 1 8.3% 0 0.0%Respiratory Services 51 24 15 20 110 82 59 53.6% 35 31.8%Learning Disabilities 19 7 3 5 34 29 15 44.1% 8 23.5%
All Services 6173 688 53 31 6945 82 772 11.1% 84 1.2%
Consultant-Led Referral to Treatment Schedule in Weeks (December 14) - Clocks ended in December - Admitted Patient Care
Specialty 0-6 7 - 12 13 - 17 18+Total Waiters
Max Waiter
>6 week waiter total
% Waiting over 6w
>18 week waiter total
% Waiting over 18w
Planned CareGeneral Surgery 7 24 18 0 49 17 42 86% 0 0%Urology 20 21 7 0 48 16 28 58% 0 0%Trauma & Orthopaedics 15 12 5 5 37 28 22 59% 5 14%Ear, Nose & Throat (ENT) 1 3 3 0 7 15 6 86% 0 0%Ophthalmology 27 38 12 3 80 36 53 66% 3 4%Oral Surgery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0% 0 0%Neurosurgery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0% 0 0%Plastic Surgery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0% 0 0%Cardiothoracic Surgery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0% 0 0%General Medicine 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0% 0 0%Gastroenterology 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0% 0 0%Cardiology 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0% 0 0%Dermatology 4 12 24 0 40 17 36 90% 0 0%Thoracic Medicine 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0% 0 0%Neurology 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0% 0 0%Rheumatology 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0% 0 0%Geriatric Medicine 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0% 0 0%Gynaecology 0 4 0 0 4 10 4 100% 0 0%Other
Dental 72 75 16 12 175 36 103 59% 12 7%All Services 146 189 85 20 440 36 260 59% 20 4.5%
Consultant-Led Referral to Treatment Schedule in Weeks (December 14) - Clocks ended in December - Non-Admitted Patient Care
Specialty 0-6 7 - 12 13 - 17 18+Total Waiters
Max Waiter
>6 week waiter total
% Waiting over 6w
>18 week waiter total
% Waiting over 18w
Planned CareGeneral Surgery 19 7 2 0 28 17 9 32% 0 0%Urology 2 0 4 0 6 16 4 67% 0 0%Trauma & Orthopaedics 64 31 21 0 116 17 52 45% 0 0%Ear, Nose & Throat (ENT) 53 18 7 2 80 19 27 34% 2 3%Ophthalmology 70 8 23 0 101 17 31 31% 0 0%Oral Surgery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0% 0 0%Neurosurgery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0% 0 0%Plastic Surgery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0% 0 0%Cardiothoracic Surgery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0% 0 0%General Medicine 1 0 0 0 1 4 0 0% 0 0%Gastroenterology 2 4 1 0 7 15 5 71% 0 0%Cardiology 4 4 1 5 14 21 10 71% 5 36%Dermatology 32 49 3 1 85 20 53 62% 1 1%Thoracic Medicine 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0% 0 0%Neurology 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0% 0 0%Rheumatology 0 0 7 0 7 15 7 100% 0 0%Geriatric Medicine 7 0 1 0 8 13 1 13% 0 0%Gynaecology 25 9 1 0 35 17 10 29% 0 0%
OtherOther 9 0 2 0 11 17 2 18% 0 0%
All Services 288 130 73 8 499 21 211 42.3% 8 1.6%
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�222�of�264Page�26�of�46
DCHS Performance Exception Reports January 2015
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�223�of�264Page�27�of�46
Measure Type Frequency Director2014/15 Full Year Target
YTD Target Q2 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 YTD
Resus Training (% compliance) External Monthly DoSD 95% 95% 84% 65% 81% 84% 84%
1-Summary of Issues:
3-Timescales
4-Effect of this Exception on the Forecast Plan (how we get to our final forecast
Exception Report Analysis
Lower than anticipated levels of compliance for Resuscitation training. Due to the monthly compliance reporting structure (as opposed to former reports where staff retained a competence across the whole financial year), once staff pass their competence expiry date they appear on ESR as non-compliant even if they are booked on a future session.
Whilst every effort is being made to mitigate lost training places by increasing capacity on sessions and setting up additional courses, the capacity of trainers and the availability of suitable venues is finite - so it is vital that service plan well in advance for release of staff across the year, and look at ways to decrease places lost through non-attendance and late withdrawals.
A revised version of the Resuscitation matrix will be re-launched early in 2015 to clarify training requirements for all clinical roles from April 2015 onwards.In future, training dates will be released every 6 months to enable staff to book training places well in advance.
Capacity has already been increased on existing resuscitation courses, and the option of booking further CPR/ AED sessions is currently also being scoped. When annual training is planned, an over-provision of places (approx 30%) is factored in, but to use these effectively managers and staff must forward plan. A recent survey has identified some lack of clarity around which resucitation training staff need to complete, and this has led to some staff undertaking training at a higher or lower level than required. Monthly Resuscitation training figures are now broken down by each of the 7 courses that different staff groups need to undertake, enabling the Workforce Development trainers to identify and focus on courses with lower compliance rates.
2-Action Plan: (actions taken, including assignment of responsibility for this plan)
95% 95% 95% 95% 95% 95% 95% 95% 95% 95% 95% 95%
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Apr-14 May-14 Jun-14 Jul-14 Aug-14 Sep-14 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 Jan-15 Feb-15 Mar-15
%ag
e Co
mpl
ianc
e
Month
Resus Training(%)
YTD Target (%)
Resus Training (% Compliance) - December
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�224�of�264Page�28�of�46
Measure Type Frequency Director
2014/15 Full Year Target
YTD Target Q2 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 YTD
Staff with appraisal completed (% compliance) External Monthly DoHR 95% 95% 81% 81% 82% 86% 86%
1-Summary of Issues:
2-Action Plan: (actions taken, including assignment of responsibility for this plan)
3-TimescalesA forecast of 95 % has been submitted for February 2015, with a forecast of 100% by end of March 2015.
December's performance is above the revised forecast submitted to Board last month.
Exception Report Analysis
Appraisal performance has improved by 4 % this month. This is above the revised forecast submitted to last month's Board. Further improvement is expected month on month ahead of the end of the financial year. As of December 31st 2014 a total of 586 staff are out of date with their annual appraisal.
4-Effect of this Exception on the Forecast Plan (how we get to our final forecast position from here)
During December, the Workforce Planning and Development Team issued reminder letters to managers who had overdue Appraisals within their area in order to highlight overdue Appraisals and seek assurance as to when they would be completed. 752 staff where reported as been non compliant on 30/11/14 however, the Workforce Planning and Development Team were advised of 40 staff whom had their appraisal completed on or before their anniversary date. Following further review it is was identified that the errors have arisen as a result of inaccurate hierarchies failure to update ESR and staff inaccurately entering compliance against wrong assignment number resulting in inaccurate data. A total of 172 ESR records have been updated post receipt of reminder letter. Where appropriate Mangers will be reissued with ESR mangers guide and tips with balance score card so as to clarify the process for those staff whom have more than one assignment number. The workforce Planning and development team will continue to monitor compliance on a monthly basis.
75.0%
80.0%
85.0%
90.0%
95.0%
100.0%
105.0%
Apr-14 May-14 Jun-14 Jul-14 Aug-14 Sep-14 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 Jan-15 Feb-15 Mar-15
% o
f Sta
ff At
tend
ing
Trai
ning
Month
Staff With Appraisals Completed (% compliance) - December
% Staff WithAppraisalCompleted
% Target Profile
Forecast
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�225�of�264Page�29�of�46
Measure Type Frequency Director
2013/14 Full Year
TargetYTD Target Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 YTD
CQUIN - Reduction in Prevalence of Pressure Ulcers CQUIN Monthly DoSD 5.5% 5.5% 5.90% 6.08% 5.50% 6.88%53.4% 53.4%
ACTION PLAN:1-Summary of Issues:
3-Timescales
Exception Report Analysis
2-Action Plan: (actions taken, including assignment of responsibility for this plan)
4-Effect of this Exception on the Forecast Plan (how we get to our final forecast position from here)
DCHS is committed to reducing the incidence of pressure ulcers through the identified workstreams; however, there is limited assurance that Safety Thermometer prevalence data will reflect the on-going work given the limitations in the timeliness of the data collection and the inclusion of inherited pressure ulcers which are outside the control of DCHS to prevent.
The workstreams in place to support pressure ulcer prevalence reduction are reviewed monthly within the Safe Care Priority Group improvement plan.
A significant amount of work contiues to undertaken across the Trust to reduce the incidence of pressure ulcers. A number of key workstreams continue to be delivered through the DCHS Safe Care Priority Group:- A comprehensive review of pressure relieving equipment has been undertaken with involvement from the specialistTissue Viability team and in conjunction with the lead equipment provider for DCHS to ensure the most clinically effective and patient-friendly equipment is available to meet requirements. A staff guide has been devised for all staff who order equipment and authorisers to ensure the most clinically appropriate pressure relieving equipment or alternative is provided. The guide will be disseminated to all clinical teams, authorisers and on-call managers. Commissioners have also agreed to support a joint approach to ensuring equipment is reviewed appropriately within the contract framework.- A number of patient interviews have been conducted with patients who have experienced a pressure ulcer. The outcome of these interviews will be used to explore the theme of patient non-concordance with treatment and support staff learning and development; and learning from these has been shared with our commissioners through the Quality Assurance Group. ICBS are currently working with the Patient Experience Team to enable timely contact with patients who are identified via the RCA process and through contact with the community nursing teams to support continued engagement and feedback where appropriate.- One of the patient interviews is now being shared with Medequip to support wider learning on the impact of equipment on patients - A staff awareness campaign is being formulated as part of a wider communications strategy in order to highlight the importance of preventing pressure ulcers from developing and deteriorating.- A review of the pressure ulcer root cause analysis (RCA) process has been undertaken and this now supports a robust review of all grade 3 and 4 pressure ulcers reported, as well as any avoidable grade2 pressure ulcers, and incorporates support from senior clinical leads and the specialist Tissue Viability team in a timely manner, with clearly defined accountability and local ownership of all action plans.- Local ownership and accountability for understanding key themes and trends in pressure ulcer incidence has been further supported by a comprehensive monthly locality report , co-ordinated by the Business Managers, detailing the key actions being undertaken to reduce pressure ulcers and support a wider sharing of lessons learned across the county.- A pilot of mobile devices is now progressing to support the review of pressure ulcers in the community; all equipment and sim cards are now available and work is underway to action the pilot across operational staff and the specialist Tissue Viability team.
The CQUIN target of 5.5% is against the average prevalence from November-March 2015. The current average prevalence YTD is 6.88%, which demonstrates the high risk of not achieving the target due to the limitations of Safety Thermometer data. Safety Thermometer pressure ulcer data is collected on one day each month, and captures both old and new pressure ulcers, including those inherited from external providers. A significant amount of work is being undertaken to reduce the incidence of pressure ulcers; however, incident rate reduction is not reflected explicitly by Safety Thermometer pressure ulcer prevalence.
8.0% 5.8% 7.7% 8.3% 6.0% 7.4% 5.9% 6.1% 5.5% 0.0%
1.0%
2.0%
3.0%
4.0%
5.0%
6.0%
7.0%
8.0%
9.0%
Apr-14 May-14 Jun-14 Jul-14 Aug-14 Sep-14 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 Jan-15 Feb-15 Mar-15
Prev
alen
ce P
ress
ure
Ulc
ers (
%)
Month
Actual (%)
Target (%)
CQUIN - Reduction in Prevalence of Pressure Ulcers (%) - December
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�226�of�264Page�30�of�46
Measure Type Frequency Director
2014/15 Full Year Target
YTD Target Q2 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 YTD
Delayed Transfer of Care for OPMH - contract calculation (%) External Monthly DoHR <7.5% <7.5% 5.5% 8.7% 8.7% 7.9% 8.4%
Delayed Transfer of Care for OPMH - Monitor compliance framework calculation (%) External Monthly DoHR <7.5% <7.5% 4.4% 8.7% 8.7% 8.4% 8.4%
1-Summary of Issues:
2-Action Plan: (actions taken, including assignment of responsibility for this plan)
3-Timescales
Exception Report Analysis
DCHS continues to pro-actively manage patient flow across inpatient beds inorder to minimise the incidence of delayed transfers of care (DTOC). However, during December the overall reported incidence of DTOC has increased from 6.2 % in November to 7.9% in December.
Rehabilitation wards DTOC figure has increased from 5.5% in November to 7.8% in December. Contributing factors to the increase have been due to the significant increase in demand for health and social care services across Derbyshire and the complexity of several patient's discharge planning needs during December.
DCHS has supported a 30.5% increase in transfers and also a 15.2% increase in weekend transfers from acute hospitals to DCHS Community Hospitals since 1st December 2014, improving whole-system patient flow. Average length of patient stay has reduced from 19.4 days in November to 17.7 days during December, the lowest it has been reported throughout 2014. The Rehabilitation Inpatient wards target of 7% for March 2015 will continue to be the target to be achieved working closely with Social Care.
Older Peoples Mental Health (OPMH) wards have demonstrated a reduction in reported DTOC from 8.7% in November to 7.9% in December.
However, specific reasons identified for those patients in delay are as follows: Spencer Ward- 3 patients - 1 awaiting a Residential Home who has now been discharged. 1 whose family are looking for a suitable Nursing Home. 1 awaiting a financial assessment from Social Care. Riverside Ward- 2 patients- 1 awaiting a Nursing Home bed, now discharged. 1 patient awaiting Nursing Homes to visit ward to assess. Melbourne Ward- 1 patient awaiting specialist equipment, now discharged. Linacre Ward -2 patients, 1 patient awaiting nursing home bed, now discharged. 1 patient awaiting Nursing Home, first on the list.
4-Effect of this Exception on the Forecast Plan (how we get to our final forecast position from here)
1) Hospital Matrons continue to escalate issues as soon as identified- Action Hospital Matrons2) General Managers continue to lead Top Delay meetings - Action General Managers3) General Managers escalate issues to Deputy Director of Operations which cannot be resolved at ward level-Action General Managers4) DTOC to remain a standard agenda item at DCHS Patient Flow Strategy meeting-Action Capacity & Discharge Manager
0.0%
1.0%
2.0%
3.0%
4.0%
5.0%
6.0%
7.0%
8.0%
9.0%
10.0%
Apr-14 May-14 Jun-14 Jul-14 Aug-14 Sep-14 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 Jan-15 Feb-15 Mar-15
% o
f De
lays
Month
Delayed Transfer of Care (% compliance) - December
DTOC - Monitor QuarterlyCalculation %
DTOC - ContractCalculation %
% Target Profile
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�227�of�264Page�31�of�46
Measure Type Frequency Director
2014/15 Full Year Target
YTD Target Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 YTD
A&E Total Time in the A&E Department (non admitted) - Longest (mins) National Monthly DoSD <15 <15 145 237 480 480
1-Summary of Issues:
3-Timescales
4-Effect of this Exception on the Forecast Position
Exception Report Analysis
Patient 1-27th December 2014 - 90 year old lady found wandering along the street in Buxton. She was found by the District Nursing Team and brought to MIU. She had significant bruising to the face and bilateral orbital bruising which can indicated base skull fracture. The patient lacked some capacity. Diagnosis was a head injury but also a possible collapse. Cause. Required head injury observation and medical assessment Inc; bloods to identify reason for lack of capacity. Also met criteria for head CT. Needed facial X-rays which could not be facilitated at MIU.
An ambulance was requested at 11.01. EMAS were contacted at 12:34 as no ambulance had arrived. At 17:39 a friend of the patients relative provided transport.This situation was still not ideal at 17:39 but on balance this offered the lowest risk as diagnostics significantly delayed.
The breach was due to unavailability of an ambulance to transfer patient to ED via the safest mode possible.Severe snow fall the previous night causing travel chaos impacting on ambulance transfers.
2-Action Plan: (actions taken, including assignment of responsibilty for this plan)
480
294
234
1 0 0 0 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
Buxton Ilkeston Ripley Whitworth
Num
ber o
f Bre
ache
s YTD
Min
utes
to A
sses
smen
t
Site
Individual Site Times -Longest Wait
Number of Breaches YTD
Target Time
Total Time in A&E Department - Longest - December
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�228�of�264Page�32�of�46
Measure Type Frequency Director
2014/15 Full Year Target
YTD Target Q2 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 YTD
Falls resulting in severe injury or death (no.) External Monthly DoNQ 0 0 14 2 2 3 21
1-Summary of Issues:
2-Action Plan: (actions taken, including assignment of responsibilty for this plan)
3-Timescales
4-Effect of this Exception on the Forecast Position
Exception Report Analysis
During the December 2014 period, 3 falls resulted in serious harm, which are as follows:
W43970 occurred on Melbourne ward and relates to an 82 year old male patient with a history of falls and two recent falls during December. On this occasion a fall was suspected though unobserved, the previous falls were attributed to unsteady gait and agitation. Whilst the patient was on close level supervision by 2 members of staff the injury is suspected to have related to an unobserved fall. Other contributory factors include high agitation levels and that physically the patient was very unwell. He is now at Chesterfield Royal Hospital after suffering a fractured NOF.
W43899 occurred on Okeover ward and relates to an 84 year old female independent patient who walked across the room and caught her foot causing her to fall sustaining a basicervical (base of femoral head) fracture.
W43573 occurred on Linacre ward and relates to a 77 year old female patient with a history of falls both at home and on the ward, who, whilst under close supervision got up from the table and fell, sustaining a fractured left hip.
All the above incidents are currently under Root Cause Analysis review when full contributory factors and any identified improvement measures will be highlighted.
0
1
2
3
4
Apr-14 May-14 Jun-14 Jul-14 Aug-14 Sep-14 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 Jan-15 Feb-15 Mar-15
No
Month
Falls Resulting in Severe Injury or Death - December
Falls Resulting inSevere Injury (no)
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�229�of�264Page�33�of�46
Measure Type Frequency Director2014/15 Full Year Target
YTD Target Q2 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 YTD
Breastfeeding sustainment from 10 days to 6-8 weeks after birth (%) External Monthly DoSD 84% 84% 75% 67% 73% 79% 79%
ACTION PLAN:1-Summary of Issues:
2-Action Plan: (actions taken, including assignment of responsibility for this plan)
3-Timescales
It is unlikely that we will meet the final forecast position of 84% sustainment rate for breastfeeding. We are more likely to maintain the current cumulative sustainment rate of 76%
Exception Report Analysis
Sustainment rates continue to not meet the 84% set by commissioners however there was an increase in overall sustainment this month. The locality with the lowest percentage of sustainment is Bolsover and North East at 71% with 18 babies not having sustained breast feeding by 6 weeks. Of those babies 11 (61%) were being partially fed (given formula top ups) by 10 days and 4 22% had been given expressed breast milk as a main source of feeding by 10 days. 7 mothers felt they did not want to continue with breast feeding despite good support from the Health Visiting team. 1 mother reported pressure form the babies father to give formula. 3 mothers cited that the stress they associated with breastfeeding impacted on their decision to stop and one stated that part of this was due to being self employed stating "I fully understand the importance and health benefits of breastfeeding but the bills come first". 1 mother stated she did not like breast feeding. 1 mother was advised to give EBM (expressed breast milk) by the midwife and 1 baby was readmitted with weight loss and discharged having EBM and formula feeds. 1 mother was mainly giving formula by the time of the 10-14 day review. In South Derbyshire and Derbyshire Dales we achieved a sustainment of 85% with 7 mothers not sustaining however 1 of those babies had never had breast milk and is noted as a recording error. 1 mother had significant issues around attachment and EBM was commenced in hospital. 1 mother was made to feel by the baby's paediatrician that she was not giving enough milk to her baby and so stopped.
The action plan remains in place from last month. The strategic lead now has meetings with local providers of midwifery care across the organisation both secondary and primary care in the new year to look at raising specific concerns regarding the increase in partially fed babies , EBM and the impact on midwives following new local growth policies which have given rise to more mothers being advised to give formula top up feeds. The breastfeeding team are to undertake quality visits with all peer supporters and to look at undertaking specific quality reviews of support and advice given by health Visitors .Whilst the education audit continues to demonstrate that health visitors knowledge is still improving the competence of using this knowledge in practice is to be assessed. In addition each locality now has a specific action plan to ensure any local issues impacting on the sustainment rates are being identified and addressed. The role of the breastfeeding champion in each locality is being reviewed to enable them to have more time to support staff with knowledge and skills and have a remit to improve quality. All BFSW will be on erostering and this will avoid mothers not receiving the support as the county service can be managed more effectively.
Ongoing work with other providers and commissioners to take place over next 6 months.
4-Effect of this Exception on the Forecast Plan (how we get to our final forecast position from here)
76% 75% 76% 72% 77% 76% 67% 73% 79% 60%
65%
70%
75%
80%
85%
90%
Apr-14 May-14 Jun-14 Jul-14 Aug-14 Sep-14 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 Jan-15 Feb-15 Mar-15
% S
usta
inm
ent
Month
Actual In MonthSustainment (%)
Target
Breast Feeding Sustainment- 10 Days to 6-8 Weeks - December
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�230�of�264Page�34�of�46
Measure Type Frequency Director2014/15 Full Year Target
YTD Target Q2 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 YTD
IWB Overall Measures (rating) External Monthly DoSD
Community Smoking Cessation - 4 week Quitters (no) External Monthly DoSD 752 94 7 7
1-Summary of Issues:
Exception Report Analysis
The new contract delivery for Community Stop Smoking started on 1st December 2015 through an accredited provider market as per the service specifiaction, which included GPs and Pharmacies. An exit plan had been developed and implemented to take the previous Specialist Stop Smoking Service in DCHS and clients still engaged with the service, through the transition from previous service to newly commissioned service. The development and contracting of this and with this, accredited provider market, against a PBR tariff is in process. Negotiation with Alexin and the GP Federations is ongoing re engagement of GPs. Alexin have now withdrawn their initial agreement to contract with DCHS on behalf of the practices for delivery of Smoking Cessation.North Derbyshire GP Federation have confirmed that they will be contracting with DCHS on behalf of the practices for delivery of Smoking Cessation. Pharamies will be individually sub contracted to dleiver Community Stop Smoking and drug dispensing to support quit attempts.As clients are registered into the service from 1st December the achievement of 100% activity would not have been possible. From the exit plan any clients from previous LES providers ie GPs and Pharmacies were transferred over to the new service which has resulted in minimal activity for December. However the KPI relates to 4 week quitters which will not be achieved until this period of time has elapsed for clients engaging with the service throughout December.
The accredited provider market for the Integrated Wellbeing Service is managed by Tina Jones Service Manager operationally, supported by Tracy Gilbert Head of Strategyand Matt Eves Business Managere.Individual subcontracting arrangements will need to be made with GPs in the South and Erewash. Memorandum of understanding documents have been sent to interested GPs and Pharacists for individual sign up to service delivery. Negotiation continues to develop the agreement and risk sharing with North Derbyshire Federation. Pharmacies to be individually sub contracted to deliver services.
2-Action Plan: (actions taken, including assignment of responsibility for this plan)
4-Effect of this Exception on the Forecast Plan (how we get to our final forecast position from here)
3-Timescales :
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Dec-14 Jan-15 Feb-15 Mar-15
Num
ber o
f Qui
tter
s
Month
5 week Quitters(Actual)
4 week Quitters(Planned)
IWB Overall Measures - Communty Smoking Cessation - Cumulative - December
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�231�of�264Page�35�of�46
Measure Type Frequency Director 2014/15 Full Year Target
YTD Target Q2 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 YTD
IWB Overall Measures (rating) External Monthly DoSD
Community Weight Management -12 Week Completers (no) External Monthly DoSD 651 163 36 36
Community Weight Management - Achieving >5% Weight Loss at 12 Weeks (no) External Monthly DoSD 196 49 15 15
Community Weight Management - Achieving >5% Weight Loss at 52 Weeks (no) External Monthly DoSD 196 49 9 9
1-Summary of Issues:
Exception Report Analysis
The new contract delivery started on 1st December 2015. An exit plan had been developed and implemented to take the service and clients through the transition from previous service to newly commissioned service. As clients have been registered into the service from 1st December the achievement of 100% activity is not possible. From the exit plan any clients that fitted the criteria were transferred over to the new service which has reulted in some activity for December. However the KPIs relate to 12 week weight loss and 12 and 52 week completers which will not be achieved until this period of time has elapsed. Small numbers of clients as previoulsy stated have transferred into the service.
As per KPI requirements 12 weeks and 52 weeks.
Development of phased trajectories with David Caddy, Jackie Wagstaffe and Matt Eves to support reduced performance targets for first year from commissioners to support implementation and activity required from service against this.
2-Action Plan: (actions taken, including assignment of responsibility for this plan)
4-Effect of this Exception on the Forecast Plan (how we get to our final forecast position from here)
3-Timescales :
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
Dec-14 Jan-15 Feb-15 Mar-15
Num
ber o
f Clie
nts
Month
12 Week Completers(Actual)
5% Weight Loss 12wks (Actual)
5% Weight Loss 24wks (Actual)
12 Week Completers(Planned)
5% Weight Loss 12wks (Planned)
5% Weight Loss 24wks (Planned)
IWB Overall Measures - Community Weight Management - Cumulative - December
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�232�of�264Page�36�of�46
Measure Type Frequency Director2014/15 Full Year Target
YTD Target Q2 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 YTD
IWB Overall Measures (rating) External Monthly DoSD
Number of new clients (no) External Monthly DoSD 2,600 650 480 480
Number of clients/engagements developing/completing personal wellbeing plans (minimum 3 goals) (no) External Monthly DoSD 1,400 350 165 165
1-Summary of Issues:
Exception Report Analysis
The new contract delivery started on 1st December 2015. An exit plan had been developed and implemented to take the previous Health Traines service and clients through the transition from previous service to newly commissioned service ie Wellbeing Service.This includes clients who have been transferred to the new Wellbeing Service from Primary Care ,with staff who were TUPEd over to DCHS. The contract start date for delivery of the Service Specification was 1st December 2014 .As TUPE applied for staff working for other providers ,an induction process had to take place to DCHS and a local induction to the new service. This meant a significant proportion of the workforce who had TUPEd to DCHS, for this element of the Integrated Service, were unable to engage with clients for the fisrt 2 weeks of December. The Christmas period also had a significant effect on referrals into the service ie reduced and staff absence due to planned annual leave.
Trajectories to be in place by end of February 2015
Development of phasing of the trajectories for the required performance KPIs with David Cadd,Service Lead Jackie Wagstaffe, Matt Eves Business manager. This will reflect commissioners requirements for reduced outcomes/targets in year 1 to support service implementation and performance targets that service has to deliver.
2-Action Plan: (actions taken, including assignment of responsibility for this plan)
4-Effect of this Exception on the Forecast Plan (how we get to our final forecast position from here)
3-Timescales :
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
Dec-14 Jan-15 Feb-15 Mar-15
Num
ber o
f Clie
nts
Month
Number of New ClientsActual (cumulative)
Number of Clients PWBPlans Actual(cumulative)
Number of New ClientsPlanned (cumulative)
Number of Clients PWBPlans Planned(cumulative)
IWB Overall Measures - Wellbeing - Cumulative - December
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�233�of�264Page�37�of�46
Measure Type Frequency Director2014/15 Full Year Target
YTD Target Q2 cumulative Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 YTD
Vasectomy Service Activity (no.) External Monthly DoSD 429 311 210 31 29 23 293
ACTION PLAN: 1-Summary of Issues:
3-Timescales
if the referrals are made by the GPs we will succeed in this target as we have vacant slots to achieve this.
Exception Report Analysis
The Vasectomy annual activity target is split into 12 equal months. Seasonal variations ie Summer holidays and Festive period. Female contraceptive methods LARC ( Long Acting Reversibile Contraception- coils/implants etc) are increasingly popular and this is impacting on the demand for Vasectomy as a method of contraception nationally.
Extra clinics are planned in February and March 2015 if the demand dictates. All Doctors AL will be covered to allow continuity of Service. GP and Health Visitor mailshots. Communiction made with Police/Fire Services. No Waiting list at any of our sites- Wheatbridge in Chesterfield, Long Eaton and Cavendish in Buxton.
GP mailshots in january 2015. Extra clinics to be published in Feb and March in Chesterfield and Long Eaton.
4-Effect of this Exception on the Forecast Plan (how we get to our final forecast position from here)
28
67
102
128
166
210
241
270 293
25
68
112
140
166
203
237
287 311
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
Apr-14 May-14 Jun-14 Jul-14 Aug-14 Sep-14 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 Jan-15 Feb-15 Mar-15
Activ
ity
Month
Cumulative Actual(no)
Cumulative Target(no)
Vasectomies (no.) - December
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�234�of�264Page�38�of�46
Measure Type Frequency Director2014/15 Full Year
TargetYTD Target Q2 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 YTD
Health Visiting New Birth Visits within Contract Terms-10-14 days (%) External Monthly DoSD 100% 95%-100% 89.9% 89.6% 90.8% 90.5% 90.1%
Health Visiting - Number of mothers who have received a first face to face antenatal contact (%) External Monthly DoSD 100% 95% 69.9% 68.9% 68.4% 65.8% 66.5%
1-Summary of Issues:
2-Action Plan: (actions taken, including assignment of responsibility for this plan)
3-Timescales
Exception Report Analysis
1. Birth visits being undertaken out of timeframe for December was 42 in total (9.5%), audit of these out of time visits has been undertaken has shown that there were 5 (11%) premature babies in Neonatal Care Units, Christmas period had a major impact on achieving visits undertaken between 10-14 days, there were 24 (57%) visits that were no access visits or cancelled by parents at short notice. 7% of visits had to be re-arranged due to staff illness on day of appointment, 1 baby was admitted to hospital, 7 (16%) visits were late due to appointment admin errors.
2. Decrease in number of antenatal contacts being delivered. Data quality and reporting systems need to change to meet the definition of indicator C1 DH Commissioning requirements which are 'the number of mothers who receive a first face to face antenatal contact with a HV at 28 weeks onwards which is the count of numbers of mothers who receive a first contact with a HV before they give birth, this is defined as a count rather than percentage because of the difficulty of defining a denominator to which antenatal visits can be linked within current data collection systems. Currently, Antenatal visits undertaken are measured against number of births in previous year.
An action plan has been developed with clinical team leaders to support staff with the aim of improving scheduling of appointments to enable families to have some choice and flexibility of appointment offered within defined timescales of 10-14 days and to enable sufficient time where possible for follow appointments to be made when a no access visit occurs with initial appointment and achieve visit within 14 day time limit, this will be achieved by bringing forward the scheduling of appointments for the new birth visit as soon as the referral is received.
To improve coverage of antenatal contacts further work using SystmOne processes is being developed to utilise the functionality within the system to create waiting lists for mothers needing an antenatal visit during the last trimester of pregnancy, ultimately the aim is to use Business Intelligence (BI) to create a failsafe mechanism for recall and provide more accurate reports of expected/planned antenatal contacts, the resulting report will give a more accurate % of antenatal visits undertaken of maternity referrals received rather than based on last years birth rate.
Audit of births in December 2014 is being undertaken to check how many of these births had an antenatal contact, early results so far demonstrate that in Bolsover Locality 89.43% of all births in December did receive an antenatal contact compared to current performance measured against average births per month of 76.3%.
Staff to continue to complete DATIX reports for any late notification of births. SystmOne Admin Coordinator supporting and offering 1:1 training for practitoner to correct any data quality issues.
To continue with weekly exception reporting by HV teams to Clinical Team Leaders of out of time frame new birth visits to act as an early warning system and help mobilise workforce where there are vacancies or reduced staffing levels to ensure visits undertaken within timescale. Healthy Child Programme Lead and Quality Professional Lead will review these reports monthly to identify any data quality and workforce capacity issues.
Feb-15
4-Effect of this Exception on the Forecast Plan (how we get to our final forecast position from here)
90.7% 87.7% 90.9% 91.1% 90.0% 87.4% 89.6% 90.8% 90.5%
72.4% 65.8% 71.6% 73.6%
50.6% 61.9% 68.9% 68.4% 65.8%
0.0%
20.0%
40.0%
60.0%
80.0%
100.0%
120.0%
Apr-14 May-14 Jun-14 Jul-14 Aug-14 Sep-14 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 Jan-15 Feb-15 Mar-15
Perc
enta
ge o
f co
ntac
ts
Month
No. of Actual Visits 10-14days (%)
Actual First Face to FaceAntenatal Contacts (%)
No. of Planned Visits 10-14 days (%)
Planned First Face to FaceAntenatal Contacts (%)
Health Visiting (%) - December
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�235�of�264Page�39�of�46
Measure Type Frequency Director 2014/15 Full Year Target
YTD Target Q2 cumulative Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 YTD
Chlamydia Screening Positive Activity - overall total (no.) External Monthly DoSD 2,872 1,664 872 99 275 61 1,307
Chlamydia Screening Positive Activity - DCHS element only (no.) External Monthly DoSD 987 661 464 91 48 53 656
1-Summary of Issues:
We are close to achieving the target for DCHS, the challenge is around the activity recorded by the Chlamydia Screening Office from other providers, which forms part of our commissioned service - this issue is resolved when the CTAD data (national chalmydia screening programme data) is reported directly from the labs on a quarterly basis at which point the activity from other providers is received by DCHS in full. hopefully having all screens included on inform rather than seperate will increase the number of screens passing through core services where we know there is higher positivity.
Exception Report Analysis
Work is currently underway to review the screens delivered by the outreach programme, which may have an impact on the number of positive screens identified by the programme.Other providers involved with the programme are being engaged with in order to bring the number of positive screens identified within mainstream services back on target. There has been some training issues highlighted within the team.
• This risk to achieving the Chlamydia target is reviewed at divisional governance meetings and has been assessed at 6 medium level risk.• Meeting arranged to link C-Card and Chlamydia screening better to ensure that all 13 - 19 years olds get a C-Card and Chlamydia screen. This involves training all Outreach Workers in C-Card registration and collection, training arranged for Feb 12th. • Operational recovery meetings have been scheduled within ISHS to manage the deficit.• Increase in pick up bins (for postal kits) across DCHS and also partnership organisations including Children’s Centres. We have had identified 40 new sites that will now carry postal kits, these include pharmacies, childrens centres and drug and alchol venues. We have also updated the postal kits to bring them in line with other Chlamydia services.• Staff are actively promoting swabs versus urine samples for all female service users in all settings in the hope of further boosting positivity, we are just waiting on a delivery of female swabs to role this out to clinics now in order to increase uptake and positivity within clinics for the Chlamydia screening programme, with a view to rolling this out to whole programme by the end of the year.• Working with PET team do some patient engagement and consultation work around the whole programme and the sexual health service; looking at barriers to access, technology used and what young people want, this will be conducted via young persons groups, school nurses, school councils, youth workers, MAT teams and other partnership organisation. important links have been established with the school ursing team.• Increasing the re-testing of clients through a recall process, who have had a previous positive result, should pick up possible re-infections, this includes anyone who has had a positive screen in the last 3 months. • To look at adding screens onto Inform for clinics only at the moment to encourage screening in clinics and reduce the amount of paperwork staff have to complete. There will also be an engagement session with staff to look at barriers to screening in clinics which will encourage staff to increase screens - awaiting a date to commence the inform work.• We are re-testing all clients who tested positive 6-8 weeks following treatment.• Outreach rota is being reviewed to ensure that staff are focused in areas of high positivity reduced day time activity to focus more on the pubs and clubs work, this will in turn help work towards the 20 - 24yr old males target.• Currently looking at other NCSP programmes to see how they work and meet their targets, along with increased positivity - will be meeting other programmes to gain insight. Also meeting arranged with Debbie Shaw (East Midlands NCSP lead at PHE) to discuss ways to increase screens. • Working on the paperwork clients fill in to ensure that it is user friendly and we are only asking for data we need.• 3 Cs and HIV programme still being pursued with an aim of higher screening engagement from GPs - 10 practices engaged so far with consistent efforts being made to engage more. Work to be conducted with Comms Team in order to look at advertising, social media and web design, how young people can text in for a postal kit rather than email or phone. Engage with Outreach staff to find out their thoughts about how to increase screening. Contacting GP's that have engaged in 3C's to see how we can support them to provide screening and what the barriers are. • To meet with GP federations to discuss the importance of screening and try to support GP practices to increase screening. • Moving towards just one IT system for Chlamydia screening rather than two systems to ensure that all staff can access the system and results and reporting becomes simpler. • To contact G4S who look after the custody contract and see if we are able to offer screening in custody. • Contacted DHU with regards to screening in Foston and Sudbury prisons to ensure we offer wide distribution of screening, have a meeting on the 26th Janat Foston to look at how we take this forward. Plans are now in place to invest time and training into the Outreach team, focusing on quality of service. investment in sexual health awarenss training, regular days out for training.
Progress made since the previous exception report will be limited since any amendments or actions taken will take time have a positive impact.
Working thorugh the action plan to ensure that deadlines are met, moving things forward as we go with this.• Reviews at governance meetings• Internal operational meetings to manage operational issues• Increased self taken screenings• CSO are engaging with disengaged providers• Increased re testing• Transfer of good practice within ISHS meetings, now put all partner notofication work direct onto inform to ensure that information doesnt get lost or go missing., this we hope will increase the partner notification and bring in more contacts of positive clients. weekly email put out has this week included figures of where we are at with sccreening in clinics.this will hopefully inform clinical staff of the need to increase screening.4-Effect of this Exception on the Forecast Plan (how we get to our final forecast position from here)
83 166 249 331 414 496 579 661 740 80 143 222 331 403 464 555 603 656 113
226 339
832 945
1,058 1,171
1,661
2,706
89 156 242
723 805 872 971
1,246 1,307
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
Apr-14 May-14 Jun-14 Jul-14 Aug-14 Sep-14 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 Jan-15 Feb-15 Mar-15
Posi
tive
Scre
ens
Month
No. of Planned Screens DCHS(Cumulative)
No. of Actual Screens DCHS(Cumulative)
No. of Planned Screens overall(Cumulative)
No. of Actual Screens overall(Cumulative)
Chlamydia Screening (no.) - December
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�236�of�264Page�40�of�46
Measure Type Frequency Director
2013/14 Full Year
TargetYTD Target Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 YTD
RTT Waiting Times-AHP-Respiratory Services (no) National Monthly DoSD 0 0 65 24 35 35RTT Waiting Times-AHP-Respiratory Services(%) National Monthly DoSD 0% 0% 31.9% 25.5% 31.8% 31.8%
53.4% 53.4%
ACTION PLAN:1-Summary of Issues:
3-Timescales
Exception Report Analysis
2-Action Plan: (actions taken, including assignment of responsibility for this plan)
4-Effect of this Exception on the Forecast Plan (how we get to our final forecast position from here)
An immediate focus on managing and rationalising 'patient choice' breaches will bring the service back in line with the trajectory. This, combined with the proposed 'waiting list' breaches action plans will maintain the service towards achieving the expected RTT target. Any significant increase in referrals to all areas will have to be managed.
see above
1. Reduce the number of wrongly reported 'patient choice' breaches by ensuring correct and consistent practice in relation to RTT clock management. Work with informatics and ICBS lead to provide all areas with definative RTT protocol and guidance. Owner - David Muir, (Service Lead), timescale - 05/02/15. 2. With current PR prcactice the first opportunity to stop the RTT clock is when patient attends for pre programme assessment. These assessments can not be done too far advance of the programme the patient is expected to commence, (max 6 weeks before), so there is the potential for breaches to occur if assessment has to be held to be valid for programme. PR staff themselves have suggested that a triage appointment is introduced into the PR process. Not only would this give an earlier opportunity to stop the RTT clock, it may also reduce DNAs and improve programme completion rates. This option to be scoped and implemented. Owner - David Muir, Service Lead, timescale 1st April 2015. 3. Implement full (additional) assessment and programme capacity in Erewash CCG. Owner- David Muir, Service Lead, timescale - Jan 2015. 4. Secure alternative, (potentially additional), programme venue(s) in Derby City to increase service capacity. Owner - David Muir, Service Lead, timescale 1st April 2015.
Slight rise in number and percentage of patients breaching 13 wk RTT target in December, halting downward trend. All 32, (29%),breaches for Respiratory Services are for the Pulmonary Rehabilitation element of the service. Of the 32 breaches, 16, (50%) are reported as being due to 'waiting list issues' and 16, (50%), due to 'patient choice'. Majority of waiting list breaches are in SD CCG and Erewash CCG areas.
60.0% 58.1% 48.1% 71.9% 53.4% 56.5% 31.9% 25.5% 31.8%
21
36 37
82
62
78
65
24
35
75 75
60
40
10
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Apr-14 May-14 Jun-14 Jul-14 Aug-14 Sep-14 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 Jan-15 Feb-15 Mar-15
% o
f Pat
ient
s >1
3 W
eeks
Num
ber o
f Pat
ient
s
Month
% Patients >13weeks
Number ofPatients >13weeks
ForecastNumber ofPatients >13weeks
RTT Waiting Times - AHP - Respiratory Services (no & %) - December
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�237�of�264Page�41�of�46
Measure Type Frequency Director
2013/14 Full Year Target
YTD Target Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 YTD
RTT Waiting Times-Consultant Led-APC-Dental services (no) National Monthly DoSD 0 0 12 12RTT Waiting Times-Consultant Led-APC-Dental Services (%) National Monthly DoSD 10% 10% 21.8% 21.8%
53.4% 53.4%
ACTION PLAN:1-Summary of Issues:
3-Timescales
Exception Report Analysis
2-Action Plan: (actions taken, including assignment of responsibility for this plan)
4-Effect of this Exception on the Forecast Plan (how we get to our final forecast position from here)
The forecast plan for 18 RTT for Leicestershire dental is at >20% and as such this excpetion report is in line with expectations.
The actions above to be complete by 31st March 2015 - however the provision of recurrent capacity is dependent upun funding from commissioners and capacity from acute provider, this currently does not appear likely.
1) Have already engaged with commissioners - who have made provision for additional non-recurrent funding in 14/15.2) Have already engaged with acute provider - have now got agreement for short term additional weekend waitin list intitiave lists to address some of waiting list.3) Undertake a full capacity and demand plan to support further engagement with commissioners/acute provider for recurrent additional capacity.4) Have agreed and put in place appropriate rules for management and reporting of 18 RTT for dental - including engagement with Trust Development Authority.These actions are managed within service but with close oversight by Director of Operations and Director of Finance.
There is not enough commissioned capacity to meet the demand for the general aneashetic dental service across Leciestershire. This demands is driven by Leciestershire being the highest area in terms of peadiatric dental health needs and disease incidence, along with difficulties accessing suitiable acute facilities.
21.8%
12
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
Apr-14 May-14 Jun-14 Jul-14 Aug-14 Sep-14 Oct-14 Nov-14 Dec-14 Jan-15 Feb-15 Mar-15
% o
f Pat
ient
s >1
8 W
eeks
Num
ber o
f Pat
ient
s
Month
% Patients>18 weeks
Number ofPatients >18weeks
ForecastNumber ofPatients >18weeks
RTT Waiting Times - Consultant Led - APC - Dental Services (no & %) - December
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�238�of�264Page�42�of�46
Main QBC and Board Reports
Board Measure Description
Total Workforce Cost (£000s) Includes agency & bank. Plan revised to match QBC Finance report
Temporary Staffing Costs - Agency (£000's) Agency costs, usually funded by vacancies budget
Temporary Staffing Costs - Bank (£000's) Bank costs, usually funded by vacancies budget
Agency & Bank Spend (Clinical) as a % of total workforce costs (%)
Headcount (no.)
Health Visitor WTE (no.) Health visitors as reported by POEP within ESR
Family Nurse Partnership & Specialist Nurses (no.) Part of overall health visiting count
Staff Attendance (%) Staff attendance in month and on a ytd 12 month average
Staff Turnover (%) Staff turnover in month and on a ytd 12 month average
Board Turnover (no.)
Redundancy (no.) All posts made redundant to RATs for authorisation
Vacancies-Average Length of Time To Recruit (days)The average length of time from an approved vacancy being advertised on NHS Jobs to an agreed start date of employment being confirmed including time taken to complete pre-employment checks.
Vacancies-Average Length of Time From Offer to 1st Working Day (days)The average length of time from an agreed offer of employment being made to the applicant commencing employment with DCHS.
Vacancies-Average Length of Time For Pre Appointment Checks (days) The average length of time for pre-employment checks to be completed.
Vacancies-Externally Filled (no.) New measure
Vacancies-Internally Filled (no.) New measure
Advertised Vacancies (no.)
Essential Learning completed (% compliance) Year to Date is rolling 12month average - wte data
Information Governance Training (% compliance) Year to Date is rolling 12 month average-assignment data
Fire Training (% compliance) Year to Date is rolling 12 month average-assignment data
Training - Resus (% compliance)
Training - Safeguarding (overall rating)
New starters attending induction (% compliance ) New starters attending induction within 3 months / new starters requiring induction
Essential Training - (rating) Levels 1 - 3. Level 1 is Essential Learning
Staff with appraisal completed (% compliance) Staff who have a current completed appraisal
Improvement in Staff Survey Engagement Rates (%) Total staff participating / Total staff
Improvement in Staff Survey engagement and staff satisfaction scores (no.) Annual survey score
Pulse Check - Recommend DCHS to Friends and Family If They Needed Care or Treatment (%) Quarterly survey score
Pulse Check - Recommend DCHS to Friends and Family as a Place to Work (%)
Pulse Check - recommend DCHS to friends and family as a place to work (score) Quarterly survey score
Staff Net Promoter Question Result (no.) Quarterly survey score
Patient Revolution Friends & Family Test (no.) Service scores by patients
Complaints Received (no.) Level 2 and above complaints
PLACE (score)Q1-Looks at the environment in which care is provided and the quality of non-clinical services - food and privacy and dignity. Q2-Looks at cleanliness. Q3-external verification.Q4-PLACE
Certification against compliance with requirements regarding access to healthcare for people with a learning disability
To be reported to EDS & quarterly to QSC
A&E
A&E Targets (rating) Composite A&E targets measure
RTT Waiting Times Scorecard (rating) RTT composite measure
RTT Waiting Times (Scorecard)
Diagnostics - Patients exceeding 6 weeks wait (%)
Choose and Book Targets (rating) Composite of Choose and Book targets
Patients who have operations cancelled for non clinical reasons on the day (%)
Patients who have operations cancelled for non clinical reasons receiving treatment within 28 days (%)
Mixed Sex Accommodation Breach Rate (No)
Delayed Transfer of Care (%) Number of breaches / number of Finished Consultant Episodes
Delayed Transfer of Care for Inpatient (Rehab & Urgent Care) - contract calculation (%) Number of delayed transfers of care as a proportion of the number of occupied beds
Delayed Transfer of Care for OPMH - contract calculation (%) Delayed patient transfers from DCHS to other organisations
Delayed Transfer of Care for OPMH - Monitor compliance framework calculation (%) Delayed patient transfers from DCHS to other organisations
Inpatient (Rehab & Urgent care) Average Length of Stay (days) Composite of Rehab and Urgent Care length of stay
Older Peoples Mental Health Average Length of Stay (days) Average time in Urgent Care wards
Inpatient (RUC) Occupancy (%) Bed Occupancy rates
Older Peoples Mental Health Occupancy (%) Bed Occupancy rates
CCU
PAN
CY
QU
ALIT
Y PE
OPL
E
SERV
ICE
USE
R EX
PERI
ENCE
WO
RKFO
RCE
MET
RICS
TRAI
NIN
G A
ND
APR
AISA
LFE
EDBA
CKPA
TIEN
T SA
TISF
ACTI
ON
CHO
OSE
& B
OO
KIN
PATI
ENTS
Focus Area
DCHS BOARD PERFORMANCE REPORT BALANCED SCORECARD
REFE
RRAL
TO
TR
EATM
ENT
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�239�of�264Page�43�of�46
Main QBC and Board Reports
Board Measure DescriptionFocus Area
DCHS BOARD PERFORMANCE REPORT BALANCED SCORECARD
LD Occupancy (%) Bed Occupancy rates
Achievement of consultation /involvement/engagement inclusion priorities (%) Bed Occupancy rates
New or revised policies/procedures/strategies supported by EIAs (%) Equality and diversity measure
CQC Registration - Internal (rating) Equality and diversity measure
CQC Registration - Impact Governance Scores (rating) Internal rating against CQC measures
CQC Warning Notices
CQC Non-Compliance with Essential Standards resulting in Enforcement Action
CQC Non-Compliance with Essential Standards resulting in a Major Impact on Patients
CQC Non-Compliance with Essential Standards resulting in Enforcement Action (Civil and or Criminal)
HAR
M
FREE
CA
RE Total Harm Free Care, in accordance with Safety Express (%)
Avoidable Grade 2, 3 & 4 Pressure Ulcers developed or deteriorated in DCHS care (no.)
Total Grade 3 & 4 Pressure Ulcers developed or deteriorated in DCHS care (no.)
Incidence of Newly Acquired Pressure Ulcers (no.)
Medication Errors causing Serious Harm (no.)
NHSLA Rating (no.)
Falls resulting in severe injury or death (no.)
Duty of Candour - Failure to notify relevant person of a reportable incident (no)
Healthcare Care Associated Infections - MRSA bacteraemia (no.)
Healthcare Care Associated Infections - Clostridium difficile (no.)
Healthcare Care Associated Infections - Clostridium difficile -lapses count (no.)
Healthcare Care Associated Infections - E Coli & MSSA (no)
Breastfeeding sustainment from 10 days to 6-8 weeks after birth (%) Number of partially and fully breastfed infants / total infants due a 6-8 week check
CQUIN Scorecard (rating)
IWB overall Measures (rating)
Smoking Quitter Targets (rating)
CIP Achieved-Recurrent(%) CIP Achieved / Total CIP required
CIP Achieved-Non Recurrent (%) CIP Achieved / Total CIP required
Better Payment Practice Code - by value (%) Value of invoices paid within 30 days / Total value of invoices paid
Better Payment Practice Code - by volume (%) No. of invoices paid within 30 days / Total no. invoices paid
Monitor Risk Assurance Framework Scorecard (RAF) (rating)
Financial Risk Rating (FRR)
Continuity of Services-Liquidity Ratio (days.) (Monitor Shadow Format)
Continuity of Services-Capital Servicing Capacity (times.) (Monitor Shadow Format)
Continuity of Services-Risk Rating (Monitor Shadow Format)
FT Membership (no.)
CAPA
CITY
Positive media stories (no.)The number of positive media stories reported for DCHS across all media outlets. A positive media story is classed as one that enhances the reputation of DCHS
MIU Activity (no.) All contract activity, compared against profiled activity plan
Community Beds -Discharged Occupied Bed Days (no) Replaces Rehab & Urgent Care Activity
Outpatient and Daycase Activity (no.) All contract activity, compared against profiled activity plan
Vasectomy Service Activity (no.) All contract activity, compared against profiled activity plan
Podiatric Surgery Activity (no.) All contract activity, compared against profiled activity plan
Community Podiatry Activity-Non AQP (no.) All contract activity, compared against profiled activity plan
Community Podiatry Activity - AQP (no.) All contract activity, compared against profiled activity plan
Physiotherapy Activity (no.) All contract activity, compared against profiled activity plan
Speech and Language Therapy Activity (no.) All contract activity, compared against profiled activity plan
Diagnostic Imaging (no.) All contract activity, compared against profiled activity plan
Rehabilitation and Intermediate Care Activity (no.)
Chlamydia Screening Positive Activity (no.) All contract activity, compared against profiled activity plan
Health Visiting Contract (Rating)
Health Visiting Activity (no.)
CLIN
ICAL
EFF
ECTI
VEN
ESS
&
PLAN
NIN
GO
C
EQU
ALIT
Y &
D
IVER
SITY
CON
TRAC
T AC
TIVI
TYH
EALT
H
VISI
TIN
G
QU
ALIT
Y BU
SIN
ESS
BUSI
NES
S &
MAR
KETI
NG
FIN
ANCE
FT R
EGIM
E
SERV
ICE
USE
R SA
FETY
CQC
PRES
SURE
ULC
ERS
HCA
IO
THER
SAF
ETY
MEA
SURE
S
QU
ALIT
Y SE
RVIC
E
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�240�of�264Page�44�of�46
Main QBC and Board Reports
Board Measure DescriptionFocus Area
DCHS BOARD PERFORMANCE REPORT BALANCED SCORECARD
Community Nursing Activity (no.)
Community Matron Activity (no.)
Community Information Dataset Completeness-Referral to treatment information (%)
Community Information Dataset Completeness-Referral information (%)
Community Information Dataset Completeness-Treatment activity information (%)
Information Governance Incidents Reported via IG toolkit - Level 2 or above (no.)
Information Governance Toolkit Achievement - measures scoring 2 or better (no)
Monitor Risk Assurance Framework Scorecard (RAF) (rating)
Sickness & Absence Rates - Long Term Absence (%)
Sickness & Absence Rates - Short Term Absence (%)
Turnover - Planned (%)
Turnover - Unplanned (%)
New SIRIs reported per month (excluding pressure ulcers) (no.)
Injurous Falls per 1,000 inpatient occupied bed days (no.)
Injurious and non Injurious Falls per 1,000 Inpatient Occupied Bed Days
Number of incidents (causing harm or otherwise) per 1,000 WTE budgeted staff (no)
Number of Formal Complaints Reported per 1,000 WTE Budgeted Staff
Safety Thermometer - Percentage of 'Harm Free' Care (New harms only)
Face to face contacts per whole time equivalent (wte) community nurse per working day (no.)
Total pay cost per wte community nurse (£)
Face to face contacts per whole time equivalent (wte) health visitor per working day (no.)
Total pay cost per wte health visitor (£)
Average length of stay (days)
Percentage occupancy of community hospital beds (%)
Data Completeness-NHS Number (%)
Data Completeness-Ethnicity code (%)
Data Completeness-Postcode (%)
Data Completeness-GP Practice code (%)
HCAI Report
Board Measure Description
MRSA Infections - Avoidable (No.) Identified non compliance with IP&C standards which may have prevented occurrence
MRSA Infections - Possible (No.) Identified possible risk factors that may have contributed to the infection occurring
MRSA Infections - Unavoidable (No.) Identified that there were pre-disposing risk factors contributing to the infection
ESBL - Avoidable (No.) Extended Spectrum Beta Lactamases
ESBL - Possible (No.) Extended Spectrum Beta Lactamases
ESBL - Unavoidable (No.) Extended Spectrum Beta Lactamases
Norovirus outbreaks (No.)Considered unavoidable because DCHS is unable to influence transmission. Number of ‘outbreaks’ and therefore may include more than one patient.
MRSA Bacteraemia - Avoidable (No.) Identified non compliance with IP&C standards which may have prevented occurrence
MRSA Bacteraemia - Possible (No.) Identified possible risk factors that may have contributed to the infection occurring
MRSA Bacteraemia - Unavoidable (No.) Identified that there were pre-disposing risk factors contributing to the infection
MRSA Screenings - Elective Surgery (%) The % of elective surgery patients screened for MRSA
MRSA Screenings - Non Elective Admissions (%) The % of non elective admission patients screened for MRSA
MRSA Screenings - Sexual Health (&) The % of sexual health patients screened for MRSA
Clostridium Difficile - Avoidable (No.) Identified non compliance with IP&C standards which may have prevented occurrence
Clostridium Difficile - Possible (No.) Identified possible risk factors that may have contributed to the infection occurring
Clostridium Difficile - Unavoidable (No.) Identified that there were pre-disposing risk factors contributing to the infection
INFO
RMAT
ION
QU
ALIT
Y SE
RVIC
E
SERV
ICE
USE
R SA
FETY
& E
XPER
IEN
CE
HCA
I
QAU
ALIT
Y PE
OPL
E
Focus Area
INFO
RMAT
ION
QU
ALIT
Y BU
SIN
ESS
QU
ALIT
Y BU
SIN
ESS
COM
M N
URS
ING
QU
ALIT
Y SE
RVIC
E
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�241�of�264Page�45�of�46
KEY TO COLOUR CODINGS
Indicator / Measure has met or exceeded targetIndicator / Measure has not met target but is within acceptable tolerances. An action plan is in place and is being monitoredIndicator / Measure has not met target and is beyond accepted tolerances. Immediate action and investigation has been instigated. An action plan is in place and is being monitored. Indicator / Measure is not available or in development
KEY TO SYMBOLS
↑ Performance has improved / is above target
↓ Performance has declined / is below target
↔ Performance is stable and on target to be delivered
Data Quality Kitemark scoring
Using data collected interview sessions with service staff; each system has been marked on the criteria of Audit, Timeliness, Sign off, Granularity, Completeness and Source/Process. A system can score as Not Sufficient, Sufficient or Exemplary in each of the six areas. These areas make up the outer segments of the Data Quality Kitemark Shield eg: A score of Sufficient or Exemplary marks the system as Green on the Kitemark Shield for that section and a score of Not Sufficient marks the system as red.
Data Confidence Score Each system will receive a Data Confidence Score calculated by the total overall scoring given by four key members of staff relating to the specified system from Information, Performance and within the service. Each contact is asked to give the system a confidence rating out of 5 to state how accurately the system data reflects service activity, where 5 is Complete Confidence and 1 No Confidence. The total of the four scorings will be displayed in the centre of the Data Quality Kitemark Shield.
Timeliness
Source/process
Sign off
Completeness
Granularity
Audit
12
26�Performance�Report�Jan�2015
Top
Overall�Page�242�of�264Page�46�of�46
TRUST BOARD Document Title: Financial Performance Report
Presenter/Title: Chris Sands, Director of Finance, Performance and Information
Contents of Paper were previously discussed by: QBC Wednesday 21 January 2015
Author/Title: David Gray Head of Management Accounts
Contact Email and Telephone Number: [email protected]
Date of Meeting: 29 January 2015 Agenda Item No: 27/15
No of pages inc. this one: 13
Document is for: (indicate with an “x” – you can populate more than one box)
Information Decision Assurance x
Purpose of Paper
The paper sets out the financial performance of the Trust as at 31 December 2014. The report details performance against statutory and internal targets. The Trust is reporting a surplus position of £1.10m at month 9, which represents a £0.43m adverse variance against the planned surplus of £1.55m. A year end forecast surplus of £1.6m is now expected due to delays in delivering the Cost Improvement Plan and increased pressures within the Clinical Services. The reduction in the year-end forecast surplus is a reflection of the increased financial pressures being experienced driven by overspending within Integrated Care Based Services (ICBS) and non-achievement of CIP plans. It also reflects the increased financial risk as we enter the winter period. The Trust is forecasting that it will meet all its statutory financial duties for the year.
Recommendations
The Board is asked to discuss the report and note the actions being taken to improve performance.
Board Assurance Framework Risk Reference
3.2. To ensure an effective, efficient and economical organisation which promotes productive working and which offers good value to its community and commissioners
Financial Impact
The report contains a number of issues and risks that have a financial impact on the organisation. The most significant of which are the delivery of the CIP programme and the financial position within the Integrated Community Based Services division. The report updates
27�Financial�Performance�Repor
Top
Overall�Page�243�of�264Page�1�of�13
Committee members regarding the actions that are currently being taken and further mitigations that have been identified to support the overall financial position.
Further Information and Appendices
Attached.
Monitoring Information Brief Summary and References
Are there Governor Involvement implications? Governors will hold the Board to account around its financial position
Are there Equality and Diversity implications? No
Are there Patient, Public and Stakeholder Involvement implications? No
Risk Register
Is the issue on the current Risk Register? Yes No N/A
Risk Number on Register
Does this update recommend a change in the current risk score? (If so, please provide your rationale below) Yes No N/A
27�Financial�Performance�Repor
Top
Overall�Page�244�of�264Page�2�of�13
WORKING CAPITAL14,092 G 11,801 G1,890 G (870) G
£m % £m % % £m % £m % £m % (2,296) G 379 GEBITDA (6.23) (5.19) (5.68) (4.73) (8.79) (7.83) (4.89) (7.85) (4.89) (0.01) 0.17 99.9 G 95.0 GNet (surplus)/deficit (1.55) (1.29) (1.10) (0.92) (28.85) (1.60) (1.00) (1.60) (1.00) (0.00) 0.00 99.1 G 95.0 G
96.3 G 95.0 GI&E SURPLUS I&E SUMMARY AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2014 97.5 G 95.0 G
VAR
ACTU
AL
PLANDECEMB
ER 2014
YTD
BPPC - NHS (by volume) (%)BPPC - NHS (by value) (%)
VAR
FOT
PLAN
FULL YEAR
EBITDA AND SURPLUS AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2014YTD 2014/15 FULL YEAR
DECEMBER 2014
FOTYTD
Current Assets Variance (£m)Cash at bank as per the ledger (£m)
Current Liabilities Variance (£m)£m
0.45
0.55
BPPC - Non-NHS (by volume) (%)BPPC - Non-NHS (by value) (%)
DERBYSHIRE COMMUNITY HEALTH SERVICES NHS FOUNDATION TRUST FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE REPORT
PLAN ACTUAL VARIANCE PLAN FOT VARIANCE
DECEMBER 2014 KEY FINANCIAL INDICATORS
RISK RATINGSContinuity of service - Liquidity (days) 13.75 G 12.57 G
(£m) (£m) (£m) (£m) (£m) (£m) Continuity of service - Liquidity rating 4 G 4 G(120.02) (120.17) (0.15) (160.23) (160.55) (0.32) Continuity of service - Capital Servicing (x times) 3.18 G 3.11 G
PAY 83.45 83.48 0.03 110.99 111.47 0.47 Continuity of service - Capital Servicing 4 G 4 GNON-PAY 30.34 31.01 0.67 41.41 41.24 (0.16)
OTHER 4.68 4.58 (0.10) 6.23 6.25 0.01 PERFORMANCE AND CIP YTD FOT(1.55) (1.10) 0.45 (1.60) (1.60) (0.00) Contract over/(under) performance (£m) 0.21 G 0.41 G
Over/(under)achievement of CIP target (£m) (0.65) R (1.23) RCAPITAL PROGRAMME MONTH END CASH BALANCE (Over)/underspend against investments (£m) G G
Net impact of CIP/investments/NR savings (£m) (0.65) R G
ADDITIONAL TRIGGERS YTD FOTReceivables aged over 90 days (%) 5.0 8.2 R 5.0 GPayables aged over 90 days (%) 5.0 20.6 R 5.0 GChange in Finance Director in last year 2 0 G 0 GInterim Finance Director in place over QE 2 0 G 0 GDays expenditure covered by QE cash 10 33.7 G 28.2 GCapital Expenditure % of plan (%) 75.0 50.9 R 92.3 G
VAR
ACTU
AL
PLAN
INCOME
TOTAL
DECEMBER 2014 VA
R
FOT
PLAN FOTYTD
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
Cum
ulat
ive
surp
lus
(£m
)
Plan Actual Forecast
0.02.04.06.08.0
10.012.014.016.018.0
Cas
h at
mon
th e
nd (£
m)
Plan Actual Forecast
-1.0
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
Cum
ulat
ive
capi
tal s
pend
(£
m)
Plan Actual Forecast
27�Financial�Performance�Repor
Top
Overall�Page�245�of�264Page�3�of�13
DERBYSHIRE COMMUNITY HEALTH SERVICES NHS FOUNDATION TRUST MONTHLY FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE REPORT FOR THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
AS AT 31st DECEMBER 2014
1. Introduction The purpose of this report is to update and inform the Board on performance against key financial criteria for month 9 of the current financial year, 2014/15. The Trust is reporting a surplus position of £1.10m at month 9, which represents a £0.45m adverse variance against the planned surplus of £1.55m. A year end forecast surplus of £1.6m is now being reported following delays in delivering the Cost Improvement Plans and increased pressures within the Clinical Services. The reduction in the year-end forecast surplus is a reflection of the increased financial pressures being experienced driven by overspending within Integrated Care Based Services (ICBS) and non-achievement of CIP plans. It also reflects the increased financial risk as we enter the winter period. The general mitigation reserve has been allocated pro-rata at month 9.
2. Summary Financial Position The financial risk of the Trust is measured by the Continuity of Services (CoS) Rating as part of the provider license. A rating of 4 is low risk, whilst a rating of 1 is high risk. The Trust is forecasting a rating of 4 at the year-end. This reflects the strong balance sheet of the Trust. Table One – Continuity of Service rating
Measure Indicator Weight Year to date Forecast outturn Value Rating Value Rating
Liquidity
Number of days operating expenditure covered by current working capital balances
50% 13.75 4 12.57 4
Capital Servicing Capacity
Revenue cover available to service debt repayments
50% 3.18 4 3.11 4
To move to a CoS rating of 3, there would need to be a deterioration in the income and expenditure position of £3.5m. A further reduction to the position of £2.2m or a total of £5.7m would move the overall CoS rating to a 2. On the basis of the strong CoS rating, the Trust is able to make positive finance declarations in its quarter 3 return to Monitor.
3. Income & Expenditure Appendix 1 details the Income & Expenditure Statement as at month 9.
27�Financial�Performance�Repor
Top
Overall�Page�246�of�264Page�4�of�13
More detail on the income and expenditure position is provided below.
3.1 Clinical Income Month 9 position is showing £0.21m over performance in relation to clinical income. This is a worsening in the position since month 8 of approximately £0.02m. Cost and Volume activity is over performing by £0.15m in Month 9. The main areas driving this over performance are Planned Care Outpatient/Day Case £0.27m and Physiotherapy £0.16m. This is being offset by under performance in Podiatric Surgery £0.10m and Community Podiatry £0.19m. The cost and volume plans have been increased in Month 9 by £0.5m in line with the start of the new Integrated Wellbeing Tender on the 1st December 2015. At present the first months activity monitoring is not available and therefore the income has been assumed to deliver an under performance of £0.06m in line with the forecast expenditure under spend thus having nil impact overall. Once the first cut of data is received, a more robust financial forecast will be reflected for the Month 10 position. The block contract element is showing £0.06m over-performance due to CQUIN achievement in quarter 1 and 2 being greater than the planned 90%. We are experiencing increased activity in areas covered by the block.
The overall contract income is forecast to over-perform by £0.41m by the end of the year.
Activity against plans will continue to be closely monitored to ensure early identification of under / over –performance and any associated risks to income.
3.2 Non-Clinical and Other Income
Other Income is behind plan by £0.06m, mainly due to loss of income from Derbyshire Healthcare Foundation Trust following the Trust leaving a number of our premises. A focused piece of work is underway around implementing a better system for managing who is using our buildings, and identifying opportunities for new sources of room rental income to mitigate this income gap.
3.3 Expenditure Overall, the Trust is reporting an over spend against the expenditure plan of £0.45m at month 9. Pay costs are over plan by £0.03m. Underspends in divisions are offsetting a £0.51 million overspend in pay in ICBS (a reduction of £0.09m in month). We continue to experience a higher than planned level of spend on pay in the ICBS areas through high levels of bank and agency usage and delays in delivering the planned Cost Improvement Programmes. The Trust has submitted business cases for additional non-recurrent funding from the Resilience Fund (Winter Planning) and have had a number approved by commissioners. A business case has been prepared for commissioners to consider additional recurrent funding to address the increased activity and acuity of patients seen in a community setting. This builds on some of the business cases put forward for Resilience funding and will form part of the contract discussions for 2015/16.
27�Financial�Performance�Repor
Top
Overall�Page�247�of�264Page�5�of�13
The Trust continues to utilise high levels of bank and agency staffing, however following the recent recruitment campaign the bank and agency costs continue to reduce and for the third month running there has been a further reduction across all services of £0.02m. The Finance and Workforce Planning team are working closely to monitor and forecast the new staff starting in post, and the impact upon staffing costs and bank and agency usage. The main areas of pay overspends within the ICBS division are principally Bolsover and North East Community and Inpatient Teams (£0.58m), Amber Valley Community Teams (£0.21m), and MIU Services across the County (£0.24m). There are a number of Vacancies within Health and Wellbeing, Planned Care, Estates and Corporate Services which is helping to reduce the variance against plan down to £0.05m Non-pay Costs are over plan by £0.67m with the main areas of overspend covering Travel costs (£0.40m), Drugs usage within Health and Wellbeing (£0.04m), Telephone and Mobile costs (£0.21m), increased spend on Wheelchairs (£0.47m) due to delays in receipting, External Consultancy Fees (£0.22m) and Opthalmic Implants within Planned Care (£0.11m). The Management Accountants are working closely with the Budget Holders to address these areas of overspend and agree mitigation plans to bring spend back in line with plan. We are reviewing non-pay budgets as part of the 2015/16 planning process. Following the start of the new Healthy Living Tender within the Health and Wellbeing the service now have a number of vacancies and overall show a combined underspend of £0.06m which has been offset by a reduction in income. This process will be reviewed once all reporting systems are in place and accurately reported from Month 10. The cost improvement plan is £0.65m behind plan at month 9 due to delays in delivering the Site Strategies around Service redesign and transformation. Further detail is provided in section 3.4 below. 3.4 Cost Improvements Plan The Trust has a CIP target of £7.3m for 2014/15. An underachievement against the planned schemes both at month 9 and year end of £648k and £1,227k respectively are being forecast. This is the net position after mitigations have been included. The Trust continues to develop further mitigating schemes, which will be used to address schemes that are under delivering. Further schemes are being worked up and will be included on the schedule for month 10. Further detail of the CIP position can be found in Appendix 2.
4.0 Statement of Financial Position Appendix 3 sets out the Statement of Financial Position.
4.1 Cash At the end of December the cash balance was £0.9m ahead of plan (actual: £14.1m, plan £13.2m). The I&E surplus is behind plan but working capital variances and slippage in the capital programme mean we are over performing in cash terms.
27�Financial�Performance�Repor
Top
Overall�Page�248�of�264Page�6�of�13
The Trust is continuing to actively manage working capital, with a particular focus on debtors.
4.2 Working Capital A key part of the Trust’s financial strategy is management of working capital. Described below is the year-to-date performance against the Public Sector Payment Policy: NHS Non NHS
% % Value 100 96 Volume 99 97
The Committee will note that the Trust is able to report year-to-date compliance against all four targets of 95% for the month of December.
5. Capital Plans and Expenditure
The Trust’s capital programme for the year 2014/15 is valued at £4,925K. At month 9 the cumulative expenditure is £2,793k, which is behind the plan profile. Expenditure relating to renovations at Walton Hospital on Linacre and Peveril wards is ongoing. Other capital schemes have been delayed into next year including the DTC upgrade and endoscopy equipment at Ilkeston Hospital. The net impact of this is an under-spend against cumulative plan of £0.5m. IM&T projects (PAS and mobile working) are incurring slippage causing an under-spend to Month 9 of £0.5m. Another impact on the year to date and full year capital programme is the VAT reclaims relating to prior year totalling £0.2m. The total capital expenditure for the year is forecast to be below plan by £325K. It is planned to add the underspend on capital to the 2015/16 programme.
Further detail can be found in Appendix 5 attached.
6. Risks Delivery of the CIP programme remains a significant risk and therefore ensuring that the Trust’s CIP programme is robustly managed through the PMO process is crucial. The CIP programme is phased into the second half of the year, and it is vital that these schemes are implemented promptly. A further risk is the deterioration in the ICBS financial position. The division have been asked to include this on the risk register. General Managers have developed their mitigation plans and these are being reviewed on a regular basis. To mitigate against the deteriorating financial position, the following action is being taken:
• ICBS recovery plan is being reviewed with a particular focus on: o Agency and bank expenditure o Delivery of CIP plans
27�Financial�Performance�Repor
Top
Overall�Page�249�of�264Page�7�of�13
• Review of planned care position with a focus on:
o Delivery of facilities management savings from CIP schemes o The robustness of income forecasts, and the costs required to deliver this income
• Strong control of corporate costs with a review of all agency costs and vacancies
• Continuation of underspends in areas where they are being delivered to offset
overspending in other areas
• Negotiate additional income in areas of the block contract where activity is exceeding plan
• Increased control of discretionary spend Discussions have already commenced with commissioners to address some of the service pressures being experienced in the ICBS division, to find a recurrent solution to the increasing level of activity, and acuity of patients, being experienced in the community.
7. Summary
Board members are asked to note the month 9 position against the financial targets. Chris Sands Director of Finance, Performance and Information
27�Financial�Performance�Repor
Top
Overall�Page�250�of�264Page�8�of�13
Appendix 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Annual Annual
Actual Plan Variance Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Forecast Forecast Forecast Outturn Plan
£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000
OPERATINGIncome
Clinical Income -113,694 -113,483 -211 -12,583 -12,593 -12,409 -12,883 -12,475 -12,460 -12,927 -12,924 -12,440 -12,814 -12,663 -12,715 -151,886 -151,474
Other NHS Income -3,456 -3,696 240 -361 -384 -406 -333 -379 -450 -396 -360 -387 -398 -397 -398 -4,649 -4,947
Education and Training -653 -629 -24 -76 -108 -78 -70 -70 -75 -117 15 -74 -62 -63 -70 -848 -839
Other Income -2,366 -2,210 -156 -237 -215 -249 -254 -224 -274 -395 -215 -303 -263 -262 -278 -3,169 -2,969
INCOME TOTAL -120,169 -120,018 -151 -13,257 -13,300 -13,142 -13,540 -13,148 -13,259 -13,835 -13,484 -13,204 -13,537 -13,385 -13,461 -160,552 -160,229
Operating ExpensesEmployee Benefit Expenses 83,479 83,450 29 9,233 9,328 9,413 9,259 9,220 9,249 9,317 9,235 9,225 9,247 9,395 9,345 111,466 110,992
Drugs 701 645 56 46 226 56 58 63 53 43 58 98 58 58 58 875 940
Clinical Supplies and Services 5,991 5,559 432 490 546 502 652 640 596 1,047 763 755 679 680 680 8,030 7,277
Other Costs 24,320 24,139 181 2,741 2,497 2,527 2,676 2,652 2,670 3,011 2,779 2,767 2,730 2,677 2,617 32,344 33,188
OPERATING EXPENSES TOTAL 114,491 113,793 698 12,510 12,597 12,498 12,645 12,575 12,568 13,418 12,835 12,845 12,714 12,810 12,700 152,715 152,397
OPERATING (PROFIT) / LOSS EBITDA -5,678 -6,225 547 -747 -703 -644 -895 -573 -691 -417 -649 -359 -823 -575 -761 -7,837 -7,832
NON OPERATINGLoss / (Profit) on Asset Disposal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1
Impairment of non-current assets 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Depreciation / Amortisation 2,847 2,841 6 320 319 319 315 315 315 315 314 315 313 314 313 3,787 3,782
Interest (Receivable) / Payable -38 -37 -1 -3 -6 -3 -5 -5 -4 -4 -4 -4 -4 -4 -4 -50 -50
Public Dividend Capital 1,769 1,875 -106 208 208 208 208 208 208 105 208 208 208 209 314 2,500 2,500
NON OPERATING TOTAL 4,578 4,679 -101 525 521 524 518 518 519 416 518 519 517 519 623 6,237 6,232
RETAINED (SURPLUS) / DEFICIT -1,100 -1,546 446 -222 -182 -120 -377 -55 -172 -1 -131 160 -306 -56 -138 -1,600 -1,600
ADJUSTMENTS TO RETAINED SURPLUS
Donated Asset Income (41) 0 (41) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (41) (20) 0 0 (61) 0
Donated Asset Depreciation 95 (0) 95 10 10 11 10 10 11 11 11 11 10 10 10 125 0
Impairment of non-current assets 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL ADJUSTMENTS 54 (0) 54 10 10 11 10 10 11 11 11 (30) (10) 10 10 64 0
ADJUSTED RETAINED (SURPLUS) / DEFICIT (1,046) (1,546) 500 (212) (172) (109) (367) (45) (161) 10 (120) 130 (316) (46) (128) (1,536) (1,600)
STATEMENT OF INCOME & EXPENDITUREDECEMBER 2014
Category
Year to Date Monthly Actual / Forecast
As at 31 December 2014
27�Financial�Performance�Repor
Top
Overall�Page�251�of�264Page�9�of�13
Appendix 2
Plan £'000Plan % of
Annual ActualActual % of
Annual Risk RatingPlan £'000
Out-turn Actual Risk Rating FYE Forecast FYE Plan
Total CIP 14/15 4,934 67.4% 4,287 58.5% -648 -13% 7,324 6,097 -1227 -17% 6,622 8,709
Total PMO 1,529 63.6% 794 33.1% -734 -48% 2,403 1,299 -1104 -47% 1,690 3486
Total Transactional 3,406 69.2% 3,021 61.4% -384 -11% 4,921 4,134 -787 -16% 4,255 5223
Total Mitigation 0 - 471 - 471 0% 0 664 664 0 678 0
Programme Project Programme Lead PlanPlan % of
Annual Actual PlanOut-turn
Actual FYE Forecast FYE Plan
£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 % £'000 £'000 £'000 % £'000 £'000Clinical Environments
Amber Valley Service Remodelling Mark Roberts 23 50.0% 2 3.7% -21 -93% 45 7 -38 -85% 14 90Clinical Environments
Consolidation of OPMH Beds Patrick Murphy 30 17.9% 30 17.9% 0 0% 168 30 -138 -82% 0 672Clinical Environments
LD Service Review Sue Ryan 6 25.0% 0 0.0% -6 -100% 25 0 -25 -100% 0 74Clinical Environments
Amber Valley IFM savings Maggie Barratt 12 50.0% 0 0.0% -12 -100% 24 12 -12 -50% 48 48Clinical Environments
NED Transformational Change Kim Ashall 0 0.0% 0 0.0% 0 0% 11 0 -11 -100% 0 45
HWBI Contraceptive and sexual health service review Paula Newbert 92 75.0% 83 68.0% -9 -9% 122 122 0 0% 122 122
HWBI Health Promotion Review Maddie Robinson 88 50.0% 70 39.8% -18 -20% 175 159 -16 -9% 350 350
Planned Care SLT Service Review Lisa Salton 56 68.6% 52 62.9% -5 -8% 82 77 -5 -6% 102 112
Planned Care Planned Care contract reviews Brenda Page 122 75.0% 122 75.0% 0 0% 162 162 0 0% 162 162
Planned Care I&E Staff and non pay Brenda Page 68 75.0% 42 46.2% -26 -38% 91 91 0 0% 91 91
IFM Catering cost reduction Richard Lyne 31 57.0% 37 67.4% 6 18% 55 62 7 13% 62 55
IFM Hotel services cost reduction Richard Lyne 85 52.6% 81 50.0% -4 -5% 162 113 -49 -30% 113 162
IFM IFM Staffing Management Review Richard Lyne 91 69.0% 94 71.1% 3 3% 132 139 7 5% 139 132
IFM IFM Non Pay Review Richard Lyne 6 25.0% 10 40.8% 4 63% 24 24 0 0% 24 24
IFM IFM Income Generation Richard Lyne 53 75.0% 0 0.0% -53 -100% 71 0 -71 -100% 0 71
IFM IFM Other Richard Lyne 21 75.0% 0 0.0% -21 -100% 29 0 -29 -100% 0 132
Corporate Administration Review Executives 404 75.0% 17 3.2% -387 -96% 539 17 -522 -97% 17 539
POE Review of Medical Contracts Jo Furley 233 70.0% 156 46.9% -77 -33% 333 284 -49 -15% 446 400
POE E Rostering Nicola Myronko 107 70.0% 0 0.0% -107 -100% 153 0 -153 -100% 0 205
Total PMO 1,529 63.6% 794 33.1% -734 -48% 2,403 1,299 -1104 -46% 1,690 3486
Programme Project Programme Lead PlanPlan % of
Annual ActualActual % of
Annual PlanOut-turn
Actual FYE Forecast FYE Plan £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 % £'000 £'000 £'000 % £'000 £'000
HWBI Health promotion (non pay relocation vacation of Coney Green ) Maddie Robinson 176 75.0% 176 75.0% 0 0% 235 235 0 0% 235 235
HWBI Psychology - change in staffing profile complete Matt Eves 8 75.0% 3 34.0% -4 -55% 10 5 -5 -50% 10 10
HWBI Management team review Jayne Needham 62 75.0% 62 75.2% 0 0% 83 83 0 0% 83 83
HWBI Childrens Services Reconfiguration Gill Levick 63 51.5% 63 51.5% 0 0% 122 122 0 0% 236 236
HWBI HWBI staffing and non pay review Jayne Needham 58 75.0% 58 75.5% 0 0% 77 77 0 0% 77 77
Planned Care Dental consolidation reduction in staff following site reduction. Richard Lyne 41 75.0% 42 75.5% 0 1% 55 55 0 0% 55 55
Planned Care Leicester Lab Manager move to external contractor Alison Wainwright 10 50.0% 10 50.5% 0 1% 19 19 0 0% 38 38
IFM IFM Staffing structure review Richard Lyne 237 75.0% 237 75.0% 0 0% 316 316 0 0% 316 316Clinical Environments
Contractual Efficiencies Jo Furley 150 75.0% 150 75.0% 0 0% 200 200 0 0% 200 200Clinical Environments
Management review Jo Furley 181 65.5% 130 47.0% -51 -28% 276 196 -80 -29% 314 394Clinical Environments
Bolsover/NED/ Chesterfield Management review CVA/Co-ords redesign
Jo Furley 53 66.7% 0 0.0% -53 -100% 80 0 -80 -100% 0 107Clinical Environments
Bolsover/NED/ Chesterfield Management review Therapy inpatient redesign
Jo Furley 21 56.0% 19 50.9% -2 -9% 37 28 -9 -26% 63 63Clinical Environments
OPMH/LD Medical Contract Jo Furley 13 50.0% 0 0.0% -13 -100% 25 25 0 0% 50 50Clinical Environments
High Peak and Dales Therapy remodelling Jonathan Sanderson 7 50.0% 3 21.3% -4 -57% 13 7 -6 -47% 26 26Clinical Environments
High Peak and Dales Diabetes Jonathan Sanderson 20 75.0% 14 50.7% 0 0% 27 14 -13 -49% 14 27Clinical Environments
ICBS Therapy services review Jo Furley 275 75.0% 202 55.0% -73 -27% 367 202 -165 -45% 80 367Clinical Environments
ICBS Non-Clincial vacancy review Jo Furley 210 75.0% 210 75.0% 0 0% 280 280 0 0% 280 280
Corporate Corporate CIP target Various 501 66.9% 479 63.9% -22 -4% 750 753 3 0% 750 750
Corporate Overheads Release Chris Sands 150 75.0% 112 56.0% -38 -25% 200 131 -69 -35% 131 200
Corporate Non Pay Efficiencies Chris Sands 375 75.0% 375 75.0% 0 0% 500 500 0 0% 500 500
Corporate Non clinical income efficiences Chris Sands 75 75.0% 75 75.0% 0 0% 100 100 0 0% 100 100
Estates Staff vacant posts Peter West 93 75.0% 93 75.0% 0 0% 124 124 0 0% 124 124
Procurement Standardisation on products in Nhs supply chain Brian Summerfield 26 75.0% 26 75.0% 0 0% 35 35 0 0% 35 35
Procurement Day to day value for money on requisitions Brian Summerfield 113 75.0% 113 75.0% 0 0% 150 150 0 0% 150 150
Procurement Travel and hotel booking Brian Summerfield 8 75.0% 8 75.0% 0 0% 11 11 0 0% 11 11
Procurement BOC Brian Summerfield 3 75.0% 3 75.0% 0 0% 4 4 0 0% 4 4
Procurement Room bookings and hospitality Brian Summerfield 8 75.0% 8 75.0% 0 0% 10 10 0 0% 10 10
Procurement Continence home delivery contract Brian Summerfield 48 70.0% 0 0.0% -48 -100% 69 0 -69 -100% 0 82
Procurement Laundry tender Brian Summerfield 0 0.0% 0 0.0% 0 0% 15 16 1 7% 39 20
Trust wide MARS scheme Chris Sands 177 72.7% 95 38.9% -82 -46% 243 130 -113 -47% 124 266
Trust wide Review of Non Pay Chris Sands 0 0.0% 0 0.0% 0 0% 193 0 -193 -100% 0 207
Trust wide Review of Capital Charges Chris Sands 150 75.0% 150 75.0% 0 0% 200 200 0 0% 200 200
Trust wide Non Recurrent release of reserves Chris Sands 95 100.0% 107 112.6% 12 13% 95 107 12 13% 0 0
Total Trans 3,406 69.2% 3,021 61.4% -378 -11% 4,921 4,134 -787 -16% 4,255 5223
Programme Project Programme Lead PlanPlan % of
Annual ActualActual % of
Annual PlanOut-turn
Actual FYE Forecast FYE Plan
£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 % £'000 £'000 £'000 % £'000 £'000Clinical Environments
MIU - 8-8 Jo Furley 0 - 0 - 0 0% 0 27 27 0% 56 0Clinical Environments
Bd 7 Physio vacancy held for 6 mths from Oct Jo Furley 0 - 0 - 0 0% 0 19 19 0% 0 0Clinical Environments
ERE / AV - SLA Reduction Jo Furley 0 - 9 - 9 0% 0 15 15 0% 10 0Clinical Environments
SDD / AV - Mitigations Jo Furley 0 - 18 - 18 0% 0 35 35 0% 12 0Clinical Environments
ICBS Mitigations - Additional Income - Contract Adjust Jo Furley 0 - 66 - 66 0% 0 88 88 0% 88 0Clinical Environments
NED - Mitigations Jo Furley 0 - 11 - 11 0% 0 18 18 0% 11 0Clinical Environments
HP&D - Mitigations Jo Furley 0 - 16 - 16 0% 0 27 27 0% 8 0
HWBI Slippage on tender Timescaless Jayne Needham 0 - 95 - 95 0% 0 95 95 0% 0 0
Reserves Release of Unutilised Reserves Chris Sands 0 - 257 - 257 0% 0 342 342 0% 493 0-
Total Mitigation 0 - 471 - 471 0% 0 664 664 0 678 0
Variance
Risk Rating
Variance
Risk Rating
Year to Date Annual
Mitigations 2014/15
PMO and Transactional CIP Monitoring 2014/15 December 2014
Summary of Overall CIP Monitoring 2014/15
PMO CIP Monitoring 2014/15
Transactional CIP Monitoring 2014/15
Actual % of Annual
Variance
Risk Rating
Variance
Risk Rating
Variance Variance
Year to Date Annual
Risk RatingRisk Rating
Year to Date Annual
Variance Variance
27�Financial�Performance�Repor
Top
Overall�Page�252�of�264Page�10�of�13
Appendix 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 122013-14 Annual Annual
Year Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Outturn PlanEnd Actual Plan Variance Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Forecast Forecast Forecast Outturn
£'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s
ASSETSNon Current
Tangible Assets 79,643 79,630 80,443 (813) 79,339 79,200 79,286 79,394 79,181 79,507 79,242 79,458 79,630 79,944 80,340 80,487 79,944
Intangible Assets 1,355 1,260 1,230 30 1,328 1,301 1,274 1,248 1,222 1,195 1,175 1,149 1,260 1,233 1,205 1,986 1,254
Total Non Current Assets 80,998 80,890 81,673 (783) 80,667 80,501 80,560 80,642 80,403 80,702 80,417 80,607 80,890 81,177 81,545 82,473 81,198
CurrentInventories 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
NHS Trade Receivabes 5,273 1,372 1,865 (493) 2,465 3,199 2,383 2,217 1,734 1,097 12,427 1,192 1,372 1,315 1,154 1,405 1,605
Non NHS Trade Receivabes 624 593 344 249 1,237 1,352 1,229 472 424 1,268 1,326 679 593 565 557 532 316
Bad Debt Provision (132) (162) (114) (48) (129) (159) (137) (131) (125) (127) (152) (189) (162) (172) (185) (155) (108)
Capital Receivables 144 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Accrued Income 1,027 2,322 1,689 633 944 740 1,051 1,440 1,544 1,616 1,617 3,036 2,322 1,456 1,279 1,055 1,289
Prepayments 1,520 905 262 643 1,216 1,163 1,101 946 988 940 890 1,011 905 895 954 1,004 182
Other Receivables 1,312 504 497 7 1,371 1,561 1,365 1,329 660 520 528 554 504 529 526 535 478
Cash and Cash Equivalents 11,731 14,092 13,193 899 11,829 11,085 12,290 12,608 14,806 13,804 15,442 14,668 14,092 12,833 12,370 11,801 13,285
Total Current Assets 21,499 19,626 17,736 1,890 18,933 18,941 19,282 18,881 20,031 19,118 32,078 20,951 19,626 17,421 16,655 16,177 17,047
TOTAL ASSETS 102,497 100,516 99,409 1,107 99,600 99,442 99,842 99,523 100,434 99,820 112,495 101,558 100,516 98,598 98,200 98,650 98,245
LIABILITIESCurrent Liabilities
Trade Payables (8,566) (6,956) (5,969) (987) (4,983) (4,432) (4,379) (3,481) (2,823) (3,405) (3,885) (6,362) (6,956) (4,500) (3,555) (3,289) (6,371)
Other Payables (3,598) (3,334) (3,637) 303 (3,396) (3,412) (3,356) (3,305) (3,318) (3,316) (3,325) (3,395) (3,334) (3,342) (3,379) (3,405) (3,622)
Public Dividend Capital Payable 0 (522) (662) 140 (209) (417) (625) (833) (1,042) 0 (105) (314) (522) (730) (938) 0 0
Capital Payables (1,132) (672) 0 (672) (615) (665) (901) (231) (401) (206) (175) (596) (672) (507) (507) (620) 0
Accrued Expenditure (2,586) (1,412) (988) (424) (3,569) (3,508) (3,579) (4,243) (5,330) (5,230) (5,179) (3,051) (1,412) (1,679) (2,010) (2,600) (702)
Annual Leave Accrual (431) (431) (431) 0 (431) (431) (431) (431) (431) (431) (431) (431) (431) (431) (431) (401) (401)
Deferred Income, Current (49) (261) (12) (249) (58) (68) (48) (112) (155) (134) (12,263) (250) (261) (166) (83) 0 0
Provisions, Current (967) (516) (109) (407) (959) (957) (867) (864) (863) (842) (885) (618) (516) (515) (523) (531) (129)
Total Current Liabilities (17,329) (14,104) (11,808) (2,296) (14,220) (13,890) (14,186) (13,500) (14,363) (13,564) (26,248) (15,017) (14,104) (11,870) (11,426) (10,846) (11,225)
Non Current LiablilitiesDeferred Income, Non Current 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Provisions, Non Current 0 (20) 0 (20) 0 0 0 0 0 (20) (20) (20) (20) (20) (20) (30) 0
Total Non Current Liabilities 0 (20) 0 (20) 0 0 0 0 0 (20) (20) (20) (20) (20) (20) (30) 0
TOTAL LIABILITIES (17,329) (14,124) (11,808) (2,316) (14,220) (13,890) (14,186) (13,500) (14,363) (13,584) (26,268) (15,037) (14,124) (11,890) (11,446) (10,876) (11,225)
TOTAL ASSET EMPLOYED 85,168 86,392 87,601 (1,209) 85,380 85,553 85,657 86,023 86,071 86,236 86,227 86,521 86,392 86,708 86,754 87,774 87,020
TAXPAYERS EQUITYPublic Dividend Capital (172) 1 343 (342) (172) (172) (172) (172) (172) (172) (172) 1 1 1 1 147 758
Retained Earnings 67,296 68,347 69,514 (1,167) 67,508 67,681 67,785 68,151 68,199 68,364 68,355 68,476 68,347 68,663 68,709 68,837 67,962
Revaluation Reserve 18,044 18,044 17,744 300 18,044 18,044 18,044 18,044 18,044 18,044 18,044 18,044 18,044 18,044 18,044 18,790 18,300
TOTAL TAXPAYERS EQUITY 85,168 86,392 87,601 (1,209) 85,380 85,553 85,657 86,023 86,071 86,236 86,227 86,521 86,392 86,708 86,754 87,774 87,020
Year to DateAs at 31 December 2014
Monthly Actual / Forecast
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION 2014-1531 DECEMBER 2014
27�Financial�Performance�Repor
Top
Overall�Page�253�of�264Page�11�of�13
Appendix 41 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Annual Annual Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Outturn Plan Apr May June July August Sept Oct Nov Dec
Actual Plan Variance Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Forecast Forecast Forecast Forecast Outturn Forecast Forecast Forecast Forecast Forecast Forecast Forecast Forecast Forecast£'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s £'000s
Surplus / (Deficit) 1,045 1,546 (502) 212 172 106 367 46 161 (10) 121 (130) 316 46 128 1,535 1,600 180 (248) 554 637 192 116 49 536 323
Non Operating Income / ExpenditureFinance Income / Charges (41) (37) (4) (3) (6) (3) (5) (5) (7) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (53) (50) (4) (5) (5) (5) (6) (6) (5) (5) (6)
Depreciation and Amortisation 2,940 2,841 99 329 330 329 326 326 325 325 325 325 326 326 326 3,918 4,452 340 339 340 340 339 340 339 339 340
Impact of Legacy Balances 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PDC Dividend Expense 1,772 1,875 (103) 209 209 208 208 209 208 105 208 208 208 208 312 2,500 2,604 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 218
Impairment Losses 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Operating Cashflows before Movements in Working Capital 5,716 6,225 (510) 747 705 640 896 576 687 416 650 399 846 576 762 7,900 8,606 734 304 1,107 1,190 743 668 601 1,088 875
Increase / (Decrease) in working capitalInventories 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
NHS Trade Receivabes 3,909 3,408 501 2,808 (734) 814 165 490 638 (11,329) 11,237 (180) 57 161 (253) 3,874 3,674 25 (1) (22) 5 11 0 (6) (7) 14
Non NHS Trade Receivabes 61 262 (201) (616) (85) 101 751 42 (842) (33) 684 59 38 21 (5) 115 284 27 0 (1) 0 1 0 0 0 1
Accrued Income (1,295) (662) (633) 83 204 (311) (389) (104) (72) (1) (1,419) 714 865 176 224 (30) (262) 100 470 (300) 210 50 (450) (800) (175) 300
Prepayments 615 1,258 (643) 304 53 62 155 (42) 48 50 (121) 106 10 (59) (50) 516 1,338 200 300 (300) 150 (200) 250 (300) 50 (200)
Other Receivables 808 815 (7) (59) (190) 196 36 669 140 (8) (26) 50 (25) 3 (9) 777 834 155 (100) (284) 163 22 (243) 268 (97) (54)
Trade Payables (1,612) (2,597) 986 (3,583) (552) (54) (898) (658) 582 480 2,477 594 (2,457) (946) (268) (5,283) (2,195) (1,455) 6 (4) (3) 3 1 3 (4) (1)
Other Payables (264) 39 (303) (202) 16 (56) (51) 13 (2) 9 70 (61) 8 37 26 (193) 24 6 76 (45) 88 (55) 39 (63) (5) 47
Accrued Expenditure (1,173) (1,598) 425 983 (62) 72 664 1,087 (100) (51) (2,128) (1,638) 266 331 590 14 (1,884) 750 335 678 364 550 (1,228) 24 100 50
Annual Leave Accrual 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (30) (30) (30) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Deferred Income, Current & Non Current 212 (37) 249 9 10 (20) 64 43 (21) 12,129 (12,013) 11 (95) (83) (83) (49) (49) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Provisions, Current & Non Current (411) (858) 447 (8) (2) (90) (3) (1) (1) 43 (267) (82) (1) 8 18 (386) (838) 0 0 5 0 0 5 0 0 5
Increase / (Decrease) in working capital 851 30 821 (281) (1,342) 714 494 1,539 370 1,289 (1,506) (427) (1,334) (351) 160 (675) 896 (192) 1,086 (273) 977 382 (1,626) (874) (138) 162
Net Cashflow from Operations 6,566 6,255 311 466 (637) 1,354 1,390 2,115 1,057 1,705 (856) (28) (488) 225 922 7,225 9,502 542 1,390 834 2,167 1,125 (958) (273) 950 1,037
Investing ActivitiesProperty, Plant & Equipment Expenditure (2,853) (3,107) 254 2 (163) (388) (407) (92) (621) (40) (516) (628) (610) (692) (505) (4,660) (4,925) (282) 19 24 (597) 24 23 (926) (317) (296)
Proceeds on Disposal of Property, Plant & Equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 339 0 0 0 0 0 2,959
(Increase) / Decrease in Capital Receivables 144 144 0 144 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 144 144 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Increase / (Decrease) in Capital Payables (460) (1,132) 672 (517) 50 236 (670) 170 (195) (31) 421 76 (165) 0 113 (512) (1,132) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Net Cashflow from Investing Activities (3,169) (4,095) 926 (371) (113) (152) (1,077) 78 (816) (71) (95) (552) (775) (692) (392) (5,028) (5,913) (282) 19 363 (597) 24 23 (926) (317) 2,663
Financing ActivitiesPDC Dividends Paid (1,250) (1,250) 0 0 0 0 0 0 (1,250) 0 0 0 0 0 (1,249) (2,499) (2,500) 0 0 0 0 0 (1,307) 0 0 0
PDC Received 173 515 (342) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 173 0 0 0 146 319 415 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Interest Received on Cash and Cash Equivalents 41 37 4 3 6 3 5 5 7 4 4 4 4 4 4 53 50 4 5 5 5 6 6 5 5 6
Net Cashflow from Financing Activities (1,036) (698) (338) 3 6 3 5 5 (1,243) 4 177 4 4 4 (1,099) (2,127) (2,035) 4 5 5 5 6 (1,301) 5 5 6
NET CASH INFLOW / (OUTFLOW) 2,361 1,462 899 98 (744) 1,205 318 2,198 (1,002) 1,638 (774) (576) (1,259) (463) (569) 70 1,554 264 1,414 1,202 1,575 1,155 (2,236) (1,194) 638 3,706
Opening Cash Balance 11,731 11,731 0 11,731 11,829 11,085 12,290 12,608 14,806 13,804 15,442 14,668 14,092 12,833 12,370 11,731 11,731 11,801 12,065 13,479 14,681 16,256 17,411 15,175 13,981 14,619
Net Cash Inflow / (Outflow) 2,361 1,462 899 98 (744) 1,205 318 2,198 (1,002) 1,638 (774) (576) (1,259) (463) (569) 70 1,554 264 1,414 1,202 1,575 1,155 (2,236) (1,194) 638 3,706
Closing Cash Balance 14,092 13,193 899 11,829 11,085 12,290 12,608 14,806 13,804 15,442 14,668 14,092 12,833 12,370 11,801 11,801 13,285 12,065 13,479 14,681 16,256 17,411 15,175 13,981 14,619 18,325
2015-16
Monthly Forecast
12 MONTH ROLLING CASHFLOW STATEMENT31 DECEMBER 2014
As at 31 December 2014Monthly Actual / Forecast
2014-15
Year to Date
27�Financial�Performance�Repor
Top
Overall�Page�254�of�264Page�12�of�13
Appendix 5
Capital Number
Scheme Description Category 2014/15 Plan
Month 1 Actual
Month 2 Actual
Month 3 Actual
Month 4 Actual
Month 5 Actual
Month 6 Actual
Month 7 Actual
Month 8 Actual
Month 9 Actual
Month 10 Forecast
Month 11 Forecast
Month 12 Forecast
Full Year Forecast
Plan v Forecast
£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000A5028 Car Parking & Additional Spaces - Ilkeston Hospital Estates 16.0 0.1 15.9 16.0A5031 Site Development - Buxton Hospital Estates 7.2 1.4 -0.2 6.0 -1.0 6.2 1.0A5033 Business Intelligence System IM&T 60.0 48.5 5.6 13.9 5.4 -1.1 5.7 78.0 -18.0 A5034 Renovate Linacre & Peveril Wards - Walton Estates 638.2 8.3 -1.2 0.9 151.5 65.3 199.0 164.0 50.4 638.2A5035 Solar Panels - Walton Hospital Estates 88.0 67.2 13.4 1.5 5.9 88.0A5036 Eye Gaze Communication Aid Equipment Equipment 35.0 13.7 12.1 9.2 35.0A5038 Replace Auto Sensing Taps - Cavendish Hospital Estates 8.3 8.3 8.3A5039 Replace Auto Sensing Taps - Walton Hospital Estates 33.1 26.1 7.0 33.1A5042 Replace windows & external redecoration - Killamarsh Estates 30.0 33.2 33.2 -3.2 A5044 Redecoration under lease terms - Tennyson Avenue Estates 13.0 0.4 16.2 -10.4 6.8 13.0A5045 Bathroom Refurbishment - Orchard Cottage Estates 9.8 9.8 9.8A5046 Road re-surfacing & drainage - Walton Estates 15.0 15.2 15.2 -0.2 A5047 Site Development - Walton Hospital Estates 56.8 0.6 4.1 4.0 3.4 2.2 15.0 15.0 12.5 56.8A5049 General Anaesthetic Machine - Leicester Dental Equipment 20.0 18.0 18.0 2.0A5050 Site Development - Heanor Hospital Estates 36.0 7.2 -1.2 0.7 0.7 -0.2 3.0 25.8 36.0A5051 League of Friends Tea Bar - Ripley Hospital Estates 12.0 6.0 6.0 12.0A5052 Security System (Melbourne/Linacre) - Walton H Estates 15.2 1.0 1.4 1.5 11.3 15.2A5053 Podiatry Cutting Machine - Manor Store Equipment 7.7 0.9 6.8 7.7A5054 Endoscopy DTC Refurbishment - Ilkeston Hospital Estates 10.0 1.2 8.8 10.0A5055 Structural Works - Manor Store Estates 19.0 15.5 3.5 19.0A5056 Upgrade Podiatry Theatre - Buxton Hospital Estates 59.6 0.3 1.5 57.8 59.6A5057 Health Facilities - Belper Project Estates 10.0 10.0 10.0A5058 Zeacom Server - Long Eaton Health Centre Equipment 6.0 6.0 6.0A5059 QA4 Trolley - Whitworth Hospital Equipment 5.2 4.3 0.9 5.2A5060 Smart Mover - Newholme Hospital Equipment 7.2 7.2 7.2A5061 Bariatric Bed - St Oswalds Hospital Equipment 10.5 10.5 10.5A5062 OPG Machine - Coleman Street Dental Clinic Equipment 18.0 18.0 18.0A5063 Pedestrian Walkway & Handrail - Cavendish Hospital Estates 7.8 7.8 7.8A5064 Orthopaedic Kit - Ilkeston Hospital Equipment 25.0 25.0 25.0A5381 Stage 3 refurbishment - Whitworth Hospital Estates 1,200.0 8.4 145.4 180.5 171.5 171.5 67.7 108.3 274.7 1.8 70.2 1,200.0A5429 Remodelling of MIU reception - Ripley Hospital Estates 50.0 32.8 17.7 -0.5 50.0A5432 IM&T desktop renewal / windows 7 migration IM&T 370.0 65.2 21.6 22.2 50.1 -0.8 21.0 13.3 6.2 50.0 248.8 121.2A5433 IM&T system procurement IM&T 40.0 0.3 0.3 0.6 3.3 -3.4 10.1 28.8 40.0A5434 IM&T communications infrastructure IM&T 150.0 12.4 83.3 50.0 145.7 4.3A5435 IM&T PAS replacement IM&T 830.0 8.7 36.2 -97.7 398.4 -62.6 14.3 9.2 16.5 216.5 187.5 727.0 103.0A5455 Replacement UPVC windows - Ilkeston Hospital Estates 13.2 -8.7 20.4 1.1 -3.4 3.8 13.2A5473 IM&T mobile working IM&T 350.0 82.8 97.7 199.5 380.0 -30.0 A5476 Upgrade Boilers - Ripley Hospital Estates 160.0 39.8 86.4 28.9 5.5 -0.9 3.8 163.5 -3.5 Various Outstanding capital programme 2013/14 IM&T 2.0 -2.0 Various Outstanding capital programme 2013/14 Estates -10.9 2.5 -2.6 -12.3 -110.1 11.2 -8.0 -3.9 0.5 -133.6 133.6Various Outstanding capital programme 2013/14 Equipment 1.1 1.1 -1.1 N/A Not yet approved on capital programme 2014/15 Various 179.2 27.5 65.8 70.0 163.3 15.9
Capital Programme Expenditure 4,622.0 -0.8 163.7 388.1 408.0 87.3 624.1 39.9 515.3 267.6 606.6 691.8 505.4 4,297.0 325.0Purchase of 84 Whitecotes Lane Estates 303.0 300.0 3.0 303.0Donated assets acquired Various 61.0 41.0 41.0 20.0Gross Capital Expenditure 4,986.0 -0.8 163.7 388.1 408.0 87.3 624.1 39.9 515.3 608.6 609.6 691.8 505.4 4,641.0 345.0Donations from Charitable Funds/League of Friends -61.0 -41.0 -41.0 -20.0 Charge against Capital Resource Limit 4,925.0 -0.8 163.7 388.1 408.0 87.3 624.1 39.9 515.3 567.6 609.6 691.8 505.4 4,600.0 325.0
Estates 2,508.2 -1.1 147.7 266.0 260.9 148.9 130.0 107.8 453.2 146.5 387.7 185.0 147.9 2,380.5 127.70Equipment 134.6 13.7 1.1 0.9 36.9 4.3 0.9 50.9 25.0 133.7 0.90IM&T 1,800.0 0.3 2.3 121.0 146.2 -61.6 457.2 -67.9 57.8 120.2 140.5 416.0 287.5 1,619.5 180.50Various 179.2 27.5 65.8 70.0 163.3 15.90Total 4,622.0 -0.8 163.7 388.1 408.0 87.3 624.1 39.9 515.3 267.6 606.6 691.8 505.4 4,297.0 325.0
CAPITAL PROGRAMME 2014/1531st DECEMBER 2014
27�Financial�Performance�Repor
Top
Overall�Page�255�of�264Page�13�of�13
TRUST BOARD
Document Title: Monitor Self-Certification – Quarter 3
Presenter/Title: Melanie Curd - Deputy Trust Secretary Chris Sands – Director of Finance, Performance and Information
Contents of Paper were previously discussed by:
Author/Title: Chief Executive’s and Finance Department
Contact Email and Telephone Number:
01773 525065
Date of Meeting: 29 January 2015 Agenda Item No: 28/15
No of pages inc. this one: 9
Document is for: (indicate with an “x” – you can populate more than one box)
Information Decision X Assurance X
Purpose of Paper
The purpose of the paper is to provide assurance to enable the Board to approve the Self-certification return for Quarter 3.
Recommendations
The Board is asked to consider the Self-certification, discuss the issues and approve the Quarter 3 return.
Board Assurance Framework Risk Reference
4.2.1 - There is a risk to the organisation due to not meeting regulatory, contractual or legal obligations resulting in sanctions.
Financial Impact
The financial implications are detailed within the report.
Further Information and Appendices
DCHS became a Foundation Trust (FT) on the 1 November 2014 and as such we are required to provide in-year submissions to Monitor on a quarterly basis based upon the reporting requirements in Monitor’s Risk Assessment Framework (RAF). The RAF provides a framework to assess individual NHS foundation trusts’ compliance with two specific aspects of their work: ‘the continuity of services’ and ‘governance conditions in their provider licenses’ The RAF confirms that the Governance rating will be based on: • performance against selected national access and outcomes standards;
28�Monitor�Self-Certification�
Top
Overall�Page�256�of�264Page�1�of�9
• CQC judgments on the quality of care provided; • relevant information from third parties; • a selection of information chosen to reflect quality governance at the organisation; • the degree of risk to continuity of services and other aspects of risk relating to financial governance; and • any other relevant information. Appendix 1 details what could give Monitor cause for concern and affect our Governance Rating. To comply with the governance conditions of our licence we are required to provide a statement (the Corporate Governance Statement) detailing:
Any risks to compliance with the governance condition
Actions taken or being taken to maintain future compliance The statement replaces the Board Statements that were previously required under the Compliance Framework. Appendix 2 details the Corporate Governance Statement, the sources of assurance and the Executive Lead for that area. It also cross references the Board Assurance Framework. DCHS must report to Monitor any in-year material, actual or prospective changes which may affect our ability to comply with any aspect of our licence. In addition, the Board is required to make a declaration: For Finance, that: The Board anticipates that the Trust will continue to maintain a Continuity of Service Risk Rating of at least 3 over the next 12 months. Based upon the evidence provided, it is proposed that the Board makes a positive submission against both statements, please see Appendix 3 and the Finance Report for more detail. For Governance, that: The Board is satisfied that plans in place are sufficient to ensure: ongoing compliance with all existing targets (after the application of thresholds) as set out in Appendix A of the Risk Assessment Framework; and a commitment to comply with all known targets going forward. Based upon our internal assessment of the risks, it is likely that the Trust will be rated Amber. The Board will wish to consider that we have failed to meet the Older People’s Mental Health Delayed Transfers of Care target for Quarter 3 and in terms of ongoing compliance, there is a risk in achieving the Referral to Treatment target. For further detail please see the Performance Report. Otherwise: The Board confirms that there are no matters arising in the quarter requiring an exception report to Monitor (per the Risk Assessment Framework page 21, Diagram 6) which have not already been reported. The Board is asked to confirm whether there are any matters to be reported to Monitor as an exception, please see Appendix 4. The Board is asked to discuss the information in the paper and agree the Board declaration.
28�Monitor�Self-Certification�
Top
Overall�Page�257�of�264Page�2�of�9
Monitoring Information Brief Summary and References
Are there Governor Involvement implications?
The Governors will require the information to perform their statutory duties of holding the Board to account.
Are there Equality and Diversity implications? X
Are there Patient, Public and Stakeholder Involvement implications?
X
Risk Register
Is the issue on the current Risk Register? No
Risk Number on Register
Does this update recommend a change in the current risk score? (If so, please provide your rationale below)
No
28�Monitor�Self-Certification�
Top
Overall�Page�258�of�264Page�3�of�9
APPENDIX 1 Indicators of Governance Concerns (Risk Assessment Framework, Page 39)
28�Monitor�Self-Certification�
Top
Overall�Page�259�of�264Page�4�of�9
APPENDIX 2
Corporate Governance Statement 2014/15
(Risk Assessment Framework, Appendix D)
Corporate Governance Statement Assurance Frequency BAF Ref:
Lead
1) The Board is satisfied that the NHS foundation trust applies those principles, systems and standards of good corporate governance which reasonably be regarded as appropriate for a supplier of heath care services to the NHS
BAF AGS External Assurance from Head of Internal Audit Opinion External Audit Governance Report Summary Report from AAC
Quarterly Annual Annual Annual Quarterly
4.1.1 Trust Secretary
2) The Board has regard to such guidance on good corporate governance as may be issued by Monitor from time to time
Reports to Board or delegated Committee
As issued by Monitor
4.1.1 Trust Secretary
3) The Board is satisfied that the NHS foundation trust implements:
(a) effective board and committee structures
Review of Terms of Reference and Committee structure
Annually 4.1.1 Trust Secretary
(b) clear responsibilities for its Board, for committees reporting to the Board and for staff reporting to the Board and those committees and;
(c) Clear reporting lines and accountabilities throughout its organisation
Terms of Reference Summary Reports Governance Structure
Annually After each meeting Annually
4.1.1 Trust Secretary
4) The Board is satisfied that the NHS foundation trust effectively implements systems and/or processes:
(a) to ensure compliance with the Licence holder’s duty to operate efficiently, economically and effectively;
Performance, Finance and Quality Reports
Monthly All sections
Director of Finance
(b) for timely and effective scrutiny and oversight by the Board of the Licence holder’s operations;
Performance and Quality Reports Monthly All sections
Director of Operations
(c) to ensure compliance with health care standards binding on the Licence holder including but not restricted to standards specified by the Secretary of State, the Care Quality Commission, the NHS Commissioning Board and Statutory regulators of health care professions;
Quality Report Summary Report from QSC
Monthly Monthly
Section 1.0
Chief Nurse
(d) for effective financial decision-making, management and control (including but not restricted to appropriate systems and/or processes to ensure the Licence holder’s ability to continue as a going concern);
Finance Report Summary Report from QBC Summary Report from AAC
Monthly Bi-monthly Quarterly
3.2.6 Director of Finance
(e) to obtain and disseminate accurate, comprehensive, timely and up to date
Board and Committee Forward Agendas
Quarterly 4.1.1 Trust Secretary
28�Monitor�Self-Certification�
Top
Overall�Page�260�of�264Page�5�of�9
information for Board and Committee decision-making;
(f) to identify and manage (including but not restricted to manage through forward plans) material risks to compliance with the conditions of its Licence;
Risk Report Summary Reports from the Sub-Committees
Monthly After each meeting
4.2.2 Chief Nurse
(g) to generate and monitor delivery of business plans (including any changes to such plans) and to receive internal and where appropriate external assurance on such plans and their delivery; and
Summary Reports from QBC Board Development Sessions
Bi-monthly As required
3.1.3 Director of Finance
(h) to ensure compliance with all applicable legal requirements.
Summary Report from AAC Quarterly 4.2.1 Trust Secretary
5) The Board is satisfied:
a) that there is sufficient capability at Board level to provide effective organisational leadership on the quality of care provided;
Outcome of Appraisal Report for Executive Team NED Appraisal Job Descriptions for Board members Succession plans
Annually 2.2.1 Chair
b) that the Board’s planning and decision-making processes take timely and appropriate account of quality of care considerations,
Quality Report Monthly 4.1.1 Chief Nurse
c) the collection of accurate, comprehensive, timely and up to date information on quality of care;
Quality Dashboard Business Information System
Ongoing 3.2.6 Director of Finance
d) that the Board receives and takes into account accurate, comprehensive, timely and up to date information on quality of care;
Quality Report Performance Report
Monthly Monthly
3.2.6 Chief Nurse
e) that the NHS foundation trust including its Board actively engages on quality of care with patients, staff and other relevant stakeholders and takes into account as appropriate views and information from these sources; and
Council of Governors Summary Report
Quarterly 1.3.2 Chair
f) that there is clear accountability for quality of care throughout the NHS foundation trust including but not restricted to systems and/or processes for escalating and resolving quality issues including escalating them to the Board where appropriate,
Risk Report Quality Assurance Framework Ward to Board Escalation Framework
Monthly 4.2.2
Chief Nurse
6) The Board of the NHS foundation trust effectively implements systems to ensure that it has in place personnel on the Board, reporting to the Board and within the rest of the Licence holder’s organisation who are sufficient in number and appropriately qualified to ensure compliance with the Conditions of this Licence.
Staffing for Quality Appraisal Essential Learning Summary report from QPC
Monthly Annually Annually Bi-monthly
Section 2.0
Director of People
28�Monitor�Self-Certification�
Top
Overall�Page�261�of�264Page�6�of�9
Key:
AAC Audit and Assurance Committee
AGS Annual Governance Statement
BAF Board Assurance Framework
NED Non-Executive Director
QBC Quality Business Committee
QPC Quality People Committee
QSC Quality Service Committee
28�Monitor�Self-Certification�
Top
Overall�Page�262�of�264Page�7�of�9
APPENDIX 3 Continuity of Service Risk Rating
Statement Evidence Conclusion
The Board anticipates that the trust will continue to maintain a Continuity of Services rating of at least 3 over the next 12 months
Long Term Financial Model
Annual Plan
Monthly Financial Report
PwC Review of Working Capital and Financial Reporting procedures
Future 2 year plan forecasts a CoS of 4.
The Board is satisfied that the trust shall at all times remain a going concern, as defined by the relevant accounting standard in force from time to time.
Long Term Financial Model
Annual Plan
Monthly Financial Report
Board Memorandum on Working Capital
Financial Viability Review
PwC Review of Working Capital and Financial Reporting procedures
Confirmation that the Trust will remain a going concern as defined by the relevant accounting standard in paper to April 2014 Audit and Assurance Committee. Rolling cashflow does not highlight any liquidity concerns. PwC review of Working Capital provides external assurance as to the trust’s view that it will remain a going concern for the foreseeable future
Based upon the evidence provided, it is proposed that the Board makes a positive submission against both statements.
28�Monitor�Self-Certification�
Top
Overall�Page�263�of�264Page�8�of�9
APPENDIX 4 Examples of Exception Reporting (Risk Assessment Framework, page 21)
28�Monitor�Self-Certification�
Top
Overall�Page�264�of�264Page�9�of�9
Recommended